Home Blog

Can I Get Payday Loans Using My Car as Collateral?

0
Can I Get Payday Loans Using My Car as Collateral?

If you own a car and require urgent money, then you’re in the right place. You can utilize your car as collateral for Payday Loans online @ citrusnorth.com and get fast money to pay for costs. Let’s take a closer look the way that the title Payday Loans work and the advantages that come with having one.

What if I used my vehicle as collateral to get the Payday loans?

These Title-Payday Loans can be described as essentially secured Loans that permit you to borrow against your car as collateral. If you’re accepted, you are able to continue driving your car while you pay off the Payday Loans. You are eligible for a title Payday Loan for as long as you own your vehicle.

What are the mechanics behind the car Title Payday Loans work?

Title Payday Loans are secure payday Loan that relies on your car as collateral. When you’re approved for a title payday loan and you’re able to give the lender the title of your car to receive a large amount of cash. The appraisal value of your vehicle can determine how much you’ll get.

The benefits of obtaining an auto title Payday Loans by using your vehicle as collateral

There are many advantages to having a title-based Payday Loan with your car as collateral, such as:

The application process is simple and easy to complete.

You are able to apply for a Title Payday Loan and have your vehicle appraised within minutes.

Cash in a hurry

When your vehicle is appraised and you agree to the deal the lender can transfer your money immediately. You will receive the cash fast and will not be waiting for several months for your cash as you do with other kinds of payday loans.

You can keep driving your car

If you get an official loan title Payday Loans, you’ll be in a position to continue driving your vehicle. You won’t need to lease a vehicle or rely on friends or family members to get you the place you want to get to.

You don’t have to have good credit

Title Payday Loans have flexibility in terms of requirements. Because you’re using your vehicle to secure the loan, you can be approved for Payday Loan even if you have bad credit.

A representative will examine your car and provide you with a Payday Loans offer within minutes. When you’ve agreed to these Payday Loans terms, you will receive the money. It will be simple and quick and you don’t have to worry about having good credit to get approved.

9th Circuit rules CFPB can seek restitution in action against payday lender, orders district court to recalculate CMP

0

On May 23, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit confirmed a district court judgment finding an online lending agent and its affiliates liable for a deceptive lending scheme. However, the appeals court overturned the district court’s order imposing a civil penalty of $10 million (instead of the requested fine of over $50 million) and denied a CFPB request for $235 million. millions of dollars in restitution. As previously covered by InfoBytesin 2018, the district court ordered defendants to pay the civil penalty for offering high-interest loans in states where usury laws prohibited transactions after determining in September 2016 that the service of online lending was the “true lender” of loans that were issued by entities located on tribal lands (covered by a Buckley Special Alert). At the time, the district court found that a lower legal penalty was more appropriate than the amount sought by the CFPB because the Bureau had failed to demonstrate that the company had “knowingly violated the CFPA” or acted” recklessly”. In denying the amount of restitution sought by the Bureau, the district court found that the agency presented no evidence that defendants “intended to defraud consumers or that consumers failed to benefit from their market from the [program]for restitution to be an appropriate remedy.

According to the 9th Circuit, the district court applied the wrong legal analysis in 2018 when it imposed only a $10 million civil penalty on defendants and no restitution payments to consumers harmed by predatory lending. Applying federal common law principles of choice of law, the appeals court declined to apply tribal law, finding that state laws applied to the loans, thus rendering them invalid. The appeals court determined that the defendants acted recklessly when they tried to collect invalid debts after the lawyer advised in 2013 that such actions were likely illegal. While the defendants terminated the Tribal Loan Program for new loans, the 9th Circuit said they continued to collect on existing loans. “We conclude that from September 2013, the danger that [defendants’] behavior violated the law was “so obvious that [defendants] should have been aware of this,” the appeals court wrote. Noting that penalties for “reckless” violations under the second tier were appropriate as of September 2013, the appeals court ordered the district court to recalculate the civil penalty on remand. The 9th Circuit also ordered the remand district court to reconsider appropriate restitution without relying on irrelevant considerations that prompted its earlier decision, including (i) whether the defendants acted in bad faith; and (ii) “whether consumers have benefited from their market”. Further, the appeals court held that the district court erred in stating “that the ‘proposed restitution amount [should be] net to account for expenses. “

The 9th Circuit also found that the district court was correct in holding one of the defendants personally liable for the conduct of the business. Further, the appeals court held that the defendants’ argument that the Bureau’s structure is unconstitutional did not affect the validity of the lawsuit (which was filed when the Bureau was headed by the former legally appointed director Richard Cordray), writing that, as in Collins vs Yellen (covered by InfoBytes here), “the illegality of the dismissal provision does not deprive the Director of the power to discharge the other responsibilities of his office”.

Instant Personal Loans vs Other Personal Loan Options

0

Trying to decide which personal loan option is best for you? Should you get a credit card or take out an instant personal loan? Personal Loan Apps are here to help you learn more about your personal borrowing options!


Representative picture






H1: Instant personal loans vs. other personal borrowing options

How do credit cards work? Are instant personal loans different from personal lines of credit? what is a online loan application? These are all valid questions about personal borrowing. It’s good to be aware of your options so that when you need to take out a loan, you know which products and services best suit your needs.

Personal borrowing is an ever-changing landscape and we’re here to help you navigate it. Here’s our ultimate cheat sheet on all your personal borrowing options with everything you need to know about mortgages, payday loans, secured personal loans, and more!

H2: Instant Personal Loans

In today’s advanced digital age, financial services are becoming increasingly accessible and cutting-edge. Instant Personal Loans are one such product of the digital renaissance in the lending industry. While the traditional loan application and approval process took days to weeks, instant personal loans only take a day or two.

The fast disbursement makes it ideal for anyone in need of urgent funding. Moreover, the simple and straightforward procedure of instant personal loans along with the absence of any collateral make them a top choice for those looking for small loans.

Instant personal loans are granted by banks, non-bank financial companies and personal loan applications. As an online lending app, we provide easy access to loans for anyone with a smartphone.

H2: Credit cards

Credit cards are a popular and ubiquitous form of personal borrowing. There are a wide variety of credit cards available in the market and each of them has its own conditions and features. However, the general system remains the same. A credit card has a preset limit on the amount you can borrow. You are charged for anything you buy using the card and you must repay the balance in full each month.

If you have an outstanding balance, you will have to pay interest on it. The interest rate differs depending on the credit card company. Different lenders also have different rules for going over your credit card limit.

Compared to instant personal loans, credit cards have a short repayment period. So, if you need more time to repay the loan, applying for a personal loan online or through an app is a better option. Additionally, credit cards may have annual maintenance fees, unlike instant personal loans.

H2: Traditional loans

Traditional loans allow you to borrow a fixed amount for a fixed term with a predetermined repayment schedule. Often borrowed money must be used for a specific reason. It can look like a home loan, car loan or mortgage. These loans tend to be secured loans and require you to put up an asset as collateral.

On the contrary, instant personal loans are unsecured loans and the money can be used at your discretion.

H2: Personal line of credit

A personal line of credit is a revolving, flexible credit account that lets you borrow money up to a limit, without having to borrow the full amount all at once. You only pay interest on the amount borrowed. These often have maintenance fees and are more expensive than traditional secured loans.

These options often have variable interest rates. While most instant personal loans, including those granted through a personal loan app, have a fixed interest rate. This makes it easier to calculate future expenses that you will incur due to the loan.

H2: Payday Loans

Payday loans are short term unsecured loans. They can be taken for a few days and reimbursement is expected once you receive your salary for that month. However, they often have high interest rates and hidden fees. Thus, we recommend safer borrowing options such as traditional loans and instant personal loans.

If you are considering taking out a loan, especially in a financial emergency, or have a below average credit history, Instant Personal Loans Online offers you a fast application process, holistic approval standards and rapid disbursement of funds.









New Laws, Lenders Improve Access to Affordable Small Loans | Economic news

0

Inflation has already hit people particularly hard struggle to get gas in their tanks and groceries in their refrigerators. For many, a payday loan may seem like the only way to get the money needed.

In recent years, however, as more states impose restrictions on risky short-term lending, new lenders have emerged offering small, lower-cost loans, making it easier than ever before to find a loan. an affordable loan that won’t drag you into unmanageable debt. .

In some states, new laws mean better loans

There is currently no federal law for maximum interest rates on small dollar loans; instead, states decide whether or not to cap payday loan rates. Therefore, the cost to borrow a few hundred dollars often depends on where you live.

In recent years, four states — Colorado, Hawaii, Ohio and Virginia — have passed laws that effectively reduce the cost of small loans and give borrowers longer repayment terms. A study by The Pew Charitable Trusts published in April found that even under the reforms, payday lenders were still operating, but with more secure loans.

Although some new lenders began doing business in these states once the laws took effect, the main impact was that existing payday lenders consolidated their storefronts and made their loans more affordable, says Alex Horowitz, director of research at Pew.

National banks and local credit unions step in

A bank or credit union may not have been your go-to for a small loan in the past, but it could be today.

Seven major banks have started offering or announced plans to offer small-dollar borrowing options with low annual percentage rates in recent years, Horowitz said, including Bank of America, Wells Fargo and Truist. These loans are available to existing bank customers nationwide, regardless of state interest rate limits.

Banks primarily rely on customers’ bank history rather than their credit scores to determine if they qualify for a small loan. The loans – which start from $100 – are usually repaid in monthly installments at annual interest rates no higher than 36%, the maximum rate an affordable loan can have, according to consumer advocates.

“The fact that banks start offering small loans could disrupt the whole payday loan market,” says Horowitz.

Local credit unions have membership requirements and maintain lower profiles than payday lenders, so they’re often overlooked by people who need cash fast, says Paul Dionne, director of research at Filene, a think tank that focuses on helping credit unions serve their communities.

But if you can walk to your local credit union, chances are you’ll qualify for membership, he says.

This is because credit unions often serve people who live or work in their communities. These organizations strive to provide financial inclusion by tailoring their products, such as loans, to better meet the needs of their customers, Dionne says.

“Credit unions are getting better at having the best product and not saying no and figuring out what’s the best fit for that person coming in,” he says.

Other Borrowing Options

Even in states where laws seek to ban payday loans altogether, people can find alternatives to risky borrowingsays Charla Rios, researcher on small-value loans and debt at the Center for Responsible Lending.

You may be able to work out a payment plan with your utility company or borrow from a friend or family member, she says. Here are some borrowing options to consider before getting a payday loan.

Payday advance. Some companies, including Walmart and Amazon, are giving their employees early access to a portion of their salary as benefits. It can be an interest-free way to borrow money if your employer offers it, but since the repayment comes from your next paycheck, it’s best to use it sparingly.

Cash advance applications. Apps like Earnin and Dave let you borrow a small amount of money, usually $25 to $200, before payday. They sometimes charge a fee for instant access to your money or ask for voluntary tips. They also take reimbursement from your next paycheck.

“Buy now, pay later.” For necessary expenses, a “buy now, pay later” loan allows you to purchase an item with partial payment only. You pay the balance in equal installments, usually over the next six weeks. This type of financing can be interest-free if you pay the full balance on time.

Low interest installment loans. Depending on your credit score and income, you may qualify for an installment loan with an APR below 36%. These loans have amounts ranging from $1,000 to $100,000 and are repaid over longer terms, usually two to seven years. Online lenders who often offer loans for bad credit prequalify you for a loan using a soft credit pull, which allows you to compare loans without affecting your credit score.

Discover the legitimate ways to get paid today

0

If you need a loan to cover your monthly expenses in addition to a regular job, having a side job from the comfort of your own home is priceless. Not only could you avoid taking payday loans as a short-term solution, but you can improve your finances in the long run.

Nick Wilson is the founder and CEO of AdvanceSOS, a service that helps borrowers find suitable lenders for their financial situation. If you can’t find a suitable way to make money on the site, you can always turn to AdvanceSOS.com for help with installment loans and payday loans that are approved within 24 hours.

It can all be done within a few hours through the AdvanceSOS app, and you can count on getting the funds the next working day at most. However, let’s first look at the best ways you can use to get that precious cash aside and all from the comfort of your home!

What are the main ways to get side income today?

First of all, you need to know the most effective ways to get that extra cash that could meet your monthly needs besides a regular job. Luckily, in a time when nearly every job on the internet is booming, it’s easy to figure out your starting tactic.

Of course, not everyone can become a programmer and write code for top apps and websites, but there are other areas you should focus on. Here is a list of the most effective ways to get paid today while working from home:

  • Start your blog
  • Invest in cryptocurrency
  • Become an English tutor for non-English speaking areas
  • Try Upwork or Fiverr
  • Manage social media
  • Create Affiliate Marketing via Instagram or Website

The list of options goes on and on, and it’s important to answer one question first: what is your area of ​​expertise for this type of job? If you are fluent in English and know your grammar, you can turn to services that allow you to tutor children outside of native speaking areas.

Also, if you are good with social media and have a website or Instagram page with a large number of followers, affiliate marketing is your top choice. So, everything has to do with knowing your possibilities and limits, while you can always learn how to find your way in cryptocurrencies or blogging.

Create blog posts for your area of ​​expertise

It can always prove beneficial if you start a blog to write articles about your areas of passion or expertise. If you work with auto parts, for example, you can blog from your personal experience to describe which parts are best for specific makes and models.

You can also write about your customers’ experiences with specific engine types for each model and recommend which one you consider the best. Of course, you can do this for each area of ​​expertise, as many people search Google for different types of issues.

Not only could you end up helping someone for free, but you could make money from blogging in the long run. Over time, you may also consider adding advertisements to earn additional funds or include affiliate links.

Become a Freelancer

You can use sites like Fiverr and Upwork to become freelancers and sell services to large lists of clients. Services include copywriting, digital marketing, web design, translation, and every other type of online work you can think of.

Just register on these platforms and connect your favorite payment methods to earn money today without leaving your room! It may take some time to understand your customers’ needs and become as professional as possible, but you can always start with options with lower rates.

From there, it’s easy to accumulate experience and climb to clients who will pay higher rates for your services. These sites also allow clients to leave feedback on your work, so if you receive positive feedback, you could move forward even faster.

Try Social Media Management and Affiliate Marketing

If you use social media frequently, you can easily turn your knowledge into a stable source of income. The first thing you might do is try to manage social media for someone who uses multiple accounts for marketing and other business purposes.

This job also requires responsibility as you are responsible for releasing updates on time, but it is arguably the easiest side job you can find. Also, you can manage your social media if you have a large base of followers.

Especially with media like Instagram, you can promote other services and use affiliate marketing to earn extra money. That way, every time someone clicks on affiliate links, you get paid, and a large subscriber base can mean more than enough money to cover your monthly expenses.

Trade cryptocurrencies

You can also invest and trade cryptocurrencies to get extra money if your predictions turn out to be right. You can invest in many cryptos including Bitcoin, ETH, Dogecoin, Ripple, and other options.

For small investments at the start, you are better off with low-value coins that could increase significantly, and you can exchange them for ETH or BTC as soon as your share increases.

Consider your options carefully and take the plunge

Earning extra money on the internet is easy once you identify your areas of expertise that could lead to additional income. All of the options listed are ways to get paid today without having to invest too much of your hard-earned money.

I hope you can imagine yourself working from home in at least one of the jobs mentioned to earn that much-needed income.

About the Author

Amanda Girard leads the writing section for the best articles on AdvanceSOS. His contribution can be seen through published articles and valued customers who recognize the importance of our service. She has been part of our team since the site was launched in 2019 and remains one of the most important people for the site.

New Laws, Lenders Improve Access to Affordable Small Loans | News

0

Inflation has already hit people particularly hard struggle to get gas in their tanks and groceries in their refrigerators. For many, a payday loan may seem like the only way to get the money needed.

In recent years, however, as more states impose restrictions on risky short-term lending, new lenders have emerged offering small, lower-cost loans, making it easier than ever before to find a loan. an affordable loan that won’t drag you into unmanageable debt. .

In some states, new laws mean better loans

There is currently no federal law for maximum interest rates on small dollar loans; instead, states decide whether or not to cap payday loan rates. Therefore, the cost to borrow a few hundred dollars often depends on where you live.

In recent years, four states — Colorado, Hawaii, Ohio and Virginia — have passed laws that effectively reduce the cost of small loans and give borrowers longer repayment terms. A study by The Pew Charitable Trusts published in April found that even under the reforms, payday lenders were still operating, but with more secure loans.

Although some new lenders began doing business in these states once the laws took effect, the main impact was that existing payday lenders consolidated their storefronts and made their loans more affordable, says Alex Horowitz, director of research at Pew.

National banks and local credit unions step in

A bank or credit union may not have been your go-to for a small loan in the past, but it could be today.

Seven major banks have started offering or announced plans to offer small-dollar borrowing options with low annual percentage rates in recent years, Horowitz said, including Bank of America, Wells Fargo and Truist. These loans are available to existing bank customers nationwide, regardless of state interest rate limits.

Banks primarily rely on customers’ bank history rather than their credit scores to determine if they qualify for a small loan. The loans – which start from $100 – are usually repaid in monthly installments at annual interest rates no higher than 36%, the maximum rate an affordable loan can have, according to consumer advocates.

“The fact that banks start offering small loans could disrupt the whole payday loan market,” says Horowitz.

Local credit unions have membership requirements and maintain lower profiles than payday lenders, so they’re often overlooked by people who need cash fast, says Paul Dionne, director of research at Filene, a think tank that focuses on helping credit unions serve their communities.

But if you can walk to your local credit union, chances are you’ll qualify for membership, he says.

This is because credit unions often serve people who live or work in their communities. These organizations strive to provide financial inclusion by tailoring their products, such as loans, to better meet the needs of their customers, Dionne says.

“Credit unions are getting better at having the best product and not saying no and figuring out what’s the best fit for that person coming in,” he says.

Other Borrowing Options

Even in states where laws seek to ban payday loans altogether, people can find alternatives to risky borrowingsays Charla Rios, researcher on small-value loans and debt at the Center for Responsible Lending.

You may be able to work out a payment plan with your utility company or borrow from a friend or family member, she says. Here are some borrowing options to consider before getting a payday loan.

Payday advance. Some companies, including Walmart and Amazon, are giving their employees early access to a portion of their salary as benefits. It can be an interest-free way to borrow money if your employer offers it, but since the repayment comes from your next paycheck, it’s best to use it sparingly.

Cash advance applications. Apps like Earnin and Dave let you borrow a small amount of money, usually $25 to $200, before payday. They sometimes charge a fee for instant access to your money or ask for voluntary tips. They also take reimbursement from your next paycheck.

“Buy now, pay later.” For necessary expenses, a “buy now, pay later” loan allows you to purchase an item with partial payment only. You pay the balance in equal installments, usually over the next six weeks. This type of financing can be interest-free if you pay the full balance on time.

Low interest installment loans. Depending on your credit score and income, you may qualify for an installment loan with an APR below 36%. These loans have amounts ranging from $1,000 to $100,000 and are repaid over longer terms, usually two to seven years. Online lenders who often offer loans for bad credit prequalify you for a loan using a soft credit pull, which allows you to compare loans without affecting your credit score.

The 7 main steps to prevent loan application fraud

0

As more people access the Internet and more websites emerge, hackers have more opportunities.

Loan application fraud has been one of the most common scams over time.

This fraud, which consists of stealing personal information from people and using it to obtain a loan, has already had devastating consequences for organizations, businesses and individuals.

As a result, many businesses are already battening down the hatches and looking for ways to protect themselves and their customers.

Keep reading if you find yourself in this situation. We’ll go over the top seven ways to prevent loan application fraud in this article.

Let’s start.

Understanding credit fraud: what is it?

Loan fraud is defined as when someone uses your identity to obtain a loan without your permission.

A fraudulent act is sometimes committed by the person or organization offering the loan (the creditor). Sometimes it is the borrower (the debtor) who acts in bad faith.

Mortgage fraud, payday fraud, and loan fraud are all examples of loan fraud. In each of them, someone will be left out, while the counterpart will take advantage and disappear.

5 types of loan fraud

Several types of loan fraud can occur. Some of the most common are listed below.

Personal Loan Fraud

The most common and recurring type of loan fraud is personal fraud. It happens when someone takes out a loan while lying on their application. They could, for example, lie about their income or their ability to repay the loan.

Third Party Loan Fraud

Second-party fraud is the same as first-party fraud, except that the fraudster “impersonates” an accomplice. The accomplice may be a family member or friend who may or may not know about the borrowing system.

Third Party Loan Fraud

Third-party loan fraud occurs when someone borrows money under the guise of another person. In this situation, an individual (or a group of individuals) provides fraudulent credentials to a creditor in order to borrow money.

Loan Scams and Debt Collections

Debt collection systems aim to attack debtors. These deceptive techniques are used to trick customers into paying a fee to access a loan or to scare borrowers into repaying a loan to the wrong company.

mortgage fraud

Mortgage lenders, who provide loans for the purchase of property, are also vulnerable to fraud. Fraudsters may try to outsmart the mortgage system in order to get a better loan or gain access to a property.

Borrowers who commit real estate fraud are often motivated by a desire to keep their current property or acquire a new one. These borrowers think they are unlikely to be accepted for a loan if they provide honest information, so they falsify or omit important facts such as employment and income, debt and credit or value of a property in order to increase their chances of acceptance and even to acquire better loan conditions.

Why you need to prevent loan fraud

Loan fraud has a wide range of negative implications, which are not limited to banks, governments and lenders.

A thief can, at the very least, take out many payday loans on your behalf. In the worst case scenario, a fraudster can create a real home, business or car loan in your name, which you would be required to repay.

You can be held liable for money withdrawn on your behalf if you are the victim of loan fraud. If you don’t repay the loan, you could face a significant penalty on your credit score as well as criminal prosecution.

Loan fraud can sometimes be difficult to detect. Especially if the scammer is based in another state or gained access to your mail through a change of address system.

Finally, if an identity thief has used your stolen identity to obtain a loan, they may attempt other types of fraud with it.

Fortunately, the majority of victims can prove that the loan was acquired by an identity thief. However, going through the procedure is still a negative experience that can have long-term consequences on your credit.

7 steps to prevent loan application fraud

Today, thanks to advances in technology, there are several methods to prevent loan application fraud. Some of the most important and relevant are listed here.

Identity verification and facial recognition

Implementing secure technology solutions, such as identity verification and facial recognition, is one of the first steps in loan fraud prevention.

Identity verification is a type of authentication that compares a person’s claimed identification to the data that verifies it. Birth certificates, social security cards, driver’s licenses and other papers can all serve as providers of this objective reality.

In addition to verifying paperwork, which may have been stolen, you can also deploy a facial recognition system to provide even more secure loan fraud prevention.

Facial recognition is a technological method of recognizing a human face.

It is a biometric identification approach that uses a person’s facial pattern and biometric data to authenticate their identity.

Validation of identity data

Identity data validation is the process of verifying that an individual’s personal information, such as name, address, phone number, and email address, exists in the real world.

Checking databases such as mailing address files, telephone records, or even basic credit data can help you do this.

digital fingerprint

A digital fingerprint, also known as a digital shadow or an electronic fingerprint, is the data trail you leave when you use the internet. This includes the websites you visit, the emails you send, and the online forms you fill out. A person’s internet actions and gadgets can be tracked via a digital fingerprint.

Since these behaviors and habits are difficult to imitate, using digital fingerprints for verification purposes is a good strategy to avoid fraud.

Therefore, analyzing a user’s digital fingerprint may lead to the discovery of fraud. For example, if a single IP address is used to create several new accounts in a short time, you may suspect fraud.

Bank account verification

The process of determining if funds are being transferred between real bank accounts is called bank account verification.

This technique helps your business verify submitted bank account information and confirm that it belongs to the rightful owner. Finally, you can be sure that the funds are coming from the correct source.

Knowledge-Based Authentication

Knowledge-Based Authentication, abbreviated KBA, is an authentication method based on a series of knowledge questions used to validate a person’s identity to prevent unwanted access to a location or, more generally these days, to an account.

KBA authentication is classified into two types: static and dynamic.

Static knowledge-based authentication, one of the most widely used security approaches, is sometimes referred to as “shared secrets” or “shared secret questions”. When creating an account, the user selects the KBA static question.

Therefore, the question and answer are saved for future use when identity verification is needed.

Unlike static KBA, which requires the user to build a security question and provide the answer when creating an account, dynamic KBA does not require the user to construct a security question and provide the answer. response when creating an account.

This implies that questions are created in real time using data linked to an identification number. “Select the last digits of your social security number”, for example.

Phone and social media authentication

Using social media accounts for authentication is becoming increasingly popular. This type of authentication allows users to access the Internet using their current social media accounts, such as Facebook or Twitter, without having to provide additional credentials.

This way, you can have greater confidence in the truthfulness of users and the validity of their actions.

In terms of social media, several websites use phone authentication, which seems to be more secure than social media authentication.

Since it’s impossible to fake phone numbers, you can be sure that the user is genuine.

Two-factor authentication

Two-factor authentication is one of the most popular verification methods on the web.

It improves security by requiring two verification methods (also known as authentication factors) to prove your identity. A security factor can include something you know – like your email address and password – as well as something you have – like a smartphone app – to approve authentication requests.

Conclusion

This concludes our blog post on the top seven steps to prevent loan application fraud.

As discussed throughout, these types of financial crimes can have serious financial and legal consequences for your business, organization, and users.

By preventing it now, you will avoid these negative repercussions. As we have already noted, there are several ways to keep your users safe. You can select the ones that best suit your organization.

Thank you for taking the time to read this blog post. I hope you found it informative and relevant.

Citrus North explained the different types of loans offered by Canada

0

The subject of interest rates can be an extremely difficult subject to grasp, especially for people unfamiliar with the regulations and rules that govern lending in Canada. Understanding the concept of interest rates is not something you can master on your own. Here is a brief description of the different types of loans.

1. Payday Loans

The payday loan can be between two weeks and two weeks to a month. You can withdraw up to $1,500, but the balance owing is due when your next paycheck is due, so you’ll need to pay on time. In the event that a loan to pay a breakdown cannot be repaid, the borrower has the option of taking out another one or placing it in overdraft on his account until his next payday.

If you are looking for particular areas, you can search for “payday loans in Kamloops” and review the regulations that apply to the specific area. These loans are characterized by high interest rates, usually around $25 for every $100 borrowed.

There are, however, cheaper options to use. Some loans offer reduced interest rates when you make a direct deposit or a pre-authorized transfer to the credit card. Payday loan companies that offer the service online, such as CitrusNorth: Instant Approval.

2. Line of credit loans

Unsecured line of credit also called credit loan is a form of overdraft that can be used to pay specific fees. For example, in the event that, for example, you are traveling and have additional expenses associated with your travel plans, they can be paid for through lines of credit or lines of credit.

This is also known as credit loans. The procedure is simple. You can withdraw the amount you want and pay interest until the credit is fully repaid.

If you are looking to get more money, it is possible. There is no limit to the amount you can spend. However, there are some limitations. Some people are not eligible to receive these loans because they are credit loans.

If the credit score is not excellent, chances are you will be refused. Lines of credit are generally not as expensive as payday loans, but they are still dependent on credit rating.

3. Student loans

If you have just graduated or, in certain circumstances, are attending a college, university or university, student loans may be the right choice to consider. They differ from other types of loans in that, instead of requiring collateral for a loan, applicants are required to prove that they are currently enrolled in the institution or have completed a course in the institution. ‘establishment.

They allow you to withdraw the amount you need based on your financial situation and the tuition fees you are currently paying. Also, there are no fees as they do not rely on any type of credit score as a method of determination.

Many students do not realize the obligation to repay loans immediately with withdrawals from their accounts or through the financial aid office of the university or college they attend and paying for the service of financial aid.

4. Citizenship Loans

Citizenship loans are available to people who have recently obtained recognition of their citizenship in Canada. This type of loan is generally offered to people who need cash to settle their file or to cover travel expenses.

It’s usually small amounts of money that have a return. There are no fees as this is a short term loan and you will need to pay it back quickly. It could take just a week for the loan to be credited to your credit card, assuming everything goes as planned.

To qualify for the loan, you are not required to demonstrate that you have a good credit history, but in certain situations when it is your first time applying for the loan after being approved for the loan, they will look at the details of your credit file.

5. Unsecured Loans

Loans that are unsecured do not require collateral and are generally given to those who are able to show a good credit history and low interest rates. People eligible to receive these types of loans are usually those who need funds to cover unexpected expenses or to pay for a longer period.

For example, you may qualify for an unsecured loan if you need money to renovate your home or pay for an essential procedure.

What you are eligible to receive generally depends on the conditions of your work and your income. However, there are other types of credit that are secured, such as movable mortgages, which allow you to obtain more than traditional loans, since they offer a certain proportion in the loan amount in the event that the security is used due to inability to pay.

6. Secured Loans

Secured loans are generally granted to those who have a bad credit record. Because these are people who have bad credit, these loans usually have a higher interest rate, which means you will have to pay higher interest rates for the loan.

Due to higher interest rates and poor credit ratings, this type of credit is usually secured by collateral. That’s why you can get up to $25,000, depending on the type of warranty you decide to test.

If you are seeking a secured loan, you must be at least 18 years old, but there is no age limit if you can prove that you are able to meet the financial obligation. The type of loan must be repaid within a specific time frame, as specified by your lender.

What are the benefits of loans?

They are vital for many reasons. They allow you to achieve your goal of having your own home, even if you are unable to put enough money into your account. Another reason for loans is that they allow those with bad credit to still get money and can possibly help improve their credit situation.

You can obtain credit that is unprotected and not subject to a higher interest rate. Another reason for the need for loans could be that they allow businesses to grow and grow as most businesses need money to start their business or to increase the scale of their business.

Torben A. Carlsen of Citrus North asserts that loans are an effective instrument that can be used in a variety of ways. The other benefit of loans is the fact that they help individuals become financially self-sufficient by helping them start their own business or buy a house or cover medical expenses that might not be feasible otherwise.

Other articles from mtltimes.ca – totimes.caottitimes.ca

Caerula Mar Club a new standard in paradise – South Andros Bahamas

SHAN SWIMSUIT

The Hottest Bikinis of 2022 – Montreal SHAN Collection

Oak Park Financial is widely regarded as the largest provider of payday loans in Canada

0

Section 347 of the Criminal Code specifies that payday loans are legal in Canada and are not prohibited. With respect to payday loans, subsection 12(1) of the Criminal Code states that a lender must follow a set of guidelines before granting the loan.

Are there places in Canada where I can get the fastest and most convenient payday loan?

Oak Park Financial, which offers high quality payday loans with more than $1 billion in assets under management, is the nation’s largest online cash advance provider for payday loans, according to the National Cash Advance Association. provides fast and reliable cash assistance that is both fast and cost effective in nature.

A payday loan application can be completed in as little as 5 minutes! The first step in using our online loan services is as simple as selecting the red icon on the right and clicking “Get Started”.

What type of personal loan is the easiest to acquire?

Having a terrible credit history is a problem. The ability to obtain secured loans, such as mortgages and title loans, is often based on the availability of collateral, which serves as proof of financial viability rather than credit history, and the amount of collateral available . Nevertheless, unsecured internet payday loans are a viable option because they do not require you to visit a physical establishment to be approved.

What are the advantages and disadvantages of taking out a personal loan?

Payday loans are available for people with less than perfect credit or with little or no income, and they do not require a source of income or access to a bank account to be approved. payday loans, particularly if it appears that the borrower may not be able to repay them in a timely manner, and have offered alternative lending methods to address this concern

Is it possible, in your opinion, to get a loan accepted as soon as possible?

Payday loans, vehicle title loans, pawn loans, and personal installment loans are the easiest types of loans to approve when it comes to acceptance. The majority of consumers with bad credit who need short-term financing can qualify for one of these loans. People who need urgent cash in an emergency scenario may find these solutions useful in some cases.

Is it possible to borrow money right away from the comfort of your own home?

Use a fast online loan to get money in your account the same day you submit your application, and you’ll have it in your account the next business day. Due to the fact that the loans are easily available through the internet, applying for them is a simple process.

Could you please let me know where I can get the money as soon as possible?

  • Your search for a lender on the internet has been successful.
  • Credit unions are the skeletons of the credit union system and they are the foundation of the system.
  • There are also traditional financial institutions to consider.
  • Credit card advances are a kind of advance (cash advance)
  • Friends and family members
  • When it comes to providing financial assistance to people in need, there are a very small number of payday lenders available.

What is the total number of payday loans issued in the United States?

According to Algernon Ronson of Oak Park Financial, more than 2 million Canadians are expected to be unable to pay their payments each year due to a lack of finances due to a lack of cash. Any charge that exceeds 60% of total annual charges is considered a violation of the Criminal Code. On the other side, the provinces have the possibility of choosing to be exempted from the rules.

Other articles from mtltimes.ca – totimes.caottitimes.ca

Caerula Mar Club a new standard in paradise – South Andros Bahamas

SHAN SWIMSUIT

The Hottest Bikinis of 2022 – Montreal SHAN Collection

The Role of DeFi in the Metaverse

0

By John Brown

Blockchain, crypto, NFT, metaverse, decentralized finance, these technologies have grown in popularity in recent years due to their ability and potential to change the way we interact with the world. Outdated systems begin to crumble with the continued implementation of these new technologies.

In this article, we will focus on DeFi, or decentralized finance, and its role in the metaverse.

What is DeFi?

DeFi, or decentralized finance, enables financial transactions without the usual middlemen found in traditional finance. For example, in today’s traditional economic landscape, you have to go through a broker or a bank if you want to get a loan.

However, to make the process easier, you can also rely on online lending platforms like GetCash.com to get unsecured payday loans with shorter waiting times. With lending platforms like these, you get access to approved lenders who work with people with less than perfect credit scores.

That said, DeFi is helping to build a more inclusive economy for everyone by providing open access to financial services that central intermediaries once monopolized. Additionally, by eliminating counterparty risk and giving users control over their data, DeFi ushers in a new era of trustless finance.

With its promise of greater economic autonomy and inclusion, it’s no wonder that decentralized finance has become one of the top trends in the blockchain space.

What is the Metaverse?

The way we talk about the Metaverse is similar to the way we talked about the Internet in the 70s and 80s. The Metaverse is essentially a 3D version of the Internet, a “universe” where you can exist digitally. In this parallel universe, you can have an avatar and interact with other avatars.

Experts agree that the metaverse in its truest form doesn’t yet exist because we don’t have the infrastructure to fully realize it. However, when the time comes, it will enhance the VR experience. Users will be able to jump into the virtual world and do things they would also do in real life, such as shopping for clothes, throwing parties, and even getting married.

What role does DeFi play in the metaverse?

The metaverse needs several components to come to fruition: NFTs to serve as identities, DeFi, and on-chain credit scoring. These elements come together in unique ways to form a virtual world where you can exist digitally.

Therefore, the metaverse will require a trustless financial system to function well. This is where DeFi comes in. Decentralized finance will provide the basic crypto-decentralized structure the metaverse needs to hold its currencies and economy where users can earn, spend, borrow, lend, or invest without a central unit of governance.

However, although the metaverse exists in the digital world, its components are deeply embedded in the physical world. Therefore, if the metaverse wants to include people around the world, it will have to make peace with the fact that governments around the world will scrutinize it and seek to regulate it.

The future of DeFi

Due to decentralized trading in DeFi, assets can be transferred from one form to another without the need for a buyer and a seller. Currently, there are only a handful of assets that can be traded in the space, but that could include previously illiquid assets like art and real estate in the future.

This could mean that within the next decade you will be able to walk into a store and pay using a digital wallet containing all sorts of assets you own, perhaps US dollars, bitcoins or NFTs.

You can essentially walk up to the cashier, and a simple scan of your smartphone will enable a transaction from your digital wallet which contains all of your assets. You would be able to pay with any asset you want, and the store could accept payment in whatever form of asset they want. With enough cash, the possibilities will be virtually endless.

Authors biography :

pastedGraphic.png

John is a financial analyst but also a man with different interests. He enjoys writing about money and giving financial advice, but he can also dive into relationships, sports, games and other topics. Lives in New York with his wife and a cat.

Have you taken out a payday loan with AMG? You could get a refund

0

Today, the FTC is sending a second round of refunds to some of those affected by a major payday loan program run by AMG Services, Inc. that used names like 500FastCash, OneClickCash, Ameriloan, UnitedCashLoans, and USFastCash, among others. . If you got a payday loan online from an AMG-related company, you might receive a check in the mail. If you do, cash it before August 17, 2022.

The FTC sued AMG for charging people far more for the loans than they originally agreed to pay and sent the first round of refunds in 2018. Now the FTC sends over 690,000 refund checks totaling $152 million. wondering if the check you received is real? To visit ftc.gov/amg to verify your check.

Here’s what you need to know:

  • Checks will arrive automatically. You do not need to make a request or complete a claim form.
  • Checks expire August 17, 2022, so don’t wait to submit yours.
  • To verify that the check is from the FTC, go to ftc.gov/amg.
  • For any questions regarding your check or the refund process, call the administrator (Rust Consulting) at 1-866-730-8147, or email [email protected].

And remember that the FTC will never ask you to pay money or give out your account information for a refund. So if someone asks you for something in exchange for your AMG refund check, it’s a scam. Report it to ReportFraud.ftc.gov.

Fed candidate Michael Barr discloses 82 different fintech investments

0

It’s fair to say that any initiative to develop or promote cryptocurrency right now comes up against an epically bad moment. Three weeks ago, Fidelity announcement a “digital asset account” that would allow workers to purchase Bitcoin through their 401(k) retirement savings programs. Given the volatility of crypto and Big Finance’s penchant for hype that confuses investors, this already sounded like a terrible idea (like the The Department of Labor said frankly), before the crypto crash. Likewise, it seems like an inopportune time for FTX, the company co-founded by young billionaire Sam Bankman-Friedpropose a continuous clearing house for Bitcoin-related products that will encourage retail investors to trade crypto assets more frequently.

The same questionable timing dynamic could play out in a Senate Banking Committee confirmation hearing this week. Michael Barr has been named vice president for oversight of the Federal Reserve, responsible for regulating the nation’s major financial institutions, and he will face senators on Thursday. In anticipation of this, Barr submitted his financial disclosure form on Monday, revealing investments in 82 separate financial technology, or fintech, startups, including several directly related to cryptocurrencies.

You would think that could be a problem. But while Barr struggled to secure other high-level positions in financial regulatory circles under Biden, and was opposed by progressives for a separate Fed post in 2014 (which he did not receive), this time no real opposition to his nomination emerged. Despite the timing, despite the importance of crypto regulation to financial stability, despite the demonstrated dangers of financial innovation in the collapse of the housing bubble, financial reformers in Congress were content this time to give a let switch to Barr, regardless of his ties.

More David Dayen

It’s not like we don’t already know about these connections. It was common knowledge that Barr served on the advisory boards of LendingClub, the peer-to-peer online lender that had to fire its CEO on doctor loans to attract a buyer, and Ripple, which is fight the SEC on the sale of what the government claims is an unregistered title. Barr’s disclosure says he received $133,110 in 1099 income from LendingClub, as well as between $15,000 and $50,000 in capital gains.

It was also common knowledge that Barr served on the board of a pro-crypto and fintech group called the Alliance for Innovative Regulation. It was common knowledge that fintech and crypto pros gushed when Barr was first touted last year as a potential pick for Comptroller of the Currency. Barr was also known to be a sponsor and adviser to NYCA Partnersa fintech venture capital firm with dozens of startups in its portfolio.

It is the source of most of Barr’s start-up investments, through stakes in various NYCA funds. Other investments come from stock options acquired in companies where Barr has consulted, such as CLINC, Global ID (up to $250,000), GRIT Financial, SAVI and SentiLink (up to $100 $000). Barr disclosed 53,500 unearned shares in SAVI and 96,000 unearned shares in GRIT, which provides “instant access to earned salary benefits.” by company website. This is called an “earned wage access” product, essentially a payday advance that is repayable on payday. They have been likened to payday loans, and advocates have called for them to be regulated as credit products.

Even with the crash, few members of Congress have spoken out forcefully that regulatory oversight is desperately needed.

Regulation of access to earned wages would go through the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau rather than the Federal Reserve. But the Fed’s Vice President of Oversight would likely play a vital role in crypto regulation, where important decisions have to be made on crypto products like stablecoins, which are supposed to be pegged to the US dollar but can also crash, as TerraUSD recently did. You want regulators who are not enamored with (or worse, financially incentivized to be sympathetic to) crypto, who can take the objective steps necessary to protect the public.

Therefore, Barr’s involvement in crypto businesses seems like fair game for scrutiny. Like the revolving door project, a Perspective partner, say, “Especially after last week’s total collapse in the cryptocurrency market, the Fed needs a chief regulatory officer who everyone can trust to act independently pressures from industry, personal financial interests and the desire for powerful jobs in the private sector after their time in government.

Many of Barr’s NYCA investments are minimal (under $1,000) but obviously could swell if one or more startups were to take off. Barr’s biggest startup investment is in Built Technologies, an online platform for construction loans, which is worth between $50,000 and $100,000.

Other investments include acorns growan investment app that lets you buy bitcoins through exchange-traded funds; Axonia blockchain infrastructure company for financial institutions; Metrikawhich gives “end-to-end visibility” to blockchain networks; Sardine AIthat helps protect digital wallets against fraud; Tint Technologiesa company that builds “crypto deposit insurance” and Zero hashwhich builds back-end software to facilitate crypto transactions.

Investments range from less than $1,000 to somewhere between $15,000 and $50,000 (Acorns Grow). But the bigger issue is that as a limited NYCA partner, Barr has major incentives to see fintech startups, including crypto startups, thrive.

In the disclosure, Barr agrees to divest itself of all companies in which it has acquired stock and to terminate its partnership agreement with NYCA. The question is whether or not it can shed a mindset that, as demonstrated by its investments and partnerships, clearly believes that financial innovation is important to society for a variety of reasons.

But will the hearings address this mindset and its potential conflicts? The senses. Sherrod Brown (D-OH) and Elizabeth Warren (D-MA), most likely to raise these issues, both endorsed Barr. Democrats are highly unlikely to make financial disclosure a talking point. Several committee members on the Republican side are quite crypto-friendly. Even with the crash, few members of Congress have spoken out forcefully that regulatory oversight is desperately needed, and those who have are not inclined to pressure Barr. And many crypto-friendly officials (including Barr) were member of the Biden-Harris transition team.

Giving up would be a mistake. With all the crypto money wading around the Democratic primary elections, it is clear that the industry is trying to create a force field around its activities in Washington. It would be worth penetrating that shield, simply by asking Michael Barr about his crypto regulatory priorities. It’s a critical topic with major consequences for millions of investors, as well as the nation’s overall financial health. It should be addressed. We’ll see if that happens at all on Thursday.

A Look at Recent Changes in the Online Lending Industry – CONAN Daily

0

Over the past few years, there have been big changes in the online payday loan industry. In particular, many lenders have moved towards more responsible and moral lending practices. This is a welcome change, as online payday loans can be a useful tool for those who need cash fast.

However, it is important to ensure that you are borrowing from a reputable lender who follows all regulations and offers fair terms. In this blog post, we’ll take a look at recent changes in the online payday loan industry and explain why they’re so important.

American dollar bills (©Alexander Mills)

The payday loan industry is a $40 billion a year business in the United States.

There are approximately 22,000 payday loan stores in operation in the United States. The industry has been accused of preying on financially vulnerable people and trapping them in a cycle of debt.

Over the past few years, there have been significant changes in the payday loan landscape. New players have entered the market, offering alternatives to traditional personal loans that are more flexible and easier to repay. These new lenders are using technology to create a better experience for borrowers and restore morality to the industry.

One of these new players is Trick Technologies, which offers three main products, namely home equity lines of credit (HELOC), installment loans and refinance loans. All of these products have lower interest rates than traditional payday loans and can be repaid over time rather than all at once.

Another new player in the industry is Ipass.Net, which offers unsecured personal loans with fixed interest rates and terms up to 36 months. Borrowers can use the money for any purpose, and there are no origination fees or prepayment penalties.

These new lenders are using technology to create a better experience for borrowers and restore morality to the industry. With more flexible repayment options and lower interest rates, these companies help borrowers avoid the debt trap that payday loans can create.

What is the current state of online payday loans?

The online payday loan industry has come under fire in recent years for its high interest rates and aggressive collection practices. In response to these criticisms, some lenders have started offering more reasonable terms and conditions. However, many of these same lenders still engage in questionable practices, such as using hidden fees and loan renewals.

Rolling over a loan means that the borrower takes out another loan to repay the first loan. This can be extremely detrimental to borrowers, as it can quickly lead to a cycle of debt. Hidden fees are also problematic, as they can add significant costs to the already high interest rates charged by payday lenders.

These practices have led to calls for stricter regulation of the online payday loan industry. Some argue the industry should be banned altogether, while others believe more reasonable conditions should be put in place.

.

Payday loans are short-term, high-interest loans that are typically used to cover emergency expenses or unexpected bills.

Orville L. Bennett of Ipass.Net warned us that while payday loans can be helpful in some situations, they can also be very detrimental to borrowers who are unable to repay the loan on time.

Over the past few years, there have been a number of changes in the online lending industry that have made it more difficult for borrowers to access payday loans.

Ipass.Net says one of the biggest changes was the introduction of new regulations by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), a federal agency created in 2010 in response to the financial crisis. One of its main purposes is to protect consumers from predatory lenders. Its payday loan regulations are designed to prevent borrowers from being trapped in a cycle of debt.

The regulations require lenders to assess a borrower’s ability to repay the loan before making the loan, and they place limits on the number of times a borrower can renew or renew a loan. These changes have made it harder for borrowers to access payday loans, but they have also made it harder for lenders to take advantage of these loans.

As a result, many payday lenders have stopped offering loans altogether. While this is good news for borrowers, it has created a new problem: borrowers who need quick access to cash now have fewer options available to them.

One option that is always available to borrowers is called an installment loan. Installment loans are similar to payday loans, but they are repaid over a longer period and usually have lower interest rates.

.

The CFPB is working to reform the payday loan industry by introducing new rules that will prevent consumers from being trapped in a cycle of debt.

The regulations, which came into force in July 2019, require lenders to verify a borrower’s ability to repay the loan before extending credit.

The CFPB actions are a response to the growing number of complaints about payday loans, which typically have high interest rates and fees. According to the Pew Charitable Trusts, 12 million Americans take out payday loans every year, and they often end up paying more in fees than they originally borrowed.

The new rules are designed to help borrowers avoid getting trapped in a debt cycle by ensuring they can only borrow what they can afford to repay. This is good news for consumers, as it will help protect them from the predatory practices of some payday lenders.

The changes that the CFPB is putting in place are a step in the right direction when it comes to restoring the morality of personal loans. These regulations will help prevent consumers from being exploited by predatory lenders and being trapped in a cycle of debt.

Rents can increase by up to 6% for some New York tenants

0

Hello. It’s Friday. We’ll look at the rent increases looming for more than two million New Yorkers. We’ll also preview the new look of the Times Square tower where the ball drops on New Year’s Eve.

The biggest rent increases in New York in nearly a decade appear to be underway. The panel responsible for regulating rents last night approved increases of 2 to 4% on one-year leases and 4 to 6% on two-year leases for rent-stabilized housing.

My colleague Mihir Zaveri, who covers housing, said the 5-4 vote by the powerful Rent Guidelines Board was the latest sign of the city’s struggles with housing affordability amid continued financial pressures of the pandemic.

The proposed figures are likely to intensify lobbying from landlord groups, who had called for bigger increases, and tenant advocates, who had warned that any increases would create new problems for tenants trying to regain their economic footing. Most rent-stabilized tenants earn much less than the citywide median household income of approximately $67,000.

[Panel Backs Rent Increases for More Than 2 Million New Yorkers]

The prospect of rent increases poses a financial challenge for tenants and a political challenge for Mayor Eric Adams, who effectively controls the rent commission and has been more supportive of the real estate industry than his predecessor, Bill de Blasio, who had an icy relationship with owners. Under de Blasio, the council allowed rents to increase by a maximum of 1.5% for one-year leases and 2.75% for two-year leases. He voted to freeze some leases entirely in four of de Blasio’s eight years in office.

After the vote, Adams released a statement saying it was good that the council “went down” from increases of up to 9% on two-year leases that had originally been suggested. The increases are to be officially approved next month.

Tenant advocates expressed outrage over the vote. Rent Board Tenant Representative Sheila Garcia participated remotely from the Bronx with a group of tenants holding signs calling for rollbacks. “The minimum 2% would be devastating to the people in this room,” she said.

But homeowners say they need increases to keep up with inflation, as evidenced by higher prices for fuel and maintenance materials, as well as higher property taxes.

“Housing has costs,” Robert Ehrlich, a landlord representative on the rents board, said at the meeting. “We need to make sure the buildings have the money to pay for these costs. If we don’t do things right, many could fall into disrepair. »


Weather

Prepare for showers and rain during the day, with low temperatures of 60s. At night, the rain continues, with gusty winds and temperatures in the low 50s.

alternative parking

Valid until May 26 (Solemnity of Ascension).



“Times Square has had a streak of lives,” property manager Michael Phillips said, speaking of ushering in what he called “4.0 Times Square.”

It outlined a $500 million plan to be announced on Friday for One Times Square, the trapezoidal building that serves as the stage in the sky for the balloon drop on New Year’s Eve. Phillips’ company, the investment firm and of property management Jamestown, plans a top-to-bottom reimagining of the 118-year-old building.

“Augmented reality and virtual reality allow us to occupy the building in a way that hasn’t been as easy in the past,” he said, meaning people can visit virtually from nowhere. anywhere. One Times Square — built when phone numbers were only two or three digits — is “unique in its ability to jump into the metaverse,” he said. “It’s also the only building in the world with an iconic New Year’s Eve physical experience, complete with the falling ball.”

For visitors arriving in person, he provides a 19th-floor observation deck, overlooking the ever-changing spectacle that is Times Square. Inside, Jamestown, which was behind the redevelopment of Manhattan’s Chelsea Market, plans “branded experiences” for businesses looking for immersive, technology-driven displays.

But some things won’t change. The north-facing signs will operate during the building’s 27-month renovation, and the balloon will drop on New Year’s Eve this year and next.


Jane’s Carousel is ready for Jane’s Carousel Day. Todd Goings, who checked the bolts, bearings and cables, says so.

Jane’s Carousel is a century-old carousel located in Brooklyn Bridge Park that artist Jane Walentas spent over 20 years restoring. Jane’s Carousel Day on Saturday will celebrate her work and commemorate her with free rides. She died last July at the age of 76.

She and her husband, developer David Walentas, who spent years working to revitalize the industrial neighborhood that became Dumbo, bought the carousel for $385,000 in 1984 and had it shipped to New York. It manages to be garish and graceful at the same time, with the exuberant allure of a circus and the studied order of a horse show. It has 48 horses, wooden horses and two chariots, all restored in Jane Walentas’ workshop and installed in a modernist pavilion designed by architect Jean Nouvel. But the horses of Jane’s Carousel prance as they always have.

“We’re asking him to do the same thing he did in 1922,” Goings said. “It was carrying 52 people in a circle every 10 minutes, and damn it, that’s what we’re doing 100 years later. If you put a million dollars in an old car, it’s in a museum and everyone Look at her. This is different. This is an interactive piece of art.



Dear Diary:

I was in town for my high school reunion and was looking for a shoemaker. A doorman from West 57th Street directed me to a “downstairs subway”.

Going down a staircase in the station, I saw a small cafe.

“Do you know where the cobbler is?” I asked the man behind the counter.

He smiled.

“It’s me!” he said.

I lifted my shoes, broken strap hanging off.

He looked around and made a gesture that indicated he was alone in the store.

“Oh come on,” I said. “I’ll work behind the counter for you if you fix my shoes.”

I was kidding, but he nodded, took off his apron, handed it to me, and waved at me behind the counter.

I put on the apron while he explained the operation: Here is the register. Coffee and bagel are $1.75. Here are the milk and coffee cups.

Then he walked through the door and disappeared.

I was so surprised that I just stood there looking around. There was a grill, a sign advertising a special scrambled egg breakfast, a candy display, soft drinks.

A customer came in.

“Please don’t let her want the special,” I begged silently.

“I have a terrible craving for Peppermint Patty,” she said. “Do you have those?”

Dwight A. Merriman sells 14,000 shares of MongoDB, Inc. (NASDAQ:MDB)


MongoDB, Inc. (NASDAQ:MDB – Get Rating) Director Dwight A. Merriman sold 14,000 shares in a trade on Monday, May 2. The stock was sold at an average price of $349.22, for a total value of $4,889,080.00. Following the sale, the administrator now directly owns 1,323,384 shares of the company, valued at $462,152,160.48. The transaction was disclosed in a filing with the SEC, accessible via this link.

MongoDB shares opened at $360.56 on Thursday. The company has a debt ratio of 1.70, a quick ratio of 4.02 and a current ratio of 4.02. MongoDB, Inc. has a 52 week low of $238.01 and a 52 week high of $590.00. The stock has a 50-day moving average price of $382.73 and a two-hundred-day moving average price of $442.13. The stock has a market capitalization of $24.36 billion, a PE ratio of -76.07 and a beta of 0.98.

MongoDB (NASDAQ:MDB – Get Rating) last released its results on Tuesday, March 8. The company reported ($1.20) earnings per share for the quarter, beating the Zacks consensus estimate of ($1.25) by $0.05. MongoDB had a negative return on equity of 66.70% and a negative net margin of 35.12%. The company posted revenue of $266.50 million for the quarter, versus analyst estimates of $243.42 million. In the same quarter last year, the company made ($1.01) earnings per share. The company’s revenue for the quarter increased 55.8% year over year. Research analysts expect MongoDB, Inc. to post -5.48 EPS for the current year.

MDB has been the subject of several recent analyst reports. Royal Bank of Canada launched coverage on MongoDB in a research report on Tuesday, March 1. They set an “outperform” rating and a price target of $505.00 for the company. Needham & Company LLC lowered its price target on MongoDB from $626.00 to $362.00 and set a “buy” rating for the company in a Wednesday, March 9 research report. Stifel Nicolaus lowered his price target on MongoDB from $550.00 to $425.00 in a Wednesday, March 9 research report. Canaccord Genuity Group lowered its target price on MongoDB from $560.00 to $400.00 in a Wednesday, March 9 research report. Finally, Oppenheimer lowered his target price on MongoDB from $510.00 to $410.00 in a Wednesday, March 9 research report. One analyst rated the stock with a sell rating, one gave the stock a hold rating, and fifteen gave the stock a buy rating. According to data from MarketBeat, the stock has an average rating of “Buy” and a consensus target price of $496.72.

A number of institutional investors have recently changed their stock portfolios. Commerce Bank increased its stake in MongoDB by 1.7% during the fourth quarter. Commerce Bank now owns 1,413 shares of the company worth $747,000 after acquiring 24 additional shares during the period. Winch Advisory Services LLC increased its stake in MongoDB by 54.2% during the third quarter. Winch Advisory Services LLC now owns 74 shares of the company worth $35,000 after acquiring 26 additional shares during the period. Total Clarity Wealth Management Inc. increased its stake in MongoDB by 6.9% during the first quarter. Total Clarity Wealth Management Inc. now owns 465 shares of the company worth $206,000 after acquiring 30 additional shares during the period. Massachusetts Financial Services Co. MA increased its stake in MongoDB by 0.5% during the third quarter. Massachusetts Financial Services Co. MA now owns 6,657 shares of the company worth $3,139,000 after acquiring 31 additional shares during the period. Finally, Profund Advisors LLC increased its stake in MongoDB by 5.2% during the fourth quarter. Profund Advisors LLC now owns 647 shares of the company worth $342,000 after acquiring 32 additional shares during the period. Institutional investors and hedge funds hold 88.70% of the company’s shares.

MongoDB Company Profile (Get a rating)

MongoDB, Inc provides a general purpose database platform worldwide. The company offers MongoDB Enterprise Advanced, a commercial database server for enterprise customers to run in the cloud, on-premises, or in a hybrid environment; MongoDB Atlas, a hosted multi-cloud database solution as a service; and Community Server, a free downloadable version of its database, which includes the features developers need to get started with MongoDB.

Recommended Stories

Insider buying and selling by quarter for MongoDB (NASDAQ:MDB)



Get news and reviews for MongoDB Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analyst ratings for MongoDB and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

Load Bank Leasing and Rental Services Market Analysis Scope and Forecast 2030 – Instant Interview

0

Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market Outlook:

Global Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market the report includes the objectives and scopes of the market during the forecast period by highlighting the key segments, trends and major players to provide comprehensive data on the market status, trends, segmentation and development forecast of the global load bank rental and rental services market. The research report includes an in-depth study of the overall industry status, industrial policies and restraints, changing market dynamics and their impact across the globe.

Get a FREE sample PDF of the report @ https://marketstrides.com/request-sample/load-bank-hire-and-rental-services-market

Some of the major players in the global load bank rental and rental services market are
Aggreko
ComRent
Sharp eye
Emerson (Vertiv)
Green light innovation
Hill
HPS load banks
Jovyatlas
Kaixiang
Leading power solution
Direct load banks
Metal Deploye Resistance
Mosebach
MS Resistors
The North Bridge
Optimal Food Services
Pite Tech
Powerohm (Hubbell)
rental charge
Sephco Industries
Shenzhen Sikes
Simplex
Storage battery systems
Sunbelt Rentals
Tatsumi Ryoki
Thomson

Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market Research Report provides an in-depth analysis of the competitive emerging markets in the global market.
The research report includes specific segments by region (country), by manufacturers, by type, by application, by market share and by revenue. Each type provides information about the production during the forecast period from 2022 to 2030. The application segment also provides the consumption during the forecast period from 2022 to 2030. The segments help in identifying the different factors, key trends driving market growth. The Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market report also provides analysis of company share by countries, regions and types.

Research Methodology

Our research methodology is a mix of secondary and primary research that ideally begins with exhaustive data mining, conducting primary interviews (suppliers/distributors/end users) and formulating ideas, estimates and grow accordingly. Final primary validation is a mandate to confirm our research findings with key opinion leaders (KoLs), industry experts, load bank leasing and leasing services, including major supplies and independent consultants, among others.

Understand the influence of COVID-19 on the Load Bank Rental and Rental Services Market with our experts monitoring the situation across the globe. for more information Ask now

Market segmentation

The load bank rental and rental services market is segmented on the basis of type, application, end-use industry, region and country.

Global Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market by Type

Resistive load bank
Reactive load bank
Resistive/reactive load bank

The load bank leasing and leasing services market sub-segment is expected to hold the largest market share during the forecast period. Growing market and industry concerns are expected to drive the market for load bank rental and rental services.

Global Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market by Application

energy production
Government/Military
Maritime/Shipyards
Oil, gas and nuclear
Data centers
Industrial
Other

Load bank rental and rental service application valves are one of the most fundamental and indispensable components of today’s modern technological society. The market segment is expected to hold the largest market share in the global load bank rental and rental services market.

By region:

• North America (US, Canada)
• Europe (UK, Germany, France, Italy)
• Asia Pacific (China, India, Japan, Singapore, Malaysia)
• Latin America (Brazil, Mexico)
• Middle East and Africa

We’ve also covered your frequently asked questions

  • Who are the major companies operating in the Load Bank Rental and Rental Services market?
  • What are the major global types/applications in the Load Bank Rental and Rental Services market?
  • Who are the key players in the Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services market?
  • What are the driving factors fueling the growth of the Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market?
  • Which region accounted for the largest load bank rental and rental services market share?

Impact of Covid on the Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market

The COVID-19 pandemic has presented new challenges to businesses in the global marketplace. The main consumers of the load bank rental and rental services industry are ICT media and different sectors. The global production of ICT media stood at one million units in 2019. In 2020, the exponentially growing market faced an unforeseen obstacle – the COVID19 pandemic. Even though the market managed to avoid incurring losses, it experienced slow growth during the terrible year.

Here are the main features of the report:

Full overview of market structure: Overview, industry life cycle analysis, supply chain analysis.
Analysis of the market environment: Growth drivers and constraints.
Recent market segment forecasts.
Competitive landscape and dynamics: Market share, product portfolio, etc.

Buy this Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market Report 2022-2030: Choose License Type

Check the discount for this report: https://marketstrides.com/check-discount/load-bank-hire-and-rental-services-market

Customization of the report: Contact us

Market Strides is a global aggregator and publisher of market trend reports, stock reports, database directories and economic reports. Our repository is diverse, covering virtually every industry sector and even more so all categories and sub-categories within the industry.

Our pre-integration strategy for publishers is perhaps what sets us apart in the market. The publishers and their market growth reports are meticulously validated by our panel of internal consultants, before being published on our website. These in-house consultants are also responsible for ensuring that our website features only the most up-to-date reports.

You have a question ? Ask our experts

Market Strides has a team of professionals who assist you in many advanced industry-specific trends, content and test different strategies and implement the most productive one for the business.

For more information, E-mail – [email protected]

Contact us: +1 856 677 8909 (USA)

Follow us on social networks:

|| LinkedIn || Twitter || Pinterest || tumblr || Instagram || Medium

Our list of the best reports:

https://marketstrides.com/report/nano-zirconia-market
https://marketstrides.com/report/karaya-gum-market
https://marketstrides.com/report/projection-keyboard-market
https://marketstrides.com/report/cast-iron-and-cast-iron-castings-market

Sentry app performance monitoring platform raises $90 million

0

We’re excited to bring back Transform 2022 in person on July 19 and virtually from July 20-28. Join leaders in AI and data for in-depth discussions and exciting networking opportunities. Register today!


Sentinelan application performance monitoring (APM) platform used by some of the world’s largest companies, raised $90 million in a Series E funding round.

Founded in 2012, Sentry helps companies like Microsoft, Disney, Slack, and Atlassian track all their software behavior metrics and troubleshoot errors, fix performance bottlenecks like poorly performing API calls or slow database queries, and more.

Ultimately, Sentry aims to optimize software performance, given that even a one-second lag or downtime can create significant user churn.

Today’s funding comes six months after Sentry made its first-ever acquisition, snapping up mobile app performance platform Specto for an undisclosed amount. While Sentry already offered some of its own mobile APM tools, Specto’s specialization in collecting performance metrics from iOS and Android apps allowed Sentry to deepen its support for smartphone-based software.

The San Francisco-based company previously raised around $127 million, including a $60 million round last year that elevated it to unicorn status with a $1 billion valuation. With another $90 million in the bank and a valuation more than triple last year’s figure at $3 billion, Sentry said it plans to build on recent revenue growth by opening a new hub in Europe, while investing in product development and strengthening its workforce at all levels.

“Revenues have more than tripled in just over two years, and our team will continue to focus on providing engineering organizations with the ability to ship better code faster,” said Sentry CEO, Milin Desai, in a statement. Press release.

Sentry’s Series E was co-led by Bond and Accel, with participation from New Enterprise Associates and K5 Global.

VentureBeat’s mission is to be a digital public square for technical decision makers to learn about transformative enterprise technology and conduct transactions. Learn more about membership.

Zacks Investment Research cuts sale of SailPoint Technologies (NYSE: SAIL)


SailPoint Technologies (NYSE: SAIL – Get a Review) was downgraded by Zacks Investment Research from a “hold” rating to a “sell” rating in a report released Tuesday, Zacks.com reports.

According to Zacks, “SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. is a provider of enterprise identity governance solutions. The Company’s products and services include open identity platform, cloud-based identity governance, on-premises identity governance, data access governance, identity analytics, identity for healthcare and federal identity solutions. SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. is based in Austin, USA. “

Several other brokerages have also recently weighed in on SAIL. Canaccord Genuity Group downgraded SailPoint Technologies from a “buy” rating to a “hold” rating in a report released Monday, April 11. Canaccord Genuity Group reaffirmed a “hold” rating and set a price target of $65.25 on shares of SailPoint Technologies in a report released Tuesday, April 12. KeyCorp began covering SailPoint Technologies in a report on Monday, April 4. They set an “overweight” rating and a price target of $63.00 for the company. Royal Bank of Canada downgraded SailPoint Technologies from an “outperform” rating to an “industry performer” rating and set a price target of $65.25 for the company. in a report on Tuesday, April 12. Finally, Wells Fargo & Company downgraded SailPoint Technologies from an “overweight” rating to an “equal weight” rating in a Tuesday, April 12 report. One financial analyst has assigned the stock a sell rating, twelve have issued a hold rating and five have assigned the company’s stock a buy rating. According to MarketBeat, the stock currently has an average rating of “Hold” and an average target price of $62.83.

SAIL shares opened at $63.99 on Tuesday. The company has a market capitalization of $6.03 billion, a PE ratio of -96.95 and a beta of 1.54. The company’s 50-day simple moving average is $52.18 and its 200-day simple moving average is $48.31. SailPoint Technologies has a 12-month low of $34.98 and a 12-month high of $64.43.

SailPoint Technologies (NYSE:SAIL – Get Rating) last announced its results on Monday, February 28. The company reported earnings per share (EPS) of $0.09 for the quarter, beating analyst consensus estimates of ($0.07) by $0.16. The company posted revenue of $135.60 million for the quarter, versus analyst estimates of $113.72 million. SailPoint Technologies recorded a negative net margin of 14.04% and a negative return on equity of 9.86%. The company’s revenue for the quarter increased by 31.2% compared to the same quarter last year. During the same period last year, the company posted earnings per share of $0.05. As a group, analysts expect SailPoint Technologies to post -0.77 earnings per share for the current fiscal year.

In a similar vein, Executive Vice President Grady Summers sold 9,000 shares of SailPoint Technologies in a trade dated Friday, February 18. The stock was sold at an average price of $39.27, for a total transaction of $353,430.00. The transaction was disclosed in a legal filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available at this link. Additionally, General Counsel Christopher Schmitt sold 3,765 shares of SailPoint Technologies in a trade dated Tuesday, March 15. The stock was sold at an average price of $41.40, for a total value of $155,871.00. The disclosure of this sale can be found here. Insiders sold a total of 74,409 shares of the company valued at $3,031,585 in the past ninety days. Company insiders hold 2.00% of the company’s shares.

A number of institutional investors have recently bought and sold shares of SAIL. Morgan Stanley increased its position in SailPoint Technologies by 3.9% during the second quarter. Morgan Stanley now owns 604,006 shares of the company worth $30,846,000 after buying an additional 22,520 shares last quarter. PNC Financial Services Group Inc. increased its stake in SailPoint Technologies by 18.9% in the third quarter. PNC Financial Services Group Inc. now owns 3,086 shares of the company valued at $132,000 after purchasing an additional 490 shares during the period. Duality Advisers LP purchased a new stake in SailPoint Technologies in Q3, valued at approximately $509,000. The Swiss National Bank increased its stake in SailPoint Technologies by 1.2% in the third quarter. The Swiss National Bank now owns 204,000 shares of the company valued at $8,748,000 after purchasing an additional 2,500 shares during the period. Finally, TimesSquare Capital Management LLC increased its stake in SailPoint Technologies by 2.8% in the third quarter. TimesSquare Capital Management LLC now owns 2,174,800 shares of the company valued at $93,255,000 after purchasing an additional 58,590 shares during the period.

About SailPoint Technologies (Get an evaluation)

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc provides enterprise identity security solutions in the United States, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and internationally. The Company offers Software as a Service (SaaS) and Software Platforms, which provide organizations with the visibility and intelligence needed to empower users and manage their access to systems, applications and data in IT environments. hybrid information spanning on-premises, cloud and mobile. file storage applications and platforms.

Featured articles

Get a Free Copy of Zacks’ Research Report on SailPoint Technologies (SAIL)

For more information on Zacks Investment Research’s research offerings, visit Zacks.com

Analyst Recommendations for SailPoint Technologies (NYSE: SAIL)



Receive daily news and reviews for SailPoint Technologies – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for SailPoint Technologies and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s FREE daily newsletter.

Faith groups rally for action on affordable housing in Brevard County

0

The impact of living in the Sunshine State comes at a high cost, and that’s why hundreds of Brevard County residents are raising awareness about the lack of affordable housing. Brevard’s Department of Justice, a newly formed coalition of faith groups, gathered hundreds of residents at Suntree United Methodist Church in Melbourne on Monday night to tackle rising housing costs. Together, they called on their elected leaders to make this growing problem their top priority. “The homeless situation in our county is so dire that it is the magnet that has brought us together from different denominations and organizations because the crisis is at a critical mass,” Bishop Merton Clark told Truth Revealed. International Ministries. People started the meeting with song and prayer before spending an hour talking about how the families are feeling the impact because many of them end up on the streets. “I think we appreciate the tourism, the economy and the industries that come to Brevard and Florida and if we appreciate that, we need to value the workers who support those industries,” said Reverend Allee Willcox, associate pastor at Suntree United Methodist Church. Those in the audience held up signs during the meeting showing a variety of salaries in the county, from office clerks, orderlies to restaurant workers. Some of them explained that they would have to pay nearly half of their income for rent. “We were fine until they started raising our rent,” resident Keith Camby said. Camby, his wife and two children could not afford the rent, so they were evicted. The only option they had was to sleep in their car. “Truth Revealed Church stepped in, helped us find housing, but now another tragedy has happened. The house we were in, the plumbing collapsed,” Camby said. “We are again in a hotel until Thursday, so we could face homelessness again.” Organizers said they sent letters, messages and left voicemails, but no county official was in sight at Monday’s large rally. “We are frustrated and saddened that they chose not to come tonight,” Willcox said. “You can see by the turnout that this is a huge priority for our community members and the crisis.” The group has two meetings scheduled with some county commissioners later this month and in June.

The impact of living in the Sunshine State comes at a high cost, and that’s why hundreds of Brevard County residents are raising awareness about the lack of affordable housing.

Brevard’s Department of Justice, a newly formed coalition of faith groups, gathered hundreds of residents at Suntree United Methodist Church in Melbourne on Monday night to tackle rising housing costs. Together, they called on their elected leaders to make this growing problem their top priority.

“The homeless situation in our county is so dire that it is the magnet that has brought us together from different denominations and organizations because the crisis has reached critical mass,” Bishop Merton Clark told Truth Revealed. International Ministries.

People started the meeting with songs and prayers before spending an hour talking about how families are feeling the impact, as many find themselves on the streets.

“I think we appreciate the tourism, the economy and the industries that come to Brevard and Florida and if we appreciate that, we need to value the workers who support those industries,” said Reverend Allee Willcox, associate pastor at Suntree United Methodist Church.

Those in the audience held up signs during the meeting showing a variety of salaries in the county, from office clerks, orderlies to restaurant workers. Some of them explained that they would have to pay nearly half of their income for rent.

“We were fine until they started raising our rent,” resident Keith Camby said.

Camby, his wife and two children could not afford the rent, so they were evicted. The only option they had was to sleep in their car.

“Truth Revealed Church stepped in, helped us find housing, but now another tragedy has happened. The house we were in, the plumbing collapsed,” Camby said. “We are again in a hotel until Thursday, so we could face homelessness again.”

Organizers said they sent letters, messages and left voicemails, but no county official was in sight at Monday’s large rally.

“We are frustrated and saddened that they chose not to come tonight,” Willcox said. “You can see by the turnout that this is a huge priority for our community members and the crisis.”

The group has two meetings scheduled with some county commissioners later this month and in June.

Late tech rally leaves Wall Street indexes slightly higher – Press Enterprise

0

By DAMIAN J. TROIS and ALEX VEIGA

NEW YORK (AP) — A late afternoon reversal led by tech stocks left major indexes slightly higher on Wall Street on Monday, averting more losses for the market after a brutal April in which massive selling technologies drove the major benchmarks.

The S&P 500 rose 0.6% after falling 1.7% earlier in the day. The Dow Jones Industrial Average rose 0.3% and the tech-heavy Nasdaq gained 1.6%.

Bond prices fell, pushing yields higher. The 10-year Treasury yield briefly hit its highest level since late 2018.

The uneven start to May follows an 8.8% slippage for the benchmark S&P 500 in April, led by Big Tech companies, which have started to look overvalued, especially with interest rates expected to rise sharply as the Federal Reserve struggles to bring soaring inflation under control. The central bank is expected to announce another interest rate hike on Wednesday.

“After the carnage of the last week and the first four months of the year, I wonder if we might not have another ‘sell the rumour, buy the news’ event when it comes to the Fed. “, said Willie. Delwiche, investment strategist at All Star Charts.

The S&P 500 rose 23.45 points to 4,155.38, while the Dow Jones added 84.29 points to 33,061.50. The blue-chip index rebounded from a 527-point deficit. The Nasdaq gained 201.38 points to 12,536.02.

Smaller company stocks also reversed course after spending much of the day in the red. The Russell 2000 Index rose 18.18 points, or 1%, to 1,882.91.

Just over half of S&P 500 stocks closed higher, with the technology and communications sectors driving much of the advance. Chipmaker Nvidia and Facebook parent company Meta Platforms each rose 5.3%.

The broader market often panders to the direction of technology stocks. Many companies in the sector have expensive stock values ​​and therefore have more strength to push the major indexes up or down.

Still, it’s unusual for tech stocks to rally at the same time bond yields rise. Indeed, higher yields make bonds increasingly attractive assets relative to riskier and more expensive stocks, especially those in technology and other growth-oriented companies.

“The rise in yields so far this year has been bad news for growth stocks,” Delwiche said. “That you can have this rebound this afternoon in growth stocks as yields hold up is a little surprising.”

US crude oil prices remained relatively unchanged after slipping earlier in the day. EU energy ministers meet in Brussels to discuss Russian supply problems and sanctions. Russia’s invasion of Ukraine caused already high oil and natural gas prices to spike.

Bond yields rose significantly. The 10-year Treasury yield rose to 2.99% after briefly rising to 3.00% from 2.89% on Friday night. It had not exceeded 3% since December 3, 2018, according to Tradeweb.

Treasury yields have risen all year as investors brace for higher interest rates. Markets are expecting a very big interest rate hike this week from the Federal Reserve as it tries to rein in inflation, which is at its highest level in four decades.

The central bank is expected to raise short-term interest rates to double the usual amount when it releases its latest statement on Wednesday. It has already raised its key overnight rate once, the first such increase since 2018, and Wall Street expects several big increases in the coming months.

Fed rate hikes will further increase borrowing costs across the board for people buying cars, using credit cards and taking out mortgages to buy homes. Investors are worried about rising inflation and its impact on businesses and consumers. But they also worry about how rate hikes will play into the fight against inflation and whether a more aggressive Fed could actually hurt economic growth.

Concerns about rising inflation are also weighing on the latest round of corporate earnings. Disappointing earnings or outlook from Apple, parent Google and Amazon helped fuel sales last week. Investors are looking at the latest results and statements to gauge how much rising costs have impacted operations and whether price increases have hampered sales.

Wall Street is in for another busy week of earnings reports. Pfizer reports results Tuesday, CVS Health reports results Wednesday, and Kellogg reports results Thursday.

___

Veiga reported from Los Angeles.

Micro Focus International plc (NYSE:MFGP) Short Interest Falls 22.9% in April


Micro Focus International plc (NYSE: MFGP – Get Rating) saw a sharp drop in short-term interest during the month of April. As of April 15, there was selling interest totaling 1,110,000 shares, down 22.9% from the March 31 total of 1,440,000 shares. Based on an average trading volume of 646,000 shares, the day-to-cover ratio is currently 1.7 days.

Several institutional investors and hedge funds have recently changed their holdings in MFGP. VIEX Capital Advisors LLC increased its equity stake in Micro Focus International by 1,440.6% in Q3. VIEX Capital Advisors LLC now owns 1,062,515 shares of the company valued at $5,780,000 after purchasing an additional 993,546 shares during the period. Goldman Sachs Group Inc. increased its equity stake in Micro Focus International by 3,374.8% in Q3. Goldman Sachs Group Inc. now owns 423,965 shares of the company valued at $2,307,000 after purchasing an additional 411,764 shares during the period. CastleKnight Management LP acquired a new position in shares of Micro Focus International in the 4th quarter valued at approximately $2,050,000. Jane Street Group LLC increased its equity stake in Micro Focus International to 91.6% in Q3. Jane Street Group LLC now owns 503,494 shares of the company valued at $2,779,000 after purchasing an additional 240,686 shares during the period. Finally, Campbell & CO Investment Adviser LLC acquired a new position in shares of Micro Focus International in Q4 worth approximately $1,022,000. Institutional investors hold 19.35% of the company’s shares.

A number of research firms have commented on the MFGP. Zacks Investment Research moved shares of Micro Focus International from a “hold” rating to a “buy” rating and set a price target of $5.25 for the company in a Tuesday, March 15 research note. Jefferies Financial Group upgraded shares of Micro Focus International from a “hold” to a “buy” rating in a Tuesday, Jan. 11 research note.

MFGP shares opened at $4.65 on Monday. Micro Focus International has a fifty-two week minimum of $4.32 and a fifty-two week maximum of $7.59. The company has a current ratio of 1.02, a quick ratio of 1.02 and a debt ratio of 1.65. The company’s 50-day moving average is $5.09 and its 200-day moving average is $5.28.

The company also recently announced an annual dividend, which was paid on Thursday, April 21. Shareholders of record on Friday, March 11 received a dividend of $0.203. This is an increase from Micro Focus International’s previous annual dividend of $0.16. The ex-dividend date was Thursday, March 10. This represents a dividend yield of 4.1%.

Micro Focus International Company Profile (Get an assessment)

Micro Focus International plc operates in the enterprise software industry in the UK, USA, Germany, Canada, France, Japan and internationally. It offers infrastructure software products that are managed on a portfolio. The company’s product portfolio includes industry-neutral products such as application modernization and connectivity solutions that help customers unlock the value of core business applications for modernization, enabling a transformational journey to deliver continued value and flexibility from IT investments, on or off the CPU; application delivery management solutions that help customers increase speed, eliminate bottlenecks, and deliver high-performance applications to support their digital business; and IT operations management solutions for service assurance, automating the service execution lifecycle, and strengthening IT service governance.

Featured articles



Get news and reviews for Micro Focus International Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for Micro Focus International and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s FREE daily email newsletter.

Overcome inflation

0

Even with supply chain issues and labor shortages, U.S. equipment rental revenue, including construction and general tooling, is expected to grow 11.1% to nearly $56 billion in 2022, according to the latest quarterly forecast released by the American Rental Association (ARA). ) in mid-April.

Construction equipment leasing is leading the way, growing 13% this year to total revenue of $41.7 billion following a 10.2% increase in 2021. General tool in 2022 is expected to increase by 7% to $14.1 billion.

As equipment rental revenue growth slows to 6% in 2023, 2.9% in 2024, 3.6% in 2025 and 3.9% in 2026, the industry is expected to surpass $60 billion in 2024 and reach $65.5 billion in 2026.

“One thing we know is that rental revenue increases when the fleet grows or when rates increase,” says John McClelland, Ph.D., ARA vice president for government affairs and chief economist.

“In reality, both things are happening today. However, supply chain issues are holding back fleet growth while inflation is pushing fares higher. In the past, we have seen strong revenue growth which we attribute to fleet growth. We are now seeing revenue growth driven by higher rates,” McClelland says.

S&P Global Market Intelligence, formerly IHS Markit, the forecasting company that compiles data for ARA forecasts and the ARA Rentalytics™ subscription service, also revised the previous equipment rental revenue estimate for 2021 by 47, $9 billion to $50.2 billion in the latest quarterly update.

The revision did not have much impact on expected industry growth rates for 2022 and beyond, but reflects a larger total than in previous forecasts.





U.S. rental income
Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence, formerly IHS Markit

Scott Hazelton, director, S&P Global Market Intelligence, said while forecasting factors behaved roughly as expected throughout the year, inflation and rental rates took off more than expected in the second half of the year. 2021, with the fourth quarter being stronger, necessitating the increase in the revenue estimate for last year.

“The strong double-digit growth outlook for 2022 is contingent on stable underlying demand compounded by inflationary pressures that will allow, if not demand, rate increases,” Hazelton said.

“The underlying construction market will be relatively weak with residential and non-residential structural spending under pressure, although we will start to see the incipient impact of the law on infrastructure investment and jobs. However, we do not expect a downturn in construction, while the manufacturing sectors, and especially energy, will offer an improvement,” he says.

“Meanwhile, pricing pressures are rippling through the economy, in some cases affecting producer prices even more than the best published consumer price indices. Supply chain constraints are endemic in all manufacturing, including construction and material handling equipment. This results in shipping delays and equipment shortages. Rental companies are more likely to be able to supply equipment faster than any dealer, which gives them pricing power,” he says, adding that Federal Reserve intervention with interest rate hikes and improved supply chain will end by relieving price escalation, but probably not before 2023.





Canadian rental income
Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence, formerly IHS Markit

The revenue forecast for Canada is similar to that of the United States with growth of 9.6% in 2022 to reach $4.5 billion, followed by increases of 6.4% in 2023, of 3.8 % in 2024, 2.1% in 2025 and 1.8% in 2026 to reach $5.2 billion.

Click here to learn more about rental-specific economic data provided by ARA Rentalytics.

ARA also recently conducted a survey of contractors to find out what they are looking for in a rental store. Read the full results here.

Living in hard-to-manage cars, action not warranted yet | North West

0

The articles in this roundup of regional news are taken from weeklies across the region. This is the second part, the first having appeared in Saturday’s Tribune.

GRANGEVILLE — Finding accommodation in Grangeville is neither easy nor cheap. That people get used to living in their vehicles is not uncommon in the city, but now a boat?

“Is it happening?” asked Grangeville Councilman Dylan Canaday.

“In cars, yes. The boat is brand new,” Grangeville Police Chief Joe Newman said.

The Monday, April 18, discussion by Grangeville City Council addressed the concern of homeless people living in vehicles on public roads that addressed the larger issue – both local and statewide – lack of available and affordable housing. For now, the consensus was to table the issue for two reasons: first, the issue is not important enough to cause a problem, and second, the application is problematic.

“It’s a tough nut to crack,” Newman said. “How do you determine if someone is living in their car, and how do you make an order that is legal to pass? The City of Boise just had its ordinance kicked out because it was ruled unconstitutional by the Supreme Court. So it’s a unique challenge.

The current city ordinance prohibits living in motorhomes or caravans except in designated motorhome parks. Mayor West Lester noted, however, that this does not extend to vehicles – cars or boats.

“It’s a strange time,” Lester said. “Bringing a camper to a trailer park in town is very expensive. There are very few houses for rent and very few apartments for rent, and if there are, they are gone.

Lack of available housing has been cited as a common barrier to recruiting potential employees to relocate to Idaho County, by private companies as well as area hospitals and school districts. Across the state, a report released last week by the Idaho Asset Building Network and the National Low Income Housing Coalition said Idaho continues to experience a shortage of affordable, available housing for low-income Idahoans. The report reveals that Idaho has 42 affordable rental units available for 100 extremely low-income households. Faced with a shortage in Idaho of more than 24,000 affordable rental units available to renters earning that income, two in three of those renters are severely burdened with housing costs.

Newman said those who live in their cars often park in residential areas where it’s relatively quiet, and his department will get calls from residents who start noticing it after a few days and seek to move the person forward.

“They call because they are worried; they don’t know who the people are and what they’re going to do,” he said. “We have good citizens watching their neighbors, who know which cars belong and which cars don’t, and they interact with us on a good level to let us know.”

However, on the other side, Newman said: ‘We don’t have vagrancy laws anymore, so it’s very difficult to give someone time to move around, especially if their vehicle is licensed and licensed. How can you tell them they can’t park on a public road if that’s all they do? They didn’t set up a lawn chair or take out their Hibachi. They’re just in their car.

— David Rauzi, Idaho County Free Press, (Grangeville), Wednesday

Transitional Kindergarten Survey Offered in Colfax: Online Survey Offered to Gauge Public Interest

COLFAX – The Colfax School District is seeking feedback on the development of a transitional kindergarten for the upcoming school year.

An online survey has been developed to gauge community interest, officials said. So far, more than 50 responses have been received via the online survey on CDD300.org.

The proposed program would be designed for students aged 4 by August 31 who do not have access to high-quality learning opportunities.

School District Superintendent Jerry Pugh said the biggest benefit of transitional kindergarten is being able to have an extra year of school and early interaction with the program.

The program will be led by a certified teacher and the students will be diverse, officials said.

In addition to skills and abilities, race and other demographic indicators may be used in the selection process, officials said, noting that it would meet the federal Individuals and Individuals Education Act requirements. disabilities.

State law (Revised Code of Washington 284.150.315) requires developmentally appropriate learning environments, promotes creativity, and learning through hands-on experiences.

School district officials said students will learn social and emotional skills through individual and group learning activities.

Officials said a transitional kindergarten will help develop skills in reading, math, communication, writing, science, social studies and art.

Physical education and the acquisition of gross and fine motor skills are also part of the program, officials said.

Transitioning students will be screened to determine if they are ready to move into regular kindergarten next school year, or possibly move into first grade, officials said.

The program will mirror the traditional kindergarten curriculum in terms of school year length, day length and scheduling, officials said.

Students who live within the school district will receive transportation and have access to full breakfast and lunch services, including free and discounted meals

Students from other districts may request to register and will be considered based on space availability.

The parents of these students will be responsible for their transportation.

— Teresa Simpson, Whitman County Gazette, (Colfax), Thursday

Most Influential Women in Banking: Upcoming 2022

0

As we emerge from a global pandemic crisis that has wreaked havoc on many people’s professional and personal lives, it’s no surprise that a recurring theme among this year’s nominees is empathy.

Four of the 15 Most Powerful Women in Banking: The following list noted the valuing of empathy as a leadership quality. “Compassion, or as I like to say, empathy for action, is the most important quality a leader should have,” said Caroline Donlin, Managing Director and Group Head, BMO Harris Corporate Advisory.

Emily Turner, managing director and head of business development for the Institutional Clients Group at Citi, cited her boss’s view on empathy and leadership. “Our CEO, Jane Fraser, spoke about how leading with empathy is a competitive advantage, and I agree. I believe that as we strive for excellence, we need to apply strong emotional intelligence to understand the challenges of our clients, as well as to develop and support our talents,” said Turner.

In a year when we celebrate the 20th anniversary of American Banker’s Most Powerful Women in Banking, it’s also remarkable that this year’s Next list shows how far many women have come. Four of this year’s nominees started at entry-level positions in banking and worked their way up. Tonya Calix, senior vice president of human resources and diversity at Beach Bank, started as an executive assistant. Beth Fite, director of retail banking at First Carolina Bank, started as a teller at a local bank before being hired as a private banker. Sonia Fraher started as an intern at Ally Financial’s predecessor, GMAC Bank, and is now senior director of products and strategy at the bank. And Laura Howe, a regional banking manager at Wells Fargo who now oversees branch operations in five states, got her start at the bank’s call center.

Among their many accomplishments, one of our honorees is one of the youngest CFOs in the industry; another is a former professional flautist; and another started a nonprofit to encourage Cleveland-area minority youth to consider careers in tech.

Read on to learn more about these talented rising stars and join us in celebrating their accomplishments.

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. (NYSE: SAIL) Receives Consensus Rating of “Hold” by Analysts

0

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. (NYSE: SAIL – Get Rating) earned an average recommendation of “Hold” from the nineteen brokerages that currently cover the business, Marketbeat.com reports. Thirteen analysts rated the stock with a hold recommendation and five gave the company a buy recommendation. The 1-year average target price among brokers who have reported on the stock in the past year is $64.85.

Several research analysts have recently published reports on the company. Wedbush restated a “neutral” rating and set a price target of $65.00 on shares of SailPoint Technologies in a Tuesday, April 12 research report. Royal Bank of Canada downgraded SailPoint Technologies from an “outperform” rating to an “industry performer” rating and set a price target of $65.25 for the company. in a research report on Tuesday, April 12. DA Davidson downgraded SailPoint Technologies from a “buy” rating to a “neutral” rating in a Monday, April 11 research report. Piper Sandler downgraded SailPoint Technologies from an “overweight” rating to a “neutral” rating and set a price target of $65.00 for the company. in a research report on Tuesday, April 12. Finally, Canaccord Genuity Group reaffirmed a “holding” rating and set a price target of $65.25 on shares of SailPoint Technologies in a Tuesday, April 12 research report.

SAIL shares opened at $63.83 on Friday. SailPoint Technologies has a 12-month low of $34.98 and a 12-month high of $64.43. The stock’s 50-day moving average is $51.68 and its two-hundred-day moving average is $48.14. The company has a market capitalization of $6.01 billion, a PE ratio of -96.71 and a beta of 1.84.

SailPoint Technologies (NYSE:SAIL – Get Rating) last announced its quarterly results on Monday, February 28. The company reported EPS of $0.09 for the quarter, beating Thomson Reuters consensus estimate of $0.07 ($0.07) by $0.16. The company posted revenue of $135.60 million for the quarter, versus analyst estimates of $113.72 million. SailPoint Technologies posted a negative return on equity of 9.86% and a negative net margin of 14.04%. The company’s quarterly revenue increased 31.2% year over year. In the same quarter of the previous year, the company achieved EPS of $0.05. On average, stock analysts predict SailPoint Technologies will post -0.77 EPS for the current fiscal year.

Separately, director William G. Bock sold 2,500 shares of the company in a transaction dated Tuesday, February 15. The shares were sold at an average price of $40.23, for a total value of $100,575.00. The sale was disclosed in an SEC filing, available on the SEC’s website. Additionally, manager Tracey Newell sold 1,750 shares in a trade dated Tuesday, March 1. The stock was sold at an average price of $44.51, for a total transaction of $77,892.50. The disclosure of this sale can be found here. In the past 90 days, insiders have sold 74,409 shares of the company worth $3,031,585. Insiders of the company own 2.00% of the shares of the company.

Several large investors have recently changed their positions in the company. Champlain Investment Partners LLC increased its stake in shares of SailPoint Technologies by 0.3% in the fourth quarter. Champlain Investment Partners LLC now owns 3,074,290 shares of the company valued at $148,611,000 after purchasing an additional 9,125 shares during the period. TimesSquare Capital Management LLC increased its holdings of SailPoint Technologies shares by 2.8% in the third quarter. TimesSquare Capital Management LLC now owns 2,174,800 shares of the company valued at $93,255,000 after acquiring an additional 58,590 shares last quarter. Credit Suisse AG increased its holdings of SailPoint Technologies shares by 11.3% in the third quarter. Credit Suisse AG now owns 2,000,897 shares of the company valued at $85,799,000 after acquiring 203,366 additional shares last quarter. Geode Capital Management LLC increased its holdings of SailPoint Technologies shares by 2.7% in the fourth quarter. Geode Capital Management LLC now owns 1,531,738 shares of the company valued at $74,044,000 after acquiring 39,577 additional shares last quarter. Finally, Edmond DE Rothschild Holding SA increased its stake in SailPoint Technologies shares by 8.6% in the fourth quarter. Edmond DE Rothschild Holding SA now owns 1,063,630 shares of the company valued at $51,416,000 after acquiring 83,877 additional shares last quarter.

SailPoint Technologies Company Profile (Get a rating)

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc provides enterprise identity security solutions in the United States, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and internationally. The Company offers Software as a Service (SaaS) and Software Platforms, which provide organizations with the visibility and intelligence needed to empower users and manage their access to systems, applications and data in IT environments. hybrid information spanning on-premises, cloud and mobile. file storage applications and platforms.

See also

Analyst Recommendations for SailPoint Technologies (NYSE: SAIL)



Receive daily news and reviews for SailPoint Technologies – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for SailPoint Technologies and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s FREE daily newsletter.

Derby brings big money to Louisville’s hospitality and short-term rental industry

0

LOUISVILLE, Ky. (WAVE) – Money from all over the nation and the world is pouring into Louisville. During Derby season, the city feels the economic fallout.

“We’re talking about $400 million in economic impact — direct economic impact,” said Stacey Yates, director of marketing communications for Louisville Tourism.

Much of that money comes from short-term accommodations, including hotels, motels, and rentals on sites like Airbnb and VRBO. All this helps people get back to work.

“Before the pandemic, we had 70,000 people employed in the hospitality industry,” Yates said. “We haven’t quite gone back on these figures; we are at about 61,000.

Tourists will have to pay for the privilege of this service: Airbnb reports a 343% increase in prices during the Derby weekend.

Deals still available in the Louisville area include a studio in the Highlands for $480 per night and a one-bedroom apartment downtown for $5,000 per night.

“These people who have Airbnbs, they are local citizens making money from this event,” Yates said.

Yates said downtown hotels will hit around 95% occupancy over the weekend.

Prices as of April 29 are, on the low end, $999 per night at the TownePlace Suites by Marriott, or, on the high end, $2,569 per night at the Omni Louisville.

The historic Brown Hotel is sold out for Derby weekend.

“We sold out a few weeks ago,” said Marc Salmon, the hotel’s director of operations and historian. “We are definitely a popular choice because we are at the center of everything.”

Le Brown will not have a vacancy for the Derby weekend for the first time since the 2019 race.

“For us, it’s doing what we do,” Salmon said. “People feel like they are part of Derby history when they come to stay here for Derby.”

WAVE – NBC affiliate of Louisville and southern Indiana. Follow us on Twitter and Instagram @wave3news.(VAGUE)

Copyright 2022 WAVE. All rights reserved.

How to rent a car without a credit card

0
gettyimages-1150764862.jpg

tommaso79 / Getty

Most Americans have at least one credit card, and there are many benefits to having one. Some credit cards offer cash back in certain categories, while others help you earn rewards for your travel purchases, such as airline tickets. Speaking of travel, you usually need a credit card to reserve a rental car.

Does this mean that it is impossible to rent a car without having a credit card? The short answer is: no, you can rent a car without a credit card. However, it is certainly more difficult rent a car without a car. But if you want to rent a car and you don’t have a credit card, here are the steps to follow.

1. Find a rental company that doesn’t require a credit card

First, you will need to research car rental companies that do not require a credit card for vehicle reservations. The good news is that most major car rental companies don’t require you to present a credit card at the counter. Here are some of the more popular companies that don’t require credit cards:

  • Alamo
  • Notice
  • Budget
  • Dollar
  • Business
  • Hertz
  • National

Before making a reservation, it’s always a good idea to check that the rental company you want to use doesn’t require a credit card (and accepts a payment method you have, such as a debit card). Each car rental company has different payment rules, which may vary depending on your state, age, and the car you choose.

2. See what cars are available

When you don’t have a credit card, you may be limited in the types of cars you can rent. For example, high-end sports cars and even luxury SUVs may be excluded if you can only pay with a debit card. Since the rental company cannot guarantee a deposit without a credit card, there is more risk in letting you borrow an expensive car.

Fortunately, vehicles in the “economy” category (such as compacts and sedans) are generally available for rent without a credit card. These cars are also the least expensive and often have the best gas mileage, which can help you save money if you’re traveling on a budget.

3. Consent to a credit inquiry

If you rent a car without a credit card, chances are the car rental company will want to check your credit. Although your credit score and your driving record are not exactly linked, your credit score can give the rental company an indication of your liability. If your credit history shows a series of unpaid bills or overdrawn accounts, for example, this could indicate that you are a risky customer.

Simply put, car rental companies trust you to take care of their vehicle and return it safely. But they also know that accidents happen. As a result, the rental company wants to be sure that if something happens to the car – and you are responsible for it – you can afford to pay for the damages.

4. Pay a deposit

If you rent a car with a debit card or cash, you cannot post a traditional deposit. However, this does not mean that you will be exempt from a deposit. The car rental company may ask you to post a bond using another source of funds, such as a cashier’s check, personal check, or money order. When returning the vehicle, you will get the deposit back, assuming there is no damage and you have not exceeded your rental time limit.

Why do rental companies require credit cards?

If you’re wondering why most car rental companies require (or prefer) credit cards, there are several reasons.

When you reserve a rental car with a credit card, the rental company takes a deposit. This money is essentially frozen until the reservation is completed. If something happens to the car during the rental period, the company can easily recover that money; the deposit becomes a charge that appears on your monthly credit card statement.

However, you cannot deposit a deposit with a debit card in the same way. This would require the rental company to withdraw the money up front and then refund you later after you return the car. More importantly, if there are insufficient funds in your debit account, the rental company cannot recover any money if you damage the car.

Ultimately, it is less risky for car rental companies to lend vehicles to customers with a credit card, since the deposit can be easily recovered. When using a debit card, there are often more hoops to jump through as the rental company wants to make sure you can cover any potential damage. Otherwise, the rental company might end up paying for it.

What are the benefits of using a credit card to pay for a rental car?

It’s always a good idea to book a rental car with a credit card if you can. Using a credit card can give you access to a wider variety of cars, it can help you avoid unnecessary credit checks, and it makes the deposit process much easier.

Using a credit card to book a rental car can also help you earn rewards if you have a credit card with travel benefits, which can also be redeemed for discounted rental cars or free once you have enough points.

Can you pay for a rental car in cash?

Many car rental companies accept cash when you complete the final transaction, which takes place after the car is returned and your reservation is complete. However, you cannot make a deposit at the start of your reservation in cash. If you don’t have a credit card, you’ll need to deposit using another payment method.

Can you use a prepaid card to get a rental car?

When it comes to renting a car, using a prepaid card is like using a debit card. You probably cannot use a prepaid card to make a deposit for your reservation, even if you have sufficient funds in the account. However, you are allowed to use a prepaid card to pay for your reservation when you return the car.

Can we rent a car without paying a deposit?

It is highly unlikely that a rental company will allow you to borrow a vehicle without making a deposit first. Your deposit is the rental company’s financial safety net.

If you have no way to post a deposit, the rental company will not allow you to take the vehicle.

What is the cheapest car rental company that does not require a credit card?

Some car rental companies have cheaper rates than others, but it’s hard to determine which company is more affordable. The cost of a rental car depends on a variety of factors besides the company you choose, including the type of car, the length of the rental, and the type of insurance you choose.

You can usually get quotes online from the larger car rental companies, which can help you find the cheapest option.

Enterprise Financial Services Corp to Post Fiscal 2022 Earnings of $4.80 Per Share, According to DA Davidson Forecast (NASDAQ:EFSC)

0

Corporate Financial Services Company (NASDAQ: EFSCGet a rating) – Stock analysts DA Davidson cut their fiscal 2022 earnings per share estimates for Enterprise Financial Services in a report released Wednesday, April 27. DA Davidson analyst J. Rulis now expects the bank to earn $4.80 per share for the year, down from his previous estimate of $4.88. DA Davidson also released earnings estimates for Enterprise Financial Services’ fiscal year 2023 at EPS $5.00.

EFSC has been the subject of several other reports. Boenning Scattergood began covering corporate financial services in a Monday, March 21 report. They set an “outperformance” rating on the stock. StockNews.com assumed coverage on corporate financial services in a Thursday, March 31 report. They issued a “holding” rating for the company. Raymond James raised its price target on corporate financials from $54.00 to $58.00 and gave the company an “outperform” rating in a Thursday, Jan. 27, report. To finish, Zacks Investment Research upgraded shares of Enterprise Financial Services from a “hold” rating to a “buy” rating and set a $54.00 price target for the company in a Thursday, March 31 research note.

EFSC action opened at $45.20 on Friday. The company has a market capitalization of $1.71 billion, a PE ratio of 11.59 and a beta of 1.21. Enterprise Financial Services has a 1-year minimum of $42.23 and a 1-year maximum of $51.50. The company has a fifty-day simple moving average of $47.62 and a 200-day simple moving average of $48.11. The company has a current ratio of 0.96, a quick ratio of 0.96 and a debt ratio of 0.38.

Business Financial Services (NASDAQ: EFSCGet a rating) last released its results on Monday, April 25. The bank reported earnings per share (EPS) of $1.23 for the quarter, beating the Zacks consensus estimate of $1.12 by $0.11. Enterprise Financial Services posted a net margin of 29.50% and a return on equity of 13.08%. In the same period a year earlier, the company earned earnings per share of $0.96.

The company also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Thursday, June 30. Investors of record on Wednesday, June 15 will receive a dividend of $0.22 per share. This is an increase from Enterprise Financial Services’ previous quarterly dividend of $0.21. The ex-dividend date is Tuesday, June 14. This represents an annualized dividend of $0.88 and a yield of 1.95%. Enterprise Financial Services’ dividend payout ratio is currently 21.54%.

Several institutional investors have recently changed their positions within the EFSC. William Blair Investment Management LLC increased its stake in Enterprise Financial Services by 48,273.2% in Q3. William Blair Investment Management LLC now owns 735,272 shares of the bank valued at $33,293,000 after acquiring an additional 733,752 shares last quarter. Invesco Ltd. raised its position in corporate financial services by 41.3% in the third quarter. Invesco Ltd. now owns 50,645 shares of the bank worth $2,293,000 after purchasing an additional 14,794 shares during the period. Credit Suisse AG increased its stake in Enterprise Financial Services by 24.6% in the third quarter. Credit Suisse AG now owns 49,785 shares in the bank worth $2,254,000 after buying an additional 9,825 shares last quarter. Voya Investment Management LLC increased its stake in Enterprise Financial Services by 34.8% in the third quarter. Voya Investment Management LLC now owns 13,357 shares of the bank valued at $605,000 after purchasing an additional 3,451 shares during the period. Finally, Macquarie Group Ltd. increased its stake in shares of Enterprise Financial Services by 1.0% in the third quarter. Macquarie Group Ltd. now owns 710,516 shares of the bank valued at $32,172,000 after purchasing an additional 7,088 shares last quarter. Institutional investors and hedge funds hold 64.80% of the company’s shares.

Corporate Financial Services Company Profile (Get a rating)

Enterprise Financial Services Corp operates as a financial holding company for Enterprise Bank & Trust which offers banking and wealth management services to individuals and businesses. The company offers checking, savings and money market accounts, as well as certificates of deposit. It also offers commercial and industrial real estate, commercial, construction and land development, residential real estate, agricultural and consumer loans.

Recommended Stories

Corporate Financial Services Earnings History and Estimates (NASDAQ: EFSC)



Receive daily news and reviews for corporate financial services – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analyst ratings for corporate financial services and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

SPOK HOLDINGS, INC MANAGEMENT REPORT AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Form 10-Q)

0

Forward-looking statements

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q ("Quarterly Report") contains forward-looking
statements and information relating to Spok Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(collectively, "we,""us,", "Spok," "our" or the "Company") that set forth
anticipated results based on management's current plans, known trends and
assumptions. These statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements that are
predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to future events or conditions,
or that include words such as "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect,"
"intend," "will," "target," "forecast" and similar expressions, as they relate
to Spok are forward-looking statements.

Although these statements are based upon current plans, known trends and
assumptions that management considers reasonable, they are subject to certain
risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including, but not limited to, those
discussed in this section and "Risk Factors" below and under the captions
"Business," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations ("MD&A")," and "Risk Factors" in our Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 ("2021 Annual Report"). Should known
or unknown risks or uncertainties materialize, known trends change, or
underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results or outcomes may differ
materially from past results and those described herein as anticipated,
believed, estimated, expected, intended, targeted or forecasted. Investors are
cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

The Company undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements.
Investors are advised to consult all further disclosures the Company makes in
its subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K
that it will file with the SEC. Also note that, in the 2021 Annual Report, the
Company provides a cautionary discussion of risks, uncertainties and possibly
inaccurate assumptions relevant to its business. These are factors that,
individually or in the aggregate, could cause the Company's actual results to
differ materially from past results as well as those results that may be
anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended, targeted or forecasted. It
is not possible to predict or identify all such risk factors. Consequently,
investors should not consider the risk factor discussion to be a complete
discussion of all of the potential risks or uncertainties that could affect
Spok's business, statement of operations or financial condition, subsequent to
the filing of this Quarterly Report.

                                       18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Insight

The following MD&A is intended to help the reader understand the results of
operations and financial condition of Spok. This MD&A is provided as a
supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our 2021 Annual Report
and our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying
notes. A reference to a "Note" in this section refers to the accompanying
Unaudited Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Spok, acting through its indirect wholly owned operating subsidiary, Spok, Inc.,
delivers smart, reliable clinical communication and collaboration solutions to
organizations, primarily in the U.S. healthcare industry, to help protect the
health, well-being and safety of individuals. Organizations rely on Spok for
workflow improvement, secure messaging, paging services, contact center
optimization and public safety response.

Business

See Note 1, "Organization and Significant Accounting Policies" in Item 1 of Part
I of this Quarterly Report and Item 1. "Business" of Part I of the 2021 Annual
Report, which describe our business in further detail.

New strategic business plan

In February 2022, our Board of Directors announced a new strategic business plan
that includes a restructuring of our business to discontinue Spok Go®, eliminate
all associated costs and optimize the Company's existing structure to drive
continued cost improvement. The strategic business plan includes a renewed focus
on our existing and established business, including the Spok Care Connect Suite
and our wireless service offerings. While there are numerous factors that went
into this decision, the ongoing challenge of the COVID-19 pandemic made it
difficult for the Spok Go platform to gain sufficient traction with customers or
for our business to continue operating with our current level of costs and
personnel. This shift in focus will allow us to prioritize cash flow generation
and the return of capital to stockholders. As a result of this new strategic
business plan, our Board of Directors has increased the regular quarterly
dividend from $0.125 to $0.3125 and has authorized a share repurchase program of
up to $10 million of our common stock.

As part of the restructuring program, we have begun the process of eliminating
approximately 175 positions, primarily in research and development, but also in
professional services, selling and marketing, and back-office support functions.
We expect to record one-time pre-tax restructuring charges of approximately
$6.2 million to $7.5 million, comprised of approximately $5.7 million to $6.6
million in severance and personnel related costs and approximately $0.5 million
to $0.9 million in contractual terminations. Future cash payments related to
these charges are expected to generally be within the same range. The
restructuring actions associated with these charges are expected to be
substantially complete in 2022. Further details can be found in Note 5
"Restructuring" in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

COVID-19[feminine]

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global
pandemic, and the virus significantly impacted the global economy. Although
federal and state restrictions were not widely adopted until late in the first
quarter of 2020, we began to experience a direct impact on our sales cycle in
late February 2020 as hospitals, our largest customer segment, began to delay
purchasing decisions and address staff reductions. These delays continued to
affect our software bookings, which directly impacted license and equipment
revenues during 2021.

We also experienced delays in our ability to deliver on-site implementation
services, which has impacted our services revenue since the onset of the
pandemic. While much of our implementation process can be performed remotely,
the on-premise nature of certain of our solutions requires some level of on-site
presence to completely implement. These impacts primarily resulted in delays in
the timing of revenue recognition during 2021, as associated revenue corresponds
to our backlog of performance obligations ready for delivery at some point in
the future.

While many hospitals relaxed their initial capacity and social distancing
guidelines in the second half of 2020, some of our customers continued such
restrictions into 2021 and 2022 to ensure the safety of their personnel and
patients. Such restrictions, which have varied considerably depending on the
size of an organization, geographical location and local regulations, can make
it difficult for external personnel who are not critical to the immediate
operating needs of a hospital, such as our implementation staff, to gain access.

                                       19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Furthermore, hospital have continued to struggle with significant burnout and
resource constraints due to the pandemic. The U.S. Healthcare system has lost
between one in five and one in six healthcare workers since the pandemic began,
and nursing staffs have been significantly depleted. On average it takes four to
five years to train a nurse, and we expect these resource constraints to last
well into the future.

As we return to pre-pandemic operating levels, much of our business continues to
be driven by our customers and their ability to resume operations beyond
providing just critical needs and emergency services. Many hospitals initially
reduced the number of elective surgeries as a result of government restrictions,
as well as patients delaying or canceling elective procedures during the
pandemic. While most organizations began to see improved operating levels during
the second half of 2020 and into 2021 and 2022 as the number of overall U.S.
virus cases declined, some of our customers in certain geographic areas
continued to experience periodic capacity constraints due to the emergence of
new COVID-19 variants.

The length and severity of pandemic-related challenges affecting our customer
base remain uncertain, and we continue to monitor new COVID-19 variants of
concern that may indicate risks of increased transmission and more severe
disease. Any significant spikes in U.S. virus cases could delay or reverse
progress towards returning to pre-pandemic operational levels. With the
continued distribution of effective vaccines, however, we are optimistic that
spikes in virus cases will be mitigated and that our customers' operating levels
will continue to improve as pandemic-related restrictions are lifted.

While we are likely to see some lingering and continued effects from COVID-19,
barring the emergence of a severe COVID-19 variant of concern, which might have
significant negative effects on the overall economy and our customer base
specifically, we have largely returned to pre-pandemic operations in 2022.

During 2021, we continued to prudently manage operating expenses and liquidity,
with the goal of neutralizing the impact of the pandemic on our cash flows. Each
of these measures is described in further detail below:

•Reduced work schedules: We enacted a Company-wide plan that reduced work
schedules, resulting in a temporary reduction in compensation expenses during
the second, third and fourth quarters of 2020 and continuing through the first
half of 2021, whereby each of our employees, including our executive officers,
was subject to one to two weeks of a reduced work schedule per quarter. For the
three months ended March 31, 2021, these reduced work schedules resulted in
realized savings of $1.0 million in compensation expense.
•Equity in Lieu of Cash Compensation: We also enacted a plan for the first three
quarters of 2021 whereby qualified employees received a portion of their
compensation in the form of shares of the Company's common stock in lieu of
cash. These awards, which affected approximately 450 of our employees, were made
in advance on a quarterly basis and vested immediately. For the three months
ended March 31, 2021, we achieved cash savings of $0.6 million.
•Non-Employee Director Alternative DSU or Restricted Stock Plan: Under this
alternative payment plan, which was in effect from the third quarter of 2020
through the third quarter of 2021, all non-employee directors voluntarily
elected to receive either DSUs or restricted stock in lieu of the entire cash
portion of their compensation. For the three months ended March 31, 2021, we
achieved cash savings of $0.1 million. (Refer to Note 11, "Stockholder's Equity"
in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail
related to the alternative DSU or restricted stock plan).
                                       20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating results

The following table is a summary of our condensed consolidated statement of earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2022and 2021:

                                                               For the 

Three months completed

                                                                        March 31,                               Change
                   (Dollars in thousands)                        2022               2021              Total                %

Revenue:
Wireless revenue                                             $   18,846          $ 20,120          $ (1,274)                (6.3) %
Software revenue                                                 14,979            15,916              (937)                (5.9) %
Total revenue                                                    33,825            36,036            (2,211)                (6.1) %
Operating expenses:
Cost of revenue (exclusive of items shown separately below)       7,804             7,982              (178)                (2.2) %
Research and development                                          6,497             4,444             2,053                 46.2  %
Technology operations                                             7,013             7,204              (191)                (2.7) %
Selling and marketing                                             5,315             5,139               176                  3.4  %
General and administrative                                       10,435            10,280               155                  1.5  %
Depreciation, amortization and accretion                            934             2,727            (1,793)               (65.7) %
Severance and restructuring                                       4,495                 -             4,495                    -  %

Total operating expenses                                         42,493            37,776             4,717                 12.5  %
Operating loss                                                   (8,668)           (1,740)           (6,928)               398.2  %
Interest income                                                      67                61                 6                  9.8  %
Other expense                                                       (13)              (27)               14                (51.9) %
Loss before income taxes                                         (8,614)           (1,706)           (6,908)               404.9  %
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes                         1,400              (591)            1,991               (336.9) %
Net loss                                                     $   (7,214)         $ (2,297)         $ (4,917)               214.1  %

Supplemental Information
Full-Time Equivalent ("FTE") Employees                              548               603               (55)                (9.1) %
Active transmitters                                               3,399             3,631              (232)                (6.4) %



                                       21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenue

We offer a focused suite of unified clinical communications and collaboration
solutions that include call center applications, clinical alerting and
notifications, one-way and advanced two-way wireless messaging services, mobile
communications and public safety solutions.

We develop, sell and support enterprise-wide systems for healthcare, government,
large enterprise and other organizations needing to automate, centralize and
standardize their approach to clinical communications and collaboration. Our
solutions can be found in prominent hospitals, large government agencies,
leading public safety institutions, colleges and universities, large hotels,
resorts and casinos, and well-known manufacturers. Our primary market is the
healthcare provider industry, particularly hospitals. While we have historically
identified hospitals with 200 or more beds as the primary targets for our
software solutions, as well as our paging services, we have expanded our focus
to include smaller hospitals with shorter sales cycles, including academic
medical centers.

Revenue generated by wireless messaging services (including voice mail,
personalized greeting, message storage and retrieval), equipment, maintenance
plans and/or equipment loss protection for both one-way and two-way messaging
subscribers is presented as wireless revenue in our Statement of Operations.
Revenue generated by the sale of our software solutions, which includes software
license, professional services (installation, consulting and training),
equipment (to be used in conjunction with the software), and post-contract
support (ongoing maintenance), is presented as software revenue in our Condensed
Consolidated Statement of Operations. Our software is licensed to end users
under an industry standard software license agreement.

Refer to Note 6, “Revenues, Deferred Revenues and Prepaid Commissions” of the Notes to the Summary Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on our wireless and software revenue streams.

The table below details the revenues for the periods indicated:

                                                                 For the Three Months Ended
                                                                          March 31,                             Change
(Dollars in thousands)                                             2022    
          2021              Total               %

Revenue - wireless:
Paging revenue                                                 $   18,313          $ 19,353          $ (1,040)             (5.4) %
Product and other revenue                                             533               767              (234)            (30.5) %
Total wireless revenue                                             18,846            20,120            (1,274)             (6.3) %

Revenue - software:
License                                                             1,824             1,552               272              17.5  %
Professional services                                               3,336             4,354            (1,018)            (23.4) %
Hardware                                                              589               616               (27)             (4.4) %

Operations revenue                                                  5,749             6,522              (773)            (11.9) %
Maintenance revenue                                                 9,230             9,394              (164)             (1.7) %
Total software revenue                                             14,979            15,916              (937)             (5.9) %
Total revenue                                                  $   33,825          $ 36,036          $ (2,211)             (6.1) %


Wireless Revenue

The decrease in wireless revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2022,
compared to the same period in 2021, reflects the secular decrease in demand for
our wireless services. Wireless revenue is generally reflective of the number of
units in service and measured monthly as Average Revenue Per User ("ARPU"). On a
consolidated basis, ARPU is affected by several factors, including the mix of
units in service and the pricing of the various components of our services. The
number of units in service changes based on subscribers added, referred to as
gross placements, less subscriber cancellations, or disconnects.

                                       22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ARPU was $7.24 and $7.34 for the three months ended March 31, 2022, and 2021,
respectively. Total units in service were 0.8 million and 0.9 million as of
March 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Approximately half of the decline in
ARPU was related to the decreases in Universal Service Fees ("USF") with the
remainder coming primarily from lower variable revenue associated with overcall
fees which are charged to customers when their service usage is greater than
their allotted plan. USF fees are effectively pass-through items that have
corresponding costs associated with them. Excluding these pass-through items,
ARPU would have declined in-line with historical trends.

We believe that demand will continue to decline for the foreseeable future in
line with recent and historical trends, as our wireless products and services
are replaced with other competing technologies, such as the shift from
narrowband wireless service offerings to broadband technology services.

The following reflects the impact of subscribers and ARPU on the change in
paging revenue:

                                  For the Three Months Ended March 31,                Change Due To:
 (in thousands)                                                       2022          2021         Change        ARPU       Units

 Paging revenue                                                    $ 18,313      $ 19,353      $ (1,040)     $ (232)     $ (808)


As demand for one-way and two-way messaging has declined, we have developed or
added service offerings such as encrypted paging and Spok Mobile with a pager
number to increase our revenue potential and mitigate the decline in our
wireless revenue. We will continue to explore ways to innovate and provide
customers the highest value possible.

In late 2021, we began offering our newest pager, GenA. This one-way
alphanumeric pager features a high resolution ePaper display, intuitive modern
user interface, advanced encryption and security features, over-the-air remote
programming, and an antimicrobial housing. Users can select from various font
sizes, and the large GenA display also leverages proportional fonts to maximize
key information on a single screen.

The GenA pager is the only product available on the market with these
capabilities, and we maintain an exclusive arrangement with the product's
manufacturer. Given the product differentiation of the GenA pager, its
development is a key initiative providing a competitive advantage, and we expect
this new technology will be popular with our customers in clinical environments
and may help slow our wireless revenue attrition.

Software revenue

Software revenue consists of two components: operations revenue and maintenance
revenue. Operations revenue consists primarily of license revenues for our
healthcare communications solutions, revenue from the sale of equipment that
facilitates the use of our software solutions, and professional services revenue
related to the implementation of our solutions. Maintenance revenue is generated
from our ongoing support of our software solutions or related equipment,
typically for a period of one year after project completion.

To a large degree, software revenue corresponds to our backlog of performance
obligations ready to deliver at some point in the future, and any delays in
implementation may affect the timing of revenue recognition. Our software
projects generally originate from fixed-bid contracts, although many involve a
protracted sales cycle and may result in unforeseen complexity and deviation
from original scope. The time needed to complete projects, therefore, may not
align with our original expectations, which affects our backlog. As a result,
software revenue may fluctuate on a short-term basis, and we generally evaluate
longer-term trends when managing this business.

Operating income

Software operations revenue decreased during the three months ended March 31,
2022, when compared to the same period in 2021. Services revenue decreased due
to a number of factors, including a decrease in billable personnel and an
underutilization of resources, during the three months ended March 31, 2022. The
underutilization of resources can largely be attributed to the announcement of
our new strategic business plan and related restructuring efforts whereby
certain services personnel were notified of termination 60 days in advance in
accordance with Federal law. The decline in services revenue was partially
offset by an increase in license revenue, given an improving economy and selling
environment when compared to the period in 2021.

                                       23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance income

Compared to the same period in 2021, maintenance revenue decreased for the three
months ended March 31, 2022. Current trends in revenue churn rates remain
relatively stable and are in line with historical trends. However, the
deterioration of maintenance revenue from new license bookings has created an
environment where churn is greater than the inflow of new revenue. Historically,
this revenue churn had been offset by the growth in our license sales.

While we have not seen a meaningful increase in our normal customer churn, our
ability to replace this churn with new revenues will not likely replicate what
we have accomplished historically nor do we expect to fully offset this with
annual increases of our existing base. Given these dynamics, we believe annual
maintenance revenue is likely to be relatively flat or slightly down until such
time that we are able to enhance our existing software solutions, which would
provide an avenue for additional maintenance revenue.


                                       24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Functionnary costs

Our operating expenses are presented in functional categories. Certain of our
functional categories are especially important to overall expense control and
management. These operating expenses are categorized as follows:

•Cost of Revenue. These are expenses we incur for the delivery of products and
services to our customers and consist primarily of hardware, third-party
software, outside services expenses and payroll and related expenses for our
professional services, logistics, customer support and maintenance staff.
•Research and Development. These expenses relate primarily to the development of
new software products and the ongoing maintenance and enhancement of existing
products. This classification consists primarily of employee payroll and related
expenses, outside services related to the design, development, testing and
enhancement of our solutions and to a lesser extent hardware equipment. Research
and development expenses exclude any development costs that qualify for
capitalization.
•Technology Operations. These are expenses associated with the operation of our
paging networks. Expenses consist largely of site rent expenses for transmitter
locations, telecommunication expenses to deliver messages over our paging
networks, and payroll and related expenses for our engineering and pager repair
functions. We actively pursue opportunities to consolidate transmitters and
other service, rental and maintenance expenses in order to maintain an efficient
network while simultaneously ensuring adequate service for our customers. We
believe continued reductions in these expenses will occur for the foreseeable
future as we continue to consolidate our networks, although the benefits of such
network rationalization efforts and resulting costs savings will continue to
decline.
•Selling and Marketing. The sales and marketing staff are involved in selling
our communication solutions primarily in the United States. These expenses
support our efforts to maintain gross placements of units in service, which
mitigated the impact of disconnects on our wireless revenue base, and to
identify business opportunities for additional or future software sales. We
maintain a centralized marketing function that is focused on supporting our
products and vertical sales efforts by strengthening our brand, generating sales
leads and facilitating the sales process. These marketing functions are
accomplished through targeted email campaigns, webinars, regional and national
user conferences, monthly newsletters and participation at industry trade shows.
Expenses consist largely of payroll and related expenses, commissions and other
costs such as travel and advertising costs.
•General and Administrative. These are expenses associated with information
technology and administrative functions, including finance and accounting, human
resources and executive management. This classification consists primarily of
payroll and related expenses, outside services expenses, taxes, licenses and
permit expenses, and facility rent expenses.
•Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion. These are expenses that may be
associated with one or more of the aforementioned functional categories. This
classification generally consists of depreciation from capital expenditures or
other assets that are core to our ongoing operations, amortization of intangible
assets, amortization of capitalized software development costs, and accretion of
asset retirement obligations.


                                       25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following is a review of our operating expense categories for the three months ended March 31, 2022and 2021. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Revenue cost

The cost of sales mainly includes the following items:

                                                                          For the Three Months Ended
                                                                                   March 31,                           Change
(Dollars in thousands)                                                       2022              2021            Total              %

Payroll and related                                                      $   5,110          $ 5,139          $  (29)             (0.6) %
Cost of sales                                                                1,557            1,386             171              12.3  %
Recoverable taxes and fees                                                     712              867            (155)            (17.9) %
Stock-based compensation                                                       109              291            (182)            (62.5) %
Other                                                                          316              299              17               5.7  %
Total cost of revenue                                                    $   7,804          $ 7,982          $ (178)             (2.2) %

FTE Employees                                                                  177              186              (9)             (4.8) %


For the three months ended March 31, 2022, cost of revenue decreased compared to
the same period in 2021, driven by a decrease in stock-based compensation and
recoverable taxes and fees, partially offset by an increase in cost of sales.

Stock-based compensation decreased as we discontinued the cost savings measure
to provide a portion of compensation for certain employees in the form of shares
of the Company's common stock in lieu of cash. Additionally, there was a general
decrease in employees compensated with stock-based compensation in 2022,
attributable to the restructuring activities and related elimination of
positions. Recoverable taxes and fees declined due to general decreases in USF
fees, which are essentially pass-through items. Cost of sales expenses grew
primarily due to greater use of third-party professional services that we
utilize to augment Company resources when short-term capacity constraints exist.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist of the following items:

                                                                      For the Three Months Ended
                                                                               March 31,                            Change
(Dollars in thousands)                                                   2022              2021            Total               %

Payroll and related                                                  $   4,305          $ 4,475          $  (170)              (3.8) %
Outside services                                                         1,899            2,277             (378)             (16.6) %
Capitalized software development                                             -           (2,920)           2,920             (100.0) %
Stock-based compensation                                                   130              475             (345)             (72.6) %
Other                                                                      163              137               26               19.0  %
Total research and development                                       $   6,497          $ 4,444          $ 2,053               46.2  %

FTE Employees                                                              101              122              (21)             (17.2) %

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, research and development spending increased compared to the same period in 2021, due to a decline in capitalized software development. This was partially offset by decreases in external services, stock-based compensation and payroll and related costs.

As a result of our decision to discontinue Spok Go, for the three months ended
March 31, 2022, we did not capitalize any software development costs, as
compared to $2.9 million in capitalized software development costs in the same
period in 2021.

                                       26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Outside service costs tend to vary based on the timing of professional services,
attributable to our full suite of products. Stock-based compensation decreased
as we discontinued the cost savings measure to provide a portion of compensation
for certain employees in the form of shares of the Company's common stock in
lieu of cash. Additionally, there was a general decrease in employees
compensated with stock-based compensation in 2022, attributable to the
restructuring activities and related elimination of positions.Payroll and
related costs declined largely due to the decrease in headcount, partially
offset by increased payroll resulting from the discontinuation of reduced work
schedules as of the third quarter of 2021.

We will continue to focus on the development efforts of our software solutions
and intend to maintain these efforts based on their importance to our continued
success, however these efforts will be targeted to specific enhancements. We
expect total research and development costs will continue to significantly
decrease in 2022 as part of our new strategic business plan and our intent to
eliminate all Spok Go related costs.

Technological operations

Expenses related to technology operations consisted mainly of the following items:

                                                               For the Three Months Ended
                                                                        March 31,                            Change
(Dollars in thousands)                                            2022     
        2021            Total              %

Payroll and related                                           $   2,509          $ 2,467          $   42                1.7  %
Site rent                                                         3,067            3,196            (129)              (4.0) %
Telecommunications                                                  771              837             (66)              (7.9) %
Stock-based compensation                                             55              137             (82)             (59.9) %
Other                                                               611              567              44                7.8  %
Technology Operations                                         $   7,013          $ 7,204          $ (191)              (2.7) %

FTE Employees                                                        85               89              (4)              (4.5) %

For the three months ended March 31, 2022technology operating expenses decreased slightly compared to the same period in 2021, mainly due to lower site rent and stock-based compensation, offset by a slight increase in payroll and expenses related.

The number of active transmitters, which directly affects our site rent
expenses, declined 6.4% from March 31, 2021, to March 31, 2022, a result of our
network rationalization efforts. As we reach certain minimum frequency
commitments, as outlined by the United States Federal Communications Commission,
we may be unable to continue our efforts to rationalize and consolidate our
networks. Stock-based compensation decreased as a result of discontinuing our
plan to provide a portion of compensation for certain employees in the form of
shares of the Company's common stock in lieu of cash. Payroll and related
expenses increased primarily due to increased payroll resulting from the
discontinuation of reduced work schedules as of the third quarter of 2021

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of the following items:

                                                                           For the Three Months Ended
                                                                                    March 31,                            Change
(Dollars in thousands)                                                        2022              2021            Total              %

Payroll and related                                                       $   3,468          $ 3,365          $  103                3.1  %
Commissions                                                                   1,024            1,105             (81)              (7.3) %
Stock-based compensation                                                         79              350            (271)             (77.4) %
Advertising and events                                                          568              161             407              252.8  %
Other                                                                           176              158              18               11.4  %
Total selling and marketing                                               $   5,315          $ 5,139          $  176                3.4  %

FTE Employees                                                                    91              104             (13)             (12.5) %


                                       27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, selling and marketing expenses
increased compared to the same period in 2021, driven primarily by increases in
advertising and events and payroll and related expenses, partially offset by a
reduction in stock-based compensation.

The increase in advertising and events largely reflects an increase in trade
show participation compared to the same period last year which was still in peak
months of the pandemic. Nationwide travel and in-person participation in larger
marketing events has improved but continued to remain below pre-pandemic levels.
Payroll and related expenses were lower during the three months ended March 31,
2021 as a result of cost savings measures, including reduced work schedules and
equity in lieu of cash compensation that were not in place for the three months
ended March 31, 2022. This was partially offset by the decrease in headcount.

Stock-based compensation decreased due to the discontinuation of the cost
savings measure to provide a portion of compensation for certain employees in
the form of shares of the Company's common stock in lieu of cash. Additionally,
there was a general decrease in employees compensated with stock-based
compensation in 2022, attributable to the restructuring activities and related
elimination of positions.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consisted of the following items:

                                                                       For the Three Months Ended
                                                                                March 31,                             Change
(Dollars in thousands)                                                   2022               2021             Total              %

Payroll and related                                                  $    4,051          $  3,818          $  233                6.1  %
Stock-based compensation                                                    742               986            (244)             (24.7) %
Facility rent, office and technology costs                                2,680             2,480             200                8.1  %
Outside services                                                          1,900             1,825              75                4.1  %
Taxes, licenses and permits                                                 265               214              51               23.8  %
Bad debt                                                                    (14)              106            (120)            (113.2) %
Other                                                                       811               851             (40)              (4.7) %
Total general and administrative                                     $   10,435          $ 10,280          $  155                1.5  %

FTE Employees                                                                94               102              (8)              (7.8) %


For the three months ended March 31, 2022, general and administrative expenses
increased compared to the same period in 2021, driven by increases in payroll
and related costs and facility rent, office and technology costs. These were
partially offset by decreases in stock-based compensation and bad debt expenses.

Payroll and related expenses increased as we exited the cost-saving measure of reducing working hours beginning in the third quarter of 2021. The increase in facility rent, office costs and technology was primarily due to higher spending on software, hardware and IT-related costs.

Stock-based compensation decreased as we discontinued the cost savings measure
to provide a portion of compensation for certain employees in the form of shares
of the Company's common stock in lieu of cash, which ended as of the fourth
quarter of 2021. Additionally, there was a general decrease in employees
compensated with stock-based compensation in 2022, attributable to the
restructuring activities and related elimination of positions. Bad debt expense
was lower resulting from improvements in collection efforts with a corresponding
reduction in the amount reserved for credit losses.

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, and 2021, depreciation, amortization
and accretion expenses were $0.9 million and $2.7 million, respectively.
Expenses decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2022, compared to the
same period in 2021, primarily due to amortization of software development costs
ending in the fourth quarter of 2021 as a result of discontinuation of Spok Go.
Expenses also decreased due to lower depreciation for certain computer hardware
and software assets that became fully depreciated in 2021.

                                       28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dismissal and restructuring

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, severance and restructuring expenses
were $4.5 million. Expenses increased for the three months ended March 31, 2022,
primarily due to an increase in severance and personnel related costs of $4.0
million and costs related to contractual terminations of $0.5 million, resulting
from the implementation of the new strategic business plan. Further details can
be found in Note 5 "Restructuring" in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated
Financial Statements.

Income taxes

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes from income taxes was $1.4 million and
$(0.6) million for the three months ended March 31, 2022, and 2021,
respectively. Benefit from (provision for) income taxes changed for the three
months ended March 31, 2022, compared to the same period in 2021 due to the
difference in the anticipated annual effective tax rate as a result of certain
permanent tax differences, estimated research and development tax credits and
related valuation allowance, and certain discrete items. Further details can be
found in Note 12, "Income Taxes" in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated
Financial Statements.

Cash and capital resources

Cash and cash equivalents

At March 31, 2022, we held cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of
$46.3 million. The available cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in our
operating accounts and cash invested in interest-bearing funds managed by
third-party financial institutions. These funds invest in U.S. Treasury
securities and are therefore classified as held-to-maturity and are reported at
amortized cost in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. To date, we have
experienced no loss or lack of access to our invested cash or cash equivalents;
however, we can provide no assurance that access to our invested cash and cash
equivalents will not be impacted by adverse market conditions. Our short-term
investments consist entirely of U.S. Treasury securities, which are classified
as held-to-maturity and are measured at amortized cost on our Condensed
Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Sources of cash

Our primary sources of liquidity have been our cash flows generated from
operations and existing cash and cash equivalents. We maintain a level of
liquidity sufficient to allow us to meet our cash needs in both the short term
(next 12 months) and long term (beyond 12 months). At any point in time, we
maintain approximately $5.0 million to $10.0 million in our operating accounts
that are with third-party financial institutions. While we monitor daily the
cash balances in our operating accounts and adjust the cash balances as
appropriate, these cash balances could be impacted if the underlying financial
institutions fail or are subject to other adverse conditions in the financial
markets. To date, we have experienced no loss or lack of access to cash in our
operating accounts.

Cash Uses

We intend to use our cash on hand to provide working capital, to support
operations, to invest in our business, and to return value to stockholders
through cash dividends and repurchases of our common stock. We may also consider
using cash to fund or complete opportunistic investments and acquisitions that
we believe will provide a measure of growth or revenue stability while
supporting our existing operations. As a result of our discontinuation of Spok
Go, we will no longer invest heavily in its development, and, as a result, we
anticipate that we will have more cash available for other uses than in prior
years.

On February 16, 2022, the Board authorized a share repurchase program for up to
$10 million of the Company's common stock. Under the repurchase program,
repurchases can be made from time to time using a variety of methods, which may
include open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise,
all in accordance with the rules of the SEC and other applicable legal
requirements. The specific timing, price and size of purchases will depend on
prevailing stock prices, general economic and market conditions, legal
requirements and other considerations. The repurchase program does not obligate
the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and the repurchase
program may be suspended or discontinued at any time at the Company's
discretion.

                                       29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

As part of the restructuring program in connection with our new strategic
business plan, we expect to record one-time pre-tax restructuring charges of
approximately $6.2 million to $7.5 million, comprised of approximately
$5.7 million to $6.6 million in severance and personnel related costs and
approximately $0.5 million to $0.9 million in contractual terminations. Future
cash payments related to these charges are expected to generally be within the
same range. The restructuring actions associated with these charges are expected
to be substantially complete in 2022. Because of these cash payments related to
the restructuring program, we anticipate that our cash on hand will decrease
during 2022. However, our restructuring efforts are meant to refocus our
operational efforts towards cash flow generation and the return of capital to
our stockholders. Should our restructuring efforts be successful, we anticipate
future operating periods will return to historically positive cash flow
generation.

Cash flow overview

In response to COVID-19, management enacted certain temporary cost mitigation
measures in 2020 and 2021, as previously discussed. While we have previously
discussed the impact on our revenues from the pandemic, we do not expect
COVID-19 will have a material impact on our liquidity given our ability to
reduce costs further, if necessary. In the event that net cash provided by
operating activities and cash on hand are not sufficient to meet future cash
requirements, we may be required to reduce planned capital expenses, reduce or
eliminate our cash dividends to stockholders, not repurchase shares of our
common stock under the share repurchase program, sell assets or seek additional
financing. We can provide no assurance that reductions in planned capital
expenses or proceeds from asset sales would be sufficient to cover shortfalls in
available cash or that outside financing would be available on acceptable terms.

Based on current and anticipated levels of operations, we anticipate that net
cash provided by operating activities, together with the available cash on hand
at March 31, 2022, should be adequate to meet our anticipated cash requirements
for the short term (next 12 months) and long term (beyond 12 months).

The following table presents information about our net cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated:

                                                           Three Months Ended March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)                                      2022                      2021                  Change

Net cash (used in) provided by operating
activities                                         $            (4,879)         $         719          $      (5,598)
Net cash used in investing activities                             (646)                (3,642)                 2,996
Net cash used in financing activities                           (7,733)                (4,174)                (3,559)


Operating Activities

As discussed above, we are dependent on cash flows from operating activities to
meet our cash requirements. Cash from operations varies depending on changes in
various working capital items, including deferred revenues, accounts payable,
accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and various accrued expenses.

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, net cash used by operating activities
was $4.9 million due primarily to the net loss of $7.2 million, changes in
deferred revenue of $(1.6) million and in prepaid expenses and other assets of
$(1.4) million, and a deferred income tax benefit of $1.0 million. This was
partially offset by changes in accounts receivable of $3.0 million, stock-based
compensation of $1.1 million, depreciation, amortization and accretion of
$0.9 million, and changes in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other of
$0.9 million.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, net cash provided by operating
activities was $0.7 million due primarily to non-cash items such as
depreciation, amortization and accretion of $2.7 million, stock-based
compensation of $2.2 million, and other non-cash items of $0.7 million. This was
partially offset by a net loss of $2.3 million, a change in accounts payable,
accrued liabilities and other of $3.0 million and deferred revenue of $1.4
million, partially offset by changes in account receivable of $1.0 million,
change in prepaid expenses, inventory, and other assets of $0.5 million and
changes in lease liability of $0.3 million.

Investing activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, and 2021, net cash used in investing
activities was $0.6 million and $3.6 million. Our 2021 investing activities
reflected the capitalization of software development costs, however with the
discontinuation of Spok Go, we did not incur such costs in 2022. Net cash used
in investing activities also reflects purchases of property and equipment, and
the purchase and maturity of short-term investments in both periods.

                                       30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fundraising activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, and 2021, net cash used in financing
activities was $7.7 million and $4.2 million, respectively, due primarily to
cash distributions to stockholders and the purchase of common stock for tax
withholding purposes on vested equity awards.

On April 27, 2022, our Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash
dividend of $0.3125 per share of common stock with a record date of May 25,
2022, and a payment date of June 24, 2022. This cash dividend of approximately
$6.1 million, applicable to our common stock outstanding, will be paid from
available cash on hand. We expect to continue paying dividends of $0.3125 per
share of common stock each quarter for the remainder of 2022, subject to
declaration by the Board of Directors.

Commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of our business, we enter into certain contractual obligations. These obligations include data processing services, operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements regarding borrowed funds and deposits.

Purchase obligations are defined as agreements to purchase goods or services
that are enforceable, legally binding, non-cancelable, have a remaining term in
excess of one year and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or
minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable pricing
provisions; and the approximate timing of transactions. The amounts of such
obligations are based on our contractual commitments, however, it is possible
that we may be able to negotiate lower payments if we choose to exit these
contracts before their expiration date.

Our contractual payment obligations for operating leases apply to leases for
office space and transmitter locations. Substantially all of these leases have
lease terms ranging from one month to five years. We continue to review our
office and transmitter locations and intend to replace, reduce or consolidate
leases where possible. As we reach certain minimum frequency commitments, as
outlined by the United States Federal Communications Commission, we may be
unable to continue our efforts to rationalize and consolidate our networks. In
March 2021, we relocated our corporate headquarters to office space located in
Alexandria, Virginia, consisting of approximately 26,000 square feet of space
under a lease that will expire on September 30, 2026. Over the life of this
lease, cash payments are expected to total approximately $4.9 million.

The Company evaluates contingencies on an ongoing basis and establishes loss
provisions for matters in which losses are probable and the amount of loss can
be reasonably estimated.

The following table presents the main commitments and contractual obligations of the Company as of March 31, 2022:

Payments due by period

                                                                  Less than 1                                                       More than 5
(Dollars in thousands)                            Total              year              1 to 3 years           3 to 5 years             years

Operating lease obligations                    $ 14,444                 

4,559 $6,961 $2,695 $229
Unconditional purchase obligations

                6,441                  3,256               3,116                     69                    -
Total contractual obligations                  $ 20,885          $    7,815          $      10,077          $       2,764          $       229


We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial
partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or
special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of
facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or
limited purposes. As such, we are not exposed to any financing, liquidity,
market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.

We have operating leases for office and transmitter locations. Substantially all
of these leases have lease terms ranging from one month to five years. We
continue to review our office and transmitter locations and intend to replace,
reduce or consolidate leases where possible. As we reach certain minimum
frequency commitments, as outlined by the United States Federal Communications
Commission, we may be unable to continue our efforts to rationalize and
consolidate our networks.

                                       31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial
partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or
special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of
facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or
limited purposes. As such, we are not exposed to any financing, liquidity,
market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.

Refer to Note 7, "Leases," and Note 13, "Commitments and Contingencies" in the
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on
our commitments and contingencies.

Related party transactions

See Note 14, “Related parties” in the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements for a discussion regarding our related party transactions.

Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preceding discussion and analysis of financial condition and operations is
based on our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been
prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America ("GAAP"). The preparation of our Condensed Consolidated
Financial Statements requires management to make estimates, judgments and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue,
expenses, and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate estimates
and assumptions, including, but not limited to, those related to the impairment
of long-lived assets and intangible assets subject to amortization and goodwill,
accounts receivable, revenue recognition, asset retirement obligations, and
income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other
assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the
results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or
conditions.

There have been no changes to the critical accounting policies reported in the
2021 Annual Report that affect our significant judgments and estimates used in
the preparation of our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

© Edgar Online, source Previews

Second Avenue Lands ~ $250 million investment from Monroe Capital

0

– The single-family rental investment platform should be deployed ~$1 billion annually —

TAMPA, Florida., April 28, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — Second Avenue Group (“Second Avenue”), a full-service, institutional-grade single-family rental (“SFR”) platform, today announced that Monroe Capital LLC, a leading credit asset manager private, is committed to approximately $250 million to its investment platform through a combination of debt and equity capital.

This commitment brings Second Avenue’s current capacity for new investment to approximately $1.7 billion fully leveraged capital base. Other recent engagements include $500 million of the investment manager Waterton, $150 million from BLG Capital as well as significant sums from other institutional capital partners.

Second Avenue, which was founded in 2017, is currently active in 10 markets, primarily in the Southeast and Southwest United States. The company has targeted 10 additional markets for entry over the next year and plans to roll out as many as ~$1 billion annually.

The company’s growth prospects are consistent with the long-awaited and now widely recognized boom in the single-family rental sector, meeting the growing demand for high-quality suburban rental housing.

“As demand for single-family rental assets has grown, the processes for organizations to invest in the market have become more complex and fragmented,” said mike rothman, Founder and CEO of Second Avenue. “There are approximately 17 million single-family rental homes located across United States. Our experienced team, data-rich technology platform, and multi-channel, multidisciplinary sourcing capabilities provide investors with a single source of truth and a platform for investment administration and analysis. Simplify the process for investors and provide prime rental opportunities for residents.”

Second Avenue offers a purpose-built technology platform that manages all aspects of single-family rental investing in a centralized, agile, and data-rich platform. “We have unlocked value by delivering better results to residents in the maintenance of single-family homes over the past decade, including as founder, president and former CEO of SMS Assist in providing managed maintenance services in approximately 100,000 single-family rental homes, actively participating in improving the rental experience and the homes available,” Rothman said. “By founding Second Avenue, we are bringing clean, safe and functional homes to market that are managed by a team experienced. Ultimately, residents are well served by the efficiencies made possible by a professional management platform.”

CEO and Founder mike rothman commented: “Our private equity partners have made significant commitments to our platform, knowing that we have built a management, investment and real estate services team capable of making risk-adjusted investments and providing a quality concierge service to our residents. We are intentionally growing at an impressive rate to fully unlock this historic opportunity. Monroe Capital’s opportunistic team acted quickly, efficiently and collaboratively; they truly understand the real estate and structured financial side of this company; we look forward to many years of partnership.”

Kyle AsherCo-Head of Monroe Capital’s Opportunistic Credit Group, said, “We are delighted to partner with mike rothman and the Second Avenue team to support their growth and build a high value portfolio of SFR properties in key markets around United States. Second Avenue’s precise, thoughtful and timely strategy in the SFR build-to-let market stood out to our investment team. This partnership represents the continued growth of our specialized finance and real estate businesses and demonstrates our belief in the Second Avenue platform and in the SFR asset class in general.”

This transaction is representative of Monroe Capital’s Real Estate and Specialty Finance divisions within the Opportunistic Private Credit group. The group focuses on structured debt and equity financing in complex and special situations covering all types of assets and all geographies. In 2021, The Opportunist Group completed over 20 debt and equity transactions. The team has a broad investment mandate, flexible capital and prides itself not only on its bottom-up expertise, but also its ability to act quickly and efficiently and provide execution certainty on complex transactions. For more than 18 years, the company has invested in asset-backed transactions with attractive collateral, as well as loans based on cash flow and enterprise value.

About Second Avenue

Discover the pleasure of renting with Second Avenue, the new generation single-family rental investment platform. Second Avenue offers sought-after rental accommodations for today’s families and compelling risk-adjusted returns in portfolios of single-family rental properties (SFRs) for institutional investors. Bringing exceptional discipline, technological simplicity, and professional real estate acquisition and management to the industry, Second Avenue makes renting and investing SFR easier and better than ever. Discover the simplicity and possibility of Second Avenue homes and investment. With ~$2 billion under management, Second Avenue is a private company headquartered in Tampa, Florida with regional teams everywhere United States.

.For more information on Second Avenue, visit: www.secondavenue.com

About Monroe Capital

Monroe Capital LLC (“Monroe”) is a leading asset management company specializing in the private credit markets through various strategies, including direct lending, asset-based lending, specialty finance, opportunistic lending and structured and equity. Since 2004, the company has successfully provided capital solutions to clients in the United States and Canada. Monroe prides itself on being a value-added, friendly partner for business owners, management, and private and independent sponsors. Monroe’s platform offers a wide variety of investment products for institutional and high net worth investors with a focus on generating high quality “alpha” returns regardless of economic or business cycles. The company is headquartered in Chicago and maintains offices in Atlanta, Boston, Los Angeles, Napoli, New York, San Franciscoand Seoul.

Monroe has been recognized by both peers and investors with various awards, including Global M&A Network as 2022 Small Midsize Business Lender of the Year, Americas; Private Debt Investor as 2021 Senior Lender of the Year, 2021 Lower Middle Market Lender of the Year, Americas; Creditflux as Best US Direct Lending Fund 2021; and Pension Bridge as Private Credit Strategy of the Year 2020. For more information, visit www.monroecap.com.

SOURCE Second Avenue

Trump appeals contempt decision in New York, fine of $10,000 a day |

0

NEW YORK (AP) — Donald Trump has appealed a New York judge’s decision to hold the former president in contempt of court and fine him $10,000 a day for failing to comply with a subpoena to appear in the state attorney general’s civil investigation into his business dealings. .

Trump’s attorney Alina Habba filed a notice of appeal Wednesday with the state trial court’s appellate division – the second time in two months that Trump has sought to overturn the judge’s decision of Manhattan Arthur Engoron against him in a subpoena case.

In court papers, Habba questioned the legal basis for Engoron’s contempt decision on Monday, arguing that Trump correctly responded to the subpoena and that Attorney General Letitia James’ office failed to show that his conduct “was calculated to defeat, harm, hinder or prejudice” his investigation.

James’ office refused to engage in “good faith discussions” before seeking a fine from Trump, Habba argued. In a statement released Monday after the decision, Habba said, “All documents responding to the subpoena were produced to the Attorney General months ago.”

In a statement Wednesday, James said Engoron’s order was clear that Trump was in contempt of court.

“We’ve seen this playbook before, and it never stopped our investigation of Mr. Trump and his organization,” James said. “This time it’s no different.”

In another subpoena battle, Trump is challenging Engoron’s Feb. 17 ruling requiring him to answer questions under oath. James said the investigation found evidence that Trump may have misjudged the value of assets such as skyscrapers and golf courses for more than a decade. Oral arguments in this appeal are scheduled for May 11.

Along with his subpoena for Trump’s testimony, James’ office issued a subpoena for numerous documents, including documents and communications regarding his financial statements, funding and debt for a project. hotel in Chicago and development plans for its Seven Springs estate in upstate New York. and even communications with Forbes magazine, where he sought to restore his image as a wealthy businessman.

James, a Democrat, called on Engoron to despise Trump after he failed to produce any documents by the March 31 deadline. In his ruling, Engoron said Trump and his lawyers not only failed to meet the deadline, but also failed to document the steps they took to search for the documents.

Instead, “Trump produced 16 pages of boilerplate objections and a four-page assertion by a lawyer who states, summarily, that Mr. Trump was unable to locate relevant documents in his custody. “, Engoron said in a written version of his decision. “The claim fails to identify what research methods were used, where they were used, by whom they were used, and where this research took place.”

Habba, arguing at a hearing on Monday, insisted she had gone to great lengths to comply with the subpoena, even going to Trump’s home in Florida to ask him specifically about his he had in his possession documents which would answer the request.

Habba noted that Trump doesn’t email or text and doesn’t have a work computer “at home or anywhere else.” She described the search for documents as “diligent,” but Engoron disputed the lack of detail in her written response to the subpoena and asked why she didn’t include an affidavit from Trump himself.

“You can’t sit here and say I searched this and that,” Engoron said.

Trump, a Republican, is suing James in federal court in an attempt to stop his investigation. He recently called her an “agent of the Democratic Party” and said her investigation and a parallel criminal investigation overseen by Manhattan District Attorney Alvin Bragg, another Democrat, are “a continuation of the larger hunt to witches of all time”.

Bragg said this month that the three-year criminal investigation he inherited in January from his predecessor, Cyrus Vance Jr., is continuing “without fear or favor” despite a recent reshuffle in the direction of the investigation. Trump’s attorneys argue that James is using his civil investigation to gain access to information that could then be used against him in the criminal investigation.

So far, the district attorney’s investigation has only resulted in tax evasion charges against Trump’s company, the Trump Organization, and its longtime chief financial officer, Allen Weisselberg, over employee benefits. income such as rent, car payments and tuition. The company and Weisselberg have pleaded not guilty.

James’ investigation covers much of the same ground, focusing in part on what the attorney general said was a pattern of misleading banks and tax authorities about the value of his properties.

Assistant Attorney General Andrew Amer told Engoron the investigation was hampered “because we don’t have evidence from the person at the top of this organization.” He said the failure to deliver the documents in response to the subpoena was “in effect Mr. Trump thumbing his nose at the order of this court.”

Cloud-Based SaaS Solutions for Enterprise Resource Planning

0

Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) is crucial to the success of any business. The software and technology used to integrate the various management components of a business provide a holistic view of business processes and facilitate the finest technical nuances.

Software as a service (SaaS) and cloud-based solutions for ERP and cash management systems (TMS) are the overwhelming preference of modern businesses. However, ERP migrations can be complex and time-consuming, especially when corporate treasury and IT staff lack the bandwidth to support such a transition.

To learn more about how partnering with a specialist helps reduce the pressure encountered during ERP migration projects, PaymentsJournal spoke with Jon PaquetteVice President of Solutions, USA at Treasury Intelligence Solutions (TIS), and Steve MurphyDirector of Commercial and Corporate Payments Advisory Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

PaymentsLog

Cloud-Based SaaS Solutions for Enterprise Resource Planning

PaymentsLog Cloud-Based SaaS Solutions for Enterprise Resource Planning

Exit the old complexities…

Enterprise resource planning has never been easy. Historically, complicated aspects of ERP have involved hosting and architecture. These complexities are largely solved with SaaS and cloud-hosted solutions these days, the benefits of which are mostly felt on the IT side.

“The IT department no longer needs to create, maintain and support the infrastructure on which the ERP is ultimately hosted,” said Paquette, “which is a big advantage over previous on-premises models. that the organizations were using”. This frees up IT to take advantage of the unlimited processing power of a cloud provider like Amazon Web Services (AWS) or Microsoft Azure.

The biggest business benefit of cloud-based SaaS solutions for ERP is improved accessibility over on-premises systems. Giving everyone involved access to ERP applications offers a huge opportunity for improvement, not to mention an easier time with automate and standardize process.

…with the new complexities

Now, the new challenge is for companies to get the most out of their investment in ERP migration. “A lot of complexities don’t go away,” Paquette pointed out. As companies consider all the different systems they are migrating from, there are a number of questions to ask:

  • What other integrations are needed?
  • What are the payment processes like?
  • What do reconciliation processes look like?
  • What do cash apps look like?
  • How can these processes be automated?
  • What data is needed to control everything?

APIs (application programming interfaces) also present an opportunity. More businesses than ever want to use APIs to gain real-time transaction insights for cash forecasting, cash positioning, reconciliations, and more. For ERP migration in particular, APIs can be very useful for bulk accounts payable payments.

However, there are substantial variations both in the type of APIs that banks and businesses support, as well as in whether or not these organizations are able to handle API integrations. “Not everyone has the ability to manage the creation or consumption of APIs,” Murphy remarked. “Another problem is the lack of API standardization.”

Apart from payment platforms such as TIS can help companies resolve standardization issues. Specialist partners can also help companies avoid redundant implementation processes by navigating API integrations that are workable in the present and will adapt seamlessly to future capabilities.

Whatever the specific ERP concern, SaaS is a simpler, more cost-effective, more scalable, and more accessible solution. Still, it’s important for companies to make the transition in a controlled way that doesn’t disrupt business. “Business continuity is the most important objective during an ERP migration,” said Paquette.

Tips for a successful ERP implementation

There are many common errors that can occur during ERP migration. Paquette offered several key points to keep in mind throughout the process:

  • Understand the business needs of end users – Ensure that ERP systems are tailored to end-user needs, which can vary significantly from region to region based on different standards and protocols.
  • Recognize knowledge gaps – There is a wide range of topics that need to be addressed and understood during the implementation process, and it is essential to know where to fill these gaps with external resources, lest small problems derail the process and don’t involve everyone in finding a solution.
  • Compartmentalize and pace workflows – Separate finance-related and non-finance-related ERP functions. Take ERP migration in small, controlled chunks, and know that ERP migrations are multi-year initiatives.
  • Don’t lose sight of your vision – It’s easy to get bogged down in technical components, but always keep an eye on how the ERP implementation will bring about major improvements.
  • Seize the transformation opportunity – Investing in ERP migration with the help of an expert partner providing cloud-based SaaS solutions is a chance for businesses to take an exciting leap forward.

“There’s a perception that you save money by doing things in-house during an ERP project,” Paquette said. “Partnering with someone who specializes in this particular aspect of SaaS solutions is really critical to the success or failure of your ERP project, and the SaaS fees you pay to a vendor are pretty minimal compared to the investment you you put in the full ERP migration.

The essential partnership between the company and the supplier

It takes a village to migrate ERP integrations; neither the ERP vendor nor the business itself can do it alone. IT and treasury staff may lack the bandwidth to play a major role in the migration. Specialist providers such as TIS will fill in the gaps with support and advice on SaaS capabilities. External consultants will go deeper into the integration with specific information on how the ERP system translates to regional connection points, but ultimately the responsibility rests with the business.

“At the end of the day, it’s the company that really owns [the transition]», specifies Paquette. “They are responsible for what they seek to accomplish, what systems to integrate, the scope, how they envision everything to work well – and if things don’t ultimately go as planned, that’s the company that is affected.”

To this end, there are a variety of deployment strategies for companies:

  • Maintain a regional focus – Starting in one zone allows everyone to work in the same time zone with the same standards and provides scaffolding for potential expansion.
  • Building on success – Starting with already strong and highly automated businesses means the ERP migration will be leaner and provide valuable experience for future implementations.
  • Updating legacy systems – Starting with legacy systems in a particular region or industry can be a good place for companies starting the ERP migration process.

No one can deny the growing popularity of cloud-based software. “About 30-35% of institutions are now actively using the cloud in some form,” Murphy said, “and that’s expected to increase to over 50% over the next two years.” The cloud-based “as-a-service” model offloads the IT implementation and ongoing maintenance expenses of ERP migration, but also enables the latest upgrades and software without having to do ongoing development.

It is important for companies to realize that there is not necessarily an ERP finish line; banking relationships are constantly changing and payment technology is constantly improving. TIS helps businesses stay on track. “The goal of most of these migrations is financial transformation,” Paquette concluded. “It’s important that business end users stay focused on the operational improvements they’re looking to achieve here.”

Blinds and Blinds Market Size, Outlook and Forecast

0

New Jersey, United States – the Blinds and blinds market The research report offers complete coverage of the Blinds and Shades Market during the forecast period 2022-2029. It provides historical, current and future market trends to help develop a robust market strategy. Additionally, it provides value chain analysis, key drivers and challenges, and includes upcoming opportunities in the Blinds and Blinds market which will enable the business success.

The Blinds and Shades Market report provides a detailed analysis of global market size, regional and country level market size, segmentation market growth, market share, competitive landscape, analysis sales, impact of national and global market players, value chain optimization, trade. regulations, recent developments, opportunity analysis, strategic market growth analysis, product launches, regional market expansion and technological innovations.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/download-sample/?rid=104614

Key Players Mentioned in the Blinds and Blinds Market Research Report:

Hunter Douglas, Springs Window Fashions, Nien Made Enterprise, Newell Rubbermaid, Hillarys, TOSO Company, Kresta Holdings Limited, Tachikawa Corporation, Ching Feng Home Fashions, Nichibei, Osung KFT, Mardo, BG Blinds, Domir Blinds Manufacturing, Aluvert Blinds, Verosol , Yunlong Wood, DODOKA, Liyang Xinyuan, Jiaxing Argingtom Shutter, Linjiang City Baojian Wooden, Hangzhou Green Shutters, Shanghai Liangheng Wood Working, Shidian Stores

This comprehensive Blinds and Shades Market report helps to determine the gaps and issues faced by the dominant or new companies. It also provides information about the potential impact of the existing COVID-19 on the market scenario. Blinds and Blinds market is split by Type and Application. For the period 2018-2027, the growth between segments provides accurate calculations and forecasts of sales by type and application in terms of volume and value. This analysis can help you grow your business by targeting qualified niche markets.

Blinds and Blinds Market Segmentation:

By Product Type, the market is primarily split into:

• Window blinds
• Window blinds

By application, this report covers the following segments:

• Commercial coatings
• Residential coatings

Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=104614

Scope of Shades and Blinds Market Report

ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
FORECAST YEAR 2029
HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

Geographic segment covered in the report:

The Blinds and Blinds report provides information on the market area, which is further sub-divided into sub-regions and countries/regions. In addition to the market share in each country and sub-region, this chapter of this report also contains information on profit opportunities. This chapter of the report mentions the market share and growth rate of each region, country and sub-region over the estimated period.

• North America (USA and Canada)
• Europe (UK, Germany, France and rest of Europe)
• Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, India and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region)
• Latin America (Brazil, Mexico and rest of Latin America)
• Middle East and Africa (GCC and Rest of Middle East and Africa)

Answers to key questions in this Blinds and Shades Market report

  1. How much revenue will the Blinds and Shades Market generate by the end of the forecast period?
  2. Which market segment is expected to have the maximum market share?
  3. What are the influencing factors and their impact on the Blinds and Blinds market?
  4. Which regions are currently contributing the maximum share of the overall blinds and awnings market?
  5. Which indicators are likely to drive the Blinds and Shades market?
  6. What are the key strategies of the major Blinds and Blinds market players to expand their geographical presence?
  7. What are the key advancements in the Blinds and Blinds market?
  8. How do regulatory standards affect the blinds and shades market?

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/product/global-blinds-and-shades-market-growth-status-and-outlook-2019-2024/

Visualize the Blinds and Blinds Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a comprehensive overview and global competitive landscape with respect to region, country, and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with built-in presentation functionality that saves you over 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D, and product development. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the blinds and awnings market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

Most Popular Reports

Global Cricket and Field Hockey Market Size and Forecast

Global Fermented Foods and Ingredients Market Size and Forecast

Global Fishing Equipment Market Size and Forecast

Global Reusable Water Bottle Market Size and Forecast

Global Men’s Shavers Market Size and Forecast

Global Smart Kitchens Market Size and Forecast

Global Blinds and Blinds Market Size and Forecast

Global Casino Gaming Equipment Market Size and Forecast

Global Corporate Clothing Market Size and Forecast

Global Cosmetics Market Size and Forecast

About Us: Verified Market Reports

Verified Market Reports is a leading global research and advisory company serving over 5000 global clients. We provide advanced analytical research solutions while delivering information-enriched research studies.

We also provide insight into the strategic and growth analytics and data needed to achieve business goals and critical revenue decisions.

Our 250 analysts and SMEs offer a high level of expertise in data collection and governance using industry techniques to collect and analyze data on over 25,000 high impact and niche markets. Our analysts are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Our research spans a multitude of industries, including energy, technology, manufacturing and construction, chemicals and materials, food and beverage, and more. Having served many Fortune 2000 organizations, we bring a wealth of reliable experience that covers all kinds of research needs.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website: – https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/

Customer satisfaction with hotels continues to fall, while online travel agencies rebound slightly, according to data from ACSI | News

0

ANN ARBOR, Mich.–(BUSINESS WIRE)–April 26, 2022–

Customers have started scratching their travel itch again, but expectations aren’t being met.

This press release is multimedia. View the full press release here: https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20220426005297/en/

US CUSTOMER SATISFACTION INDEX: 2021-2022 TRAVEL STUDY (Chart: Business Wire)

According to the American Customer Satisfaction Index (ACSI ® ) 2021-2022 Travel Study, satisfaction with airlines is flying in the wrong direction, hotels are not accommodating happy customers, and rentals are cars cannot get back on track. Online travel agencies are the only sector to improve customer satisfaction, but not by much.

“Many people have ventured to travel for the first time since the pandemic hit, only to be met with poor service and dashed hopes,” says Forrest Morgeson, assistant professor of marketing at Michigan State University and director of distinguished research at ACSI. “We see this with hotels, where the quality of amenities and catering services both dip below the customer experience criteria of 70. Anyone anticipating their travel experience would feel that on “normal” days of before the pandemic would likely walk away deeply disappointed. Although the desire to travel is on the rise, it may be time to adjust your expectations.

This study provides data on customer satisfaction across four travel sectors – airlines, hotels, car rentals and online travel agencies – based on surveys conducted from April 2021 to March 2022.

JetBlue grabs the top spot

After reaching its highest score, the airline industry is coming back to earth, as passenger satisfaction drops 1.3% to an ACSI score of 75 (out of 100).

JetBlue flies into first place, up 3% to 79. American and United, both up 3% to 77, climb into a four-way tie for second place with Delta and Southwest, which slip 3% each .

Alaska drops 3% to an ACSI score of 75, followed by smaller carriers (down 4% to 71) and Allegiant (down 3% to 70). The bottom of the industry belongs to ultra-low-cost carriers Frontier, which fell 3% to 66, and Spirit, which fell 5% to 63.

Hotels again suffer from declining satisfaction

The hospitality industry is once again facing the wrath of dissatisfied customers.

Overall guest satisfaction drops 2.7% to a score of 71, with more than half of leading hoteliers seeing ACSI drops of 4% or more.

Marriott becomes the industry satisfaction leader after improving 3% to 78. Last year’s leader Hilton finished second after falling 4% to an ACSI score of 76. Best Western was stable at 75, just ahead of IHG, which drops 5% to 74 Choice and Hyatt each get 73%, but the former is up 3% while the latter is down 4%.

Wyndham is flat at 69, followed by the large group of small hotels, which fell 7% to 65. The bottom of the industry belongs to G6 Hospitality (Motel 6), dipping 15% to an ACSI score of 56.

Alamo seizes the top spot among car rental companies

Satisfaction with the car rental industry drops 1.3% to an ACSI score of 75.

Alamo leads the pack, improving 4% to 79. Three brands are tied at 76: Enterprise (down 3%), Hertz (up 1%) and National (up 1%).

The dollar fell 3% to 75, ahead of Avis (74) and Budget (72), down 1% each. The group of small car rental companies comes next with a consistent score of 71. Thrifty is at the bottom of the industry, dropping 3% to 70.

Small online travel agencies are taking the lead in the industry

User satisfaction with online travel agencies increased overall by 1.4% to an ACSI score of 75.

The group of small online travel sites takes the top spot after rising 5% to 77. Orbitz comes next, with a 1% improvement to 76, followed by Tripadvisor, down 1% to 75.

Expedia’s namesake site and Travelocity both score 73, down 1% and 4%, respectively. Priceline remains at the bottom of the industry after tumbling 1% to 72.

The ACSI 2021-2022 Travel Study of Airlines, Hotels, Car Rentals and Internet Travel Services is based on interviews with 6,285 customers. Respondents were randomly selected and contacted by email between April 5, 2021 and March 25, 2022. Download the study and follow ACSI on LinkedIn and Twitter at @theACSI.

No advertising or other promotional use may be made of the data and information contained in this release without the prior express written permission of ACSI LLC.

About ACSI

The American Customer Satisfaction Index (ACSI ® ) has been a national economic indicator for 25 years. It measures and analyzes customer satisfaction with more than 400 companies in 47 industries and 10 economic sectors, including various federal and local government agency services. Reported on a scale of 0 to 100, the scores are based on interview data with approximately 500,000 customers per year. For more information, visit www.theacsi.org.

ACSI and its logo are registered trademarks of American Customer Satisfaction Index LLC.

See the source version on businesswire.com: https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20220426005297/en/

CONTACT: Denise DiMeglio 610-228-2102

[email protected]

KEYWORD: UNITED STATES NORTH AMERICA MICHIGAN

KEYWORD INDUSTRY: TRANSPORTATION OTHER TRADE ACCOMMODATION AUTOMOBILE DESTINATIONS TRAVEL OTHER CONSUMER OTHER AUTOMOBILE RETAIL CONSUMER OTHER TRAVEL

SOURCE: US Customer Satisfaction Index

Copyright BusinessWire 2022.

PUBLISHED: 04/26/2022 08:03 AM/DISC: 04/26/2022 08:03 AM

http://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20220426005297/en

Electrification Coalition Releases Report on Electric Car Rental Program – Green Fleet

0

The Drive Electric Orlando program has provided information that can serve as a roadmap for successful implementation of electric vehicles in car rental.

Photo: Coalition for Electrification


The Coalition for Electrification has published a new report detailing today the lessons learned from a first-of-its-kind public-private partnership that enabled the deployment of electric vehicles in a large fleet of rental cars. The report shares key findings from the EC’s Drive Electric Orlando rental pilot project, through which titans of the tourism industry enticed travelers to rent electric vehicles in Orlando, believed to be the largest car rental market in the USA.

The multi-year program was led by the Coalition for Electrification in partnership with Enterprise Rent-A-Car, the City of Orlando, the Central Florida Clean Cities Coalition, and Orlando area resorts and theme parks, including Walt Disney World and Universal Orlando Resort. This collaboration between nonprofits, government agencies, and the tourism industry has provided critical insights for future deployments of electric vehicles in the car rental market. And the project asserted that the car rental industry can be a valuable avenue for accelerating consumer acceptance and adoption of electric vehicles.

“Car rental companies operate some of the largest fleets of light vehicles in the country, so electrifying this industry will be key in shifting to an electric transportation future,” said Ben Prochazka, executive director of the Coalition for Electrification. “Drive Electric Orlando put the consumer behind the wheel of an EV while on vacation – a perfect opportunity to experience the full benefits of this technology. The program engaged consumers during the early stages of the growth of the electric vehicle market, and it can now serve as a roadmap for the car rental industry to go electric.

Prochazka announced the release during a roundtable at the 2022 International Car Rental Show in Las Vegas, a major gathering of leading companies and players in the car rental industry from around the world.

“Orlando is a premier tourist destination, and we were grateful for the opportunity to embrace the future of how visitors will travel through our area,” added Orlando Mayor Buddy Dyer. “Collaboration and partnership are key to helping Orlando prepare for the future, and that means working together to develop clean and sustainable mobility options for visitors. Based on the lessons learned from this pilot project, we look forward to to improve the program and play a key role in the electric vehicle revolution.

The Drive Electric Orlando Rental Pilot, funded in part by the U.S. Department of Energy, aimed to promote consumer adoption of electric vehicles by providing travelers with a unique and convenient experience. Program partners encouraged participation by offering exclusive benefits to Enterprise customers who rented electric vehicles, including free parking, free valet parking and free charging.

“We are excited by the growing interest of car rental companies in electrification. This early work by the Coalition for Electrification and Drive Electric Orlando provides a series of lessons learned for other rental car companies to electrify their fleets,” said Michael Berube, Deputy Assistant Secretary for Sustainable Transportation. at the US Department of Energy. “The car rental industry can help customers experience the benefits of electric vehicles first-hand, and this report provides valuable insight on how to create a successful electric rental program.”

The report serves as a guide for future initiatives and the car rental industry as a whole. It presents lessons learned and recommendations from the program, including:

  • Leasing an electric vehicle can have a substantial positive impact on a consumer’s attitude and interest in technology. Two-thirds of EV renters surveyed indicated that their experience with Drive Electric Orlando made them more likely to purchase an EV as their next vehicle.
  • Incentives were valuable tools in attracting program participants. By offering a variety of benefits, such as VIP parking and free charging, program stakeholders have generated more consumer interest in renting an electric vehicle.
  • As the car rental industry incorporates electric vehicles into its fleets, it must be proactive in overcoming some of the barriers associated with transitioning to this new technology. For example, companies should plan for staff training, on-site charging at rental centers, and customer education on EV operation and charging.

Over the past year, the transportation sector has made significant strides towards an electrified future that includes the car rental industry. Congress has allocated billions of dollars for the development of electric vehicle charging stations, through the bipartisan Infrastructure Act. Automakers have set ambitious new targets for electric vehicle production and sales, and consumer interest in electric vehicles is on the rise. The car rental industry is following suit with electrification plans.

“In many ways, we have blazed a new trail at every stage of the DEO program,” said Prochazka of the Electrification Coalition. “This pilot project has helped us dig into the challenges and identify ways for EVs to succeed as rental cars. As the number of EV models grows and access to charging stations increases , we hope the rental car industry uses the lessons we learned to build a model that will successfully electrify rental fleets across the country.

Car rental companies operate some of the largest private sector light vehicle fleets in the country, with annual vehicle purchases in the hundreds of thousands. According to Bobit, automakers sold 494,960 units to U.S. rental fleets in the first quarter of 2020.

The extraordinary scale and rapid turnover of these fleets offers unique opportunities to deploy electrification as a strategy for direct reduction in transportation emissions and oil consumption, as well as indirect reduction through consumer experience in VE. Additionally, the car rental industry is a major source of used vehicles, supporting a more accessible market for middle and low income consumers.

Oil accounts for 90% of transportation energy use in the United States, making consumers vulnerable to price volatility and supply disruptions. Transportation is the country’s largest source of greenhouse gas emissions.

Stocks rally, erase early losses ahead of big earnings week – Press Enterprise

0

By DAMIAN J. TROIS

NEW YORK (AP) — U.S. stocks surged back from steep morning losses to post gains on Monday, the latest wave of turmoil for Wall Street.

The S&P 500 climbed 24.34 points, or 0.6%, to 4,296.12 after erasing an early loss of 1.7%. Shares of internet-related companies led the way, including Twitter, which jumped 5.7% after agreeing to sell itself to Tesla CEO and tweeter extraordinaire Elon Musk.

The Dow Jones Industrial Average rose 238.06 points, or 0.7%, to 34,049.46 after falling 488 points previously, while the Nasdaq composite rose 165.56, or 1.3% , at 13,004.85 to dominate the market.

Stocks have been fragile recently, with the S&P 500 emerging from a three-week losing streak, amid concerns over rapidly rising interest rates coming from the Federal Reserve as it tries to contain inflation high. Strong earnings reports for the first three months of the year from major US corporations had offered support, but even that looked less solid after some mixed reports and forecasts last week.

Now Wall Street is in the midst of one of the most important periods of the earnings season. Apple, Microsoft, Amazon and parent company Google are all on deck to report this week. And because they are among the largest companies by market value, their movements have the most influence on the S&P 500.

Earlier in the morning, US stocks were on track to follow global markets lower, particularly in China, on fears that strict lockdown measures there could hurt the world’s second-largest economy and potentially hurt global economic growth. Shanghai shares fell 5.1%, while Hong Kong’s Hang Seng fell 3.7%.

China’s capital, Beijing, began mass testing of more than 3 million people on Monday and restricted residents of part of the city to their compounds, raising concerns about a broader lockdown similar to Shanghai. This city has been closed for more than two weeks and this has already prompted the International Monetary Fund to revise downwards its growth forecasts for the Chinese economy.

Concerns are also high for the US economy, which some investors expect to slow sharply or even fall into recession due to steep interest rate hikes the Fed is likely to push through.

Yields on US government bonds fell on Monday, a reversal from the sharp rise in yields this year. The 10-year Treasury yield, which affects rates on mortgages and other consumer loans, fell to 2.82% from 2.90% on Friday evening. It was recently close to its highest level since 2018.

Lower yields tend to benefit high-growth stocks the most, as investors are more willing to pay high prices when they wouldn’t lose much interest if they had bought bonds instead. Gains in several large tech-related stocks were the strongest forces to lift the S&P 500 on Monday, including a 2.4% gain for Microsoft and a 2.9% rise for Class A shares of the Google’s parent company, Alphabet.

Both are expected to release their latest quarterly results on Tuesday.

“Today is definitely a very small bounce, but we’re early in earnings season and the big ones are coming (Tuesday) and later this week,” said Robert Cantwell, portfolio manager at Upholdings.

Besides their bottom line, investors are also looking for a better view of how big companies in technology, manufacturing and retail are handling rising inflation and supply chain issues. .

“The plane is circling the airport,” Cantwell said. “Volatility will be back, make no mistake.”

Inflation remains a major concern for investors. Investors are worried about whether the Fed will be able to raise rates enough to stifle inflation, but not enough to cause a recession. The Federal Reserve Chairman indicated that the central bank may raise short-term interest rates to double the usual amount at upcoming meetings, starting next week. The Fed has already raised its overnight rate once, the first such hike since 2018.

Wall Street will also receive key economic data this week. The Conference Board will release its consumer confidence measure for April on Tuesday. The Commerce Department will release its first-quarter gross domestic product report on Thursday.

Activists Protest Harvard Land Investments and Allston Expansion at Science Center Plaza | News

0

Stop Harvard Land Grabs and the Housing Opportunities Program held a rally Friday at Harvard’s Science Center Plaza to protest the university’s previous investments in farmland in Brazil and its ongoing expansion in Allston.

About 40 protesters gathered at Science Center Plaza before marching to Massachusetts Hall in Harvard Yard – the location of the office of university president Lawrence S. Bacow. Protesters repeatedly knocked on the front door of the building in an attempt to deliver a petition with their demands to Bacow before placing the document at the door.

Protesters chanted phrases like “Boston in Brazil, Harvard land investments are killing!”

Stop Harvard Land Grabs is a student and alumni-led organization that calls on the University to implement reparations and stop global investments in farmland that they believe harm people and the environment. The Housing Opportunity Program is an undergraduate group focused on addressing homelessness in the Greater Boston area.

The petition – which has been signed by 15 student groups including Fossil Fuel Divest Harvard and the Harvard Prison Divestment Campaign – calls on Harvard to disclose its farmland investments, return all land it currently owns and “to pay reparations for the undeniable harm caused by Harvard’s global development. land affairs. »

Harvard has come under scrutiny in recent years for its expansion into Boston’s Allston-Brighton neighborhood, including the recently opened science and technology complex and a proposed corporate research campus. In Allston, where Harvard and its affiliates now own about a third of the land, the average cost of a home jumped 43% between 2011 and 2019.

University spokesman Jason A. Newton declined to comment on the rally and protesters’ demands.

In September 2018, a report by activist groups Genetic Resources Action International and Rede Social de Justiça e Direitos Humano claimed that the Harvard Management Company – the University’s investment arm – had amassed a farmland portfolio totaling over of 800,000 hectares after the 2008 financial crisis.

The report highlighted the University’s investments in farmland in Brazil, detailing the stories of locals who say they were unfairly forced off land purchased by Harvard. The farmland was the subject of a year-long land dispute brought on by local farmers, who claimed that Harvard did not rightfully hold the land titles.

In a speech at Friday’s rally, Harvard history professor Sidney Chalhoub said the University’s actions in Brazil are “reminiscent of gentrification in urban areas” and “fuel old violent mechanisms of exclusion of traditional communities from their lands”.

“Maybe these operations were all legal, maybe not,” he said. “In any case, it’s not something that should make us proud of Harvard.”

Vinicius de Aguiar Furuie, a Harvard postdoctoral fellow and organizer of the protest, said the University should “put its money where its mouth is”.

HMC spokesman Patrick S. McKiernan declined to comment on Brazilian farmland, citing the company’s policy of not commenting on individual investments.

Since the report’s release, the University has moved away from natural resource investments, including the Brazilian farmland purchases in question.

In October 2020, HMC’s natural resources team “split off” into independent investment firm Solum Partners as part of HMC CEO NP “Narv” Narvekar’s current five-year restructuring plan designed to revitalize staffing performance. Narvekar, who ended the five-year restructuring plan a year earlier in 2021, called natural resources an “illiquid asset” that was paying low returns.

Stop Harvard Land Grabs organizer Rachel E. Carle, a student at Harvard Kennedy School, said in an interview after the rally that the group would continue to escalate protests until the University meets its demands. .

“They refused to comment on this, they refuse to meet with us, they refuse to meet the bare minimum of our demands, so we will continue to escalate until they do,” she said.

—Writer Dekyi T. Tsotsong can be reached at [email protected]

—Writer Eric Yan can be reached at [email protected]

Companies are easing labor shortages through automation – and it could have a huge impact on workers

0

Last month, unemployment in Canada hit a record low of 5.2%. Along with a low unemployment rate, many industries have experienced – and are still experiencing – a shortage of workers, with the number of job vacancies in Canada reaching 900,000 in January.

Both of these things are good for workers, right?

Potential employers, desperate for new recruits, are “throwing money at applicants”. Many low-wage jobs have even seen pay rises, such as Walmart’s recently announced 20% pay raise for truck drivers.

The pandemic is partly responsible for this labor shortage, as the supply of immigrant labor has dried up throughout the lockdown. However, Canada’s aging population has also been a factor.

Is automation the answer?

The solution to the labor shortage proposed by the Chief Economist of the Business Development Bank of Canada is increased automation.

Proponents and critics have long argued over the impact of automation on jobs. Advocates believe automation can be used to perform mundane or physically demanding tasks, freeing up workers to learn new skills and take on better jobs.

Recent research from the University of Pennsylvania supports the argument that automation creates jobs. The study found that investing in robots increased work efficiency and quality while reducing costs, increasing productivity and creating more job opportunities. Similarly, a 2020 report from Statistics Canada also found that companies that used robots hired more human workers.

The impact of automation on work can only be assessed in the longer term and according to whether jobs are created by departures or retirements and according to whether departure activities are fully automated.

But critics have argued that automation and technological advancements are creating an hourglass economy where opportunities exist only for high and low-skilled workers, leaving less work for semi-skilled workers who either need to upskill, or accept less qualified (and salaried) work.

Netflix automated the video rental business while Blockbuster kept its physical, labor-intensive model until it was too late.
THE CANADIAN PRESS/Jonathan Hayward

A common example used to illustrate the detriment of technology to employment is the case of Blockbuster. Once a physical video rental titan with 60,000 employees, Blockbuster was unable to compete with new streaming services Netflix (which only had around 2,500 employees) and filed for bankruptcy in 2010. Netflix automated the video rental business while Blockbuster retained its labor-intensive physical business. model until it’s too late.

Automation might not be so bad after all

The reason automation hasn’t had a more detrimental impact on workers can be explained by two factors. First, employees are also consumers. To reduce employment is to reduce the product market, which is bad for industrialists and for capitalism itself.

As a professor of management, I often use an incident that supposedly took place between Henry Ford II and Walter Reuther, leader of the United Automobile Workers union, to illustrate this point.

While showing Reuther the new automated assembly lines at his auto plant, Ford subtly threatened the future of the union: “How are you going to get these robots to pay your union dues? Unfazed, Reuther replied, “How are you going to get them to buy your cars?”

Two huge robotic arms sitting in a large empty garage
The patented RoboTire robotic systems use software to automatically change vehicle tires.
(Rick Osentoski/AP Images for RoboTire)

Second, companies can easily solve problems with new technologies by employing human workers to take over. Take for example the failure of automation in the fast food industry and the story of Flippy, the hamburger flipping robot, which lasted a single day, only to be replaced by human workers when it failed. could not meet the demand. Such examples reveal how workers provide an easy substitute for automation that fails to cut the mustard (or flip the hamburger).



Read more: COVID-19 has fueled automation – but human involvement remains essential


The current situation is different because employers are struggling to recruit workers. The use of automation becomes a necessity rather than a source of competitive advantage. Additionally, labor shortages mean that turning to workers to replace failing technology is a less viable strategy, so companies are more likely to persevere in introducing new technology.

The future of automation

It has been argued that around half of the activities undertaken by workers could be automated by 2055. This does not mean that all of these activities will be automated. Nor does it mean that 50% of jobs will necessarily disappear in the next 30 years without other jobs appearing as a result.

However, the current circumstances, especially the labor shortage, are a powerful motivation for automation. We could see a significant increase in the use of automation in the workplace over the next few years.

The challenges of filling vacancies may be good news for workers now, but the longer-term consequences remain to be seen.

Affordable car rental stands due to Covid-19 and smaller fleets

0

The cost of hiring a car abroad has jumped by more than 100% since pre-pandemic times, while a severe shortage of supply means many Irish could struggle to secure a rental in any price in the coming months.

Rising demand, coupled with a chronic shortage of components needed to manufacture cars as well as post-Covid market complications, has sent prices skyrocketing. And that means costs have more than doubled, even in destinations that have traditionally been cheap for car hire.

Recent research by consumer groups across Europe suggests fares at major holiday destinations are up 135% on 2019 as rental companies find it difficult, if not impossible, to meet demand in the face of an anticipated crisis. increase in leisure travel this summer.

When the coronavirus hit in the spring of 2020, the international travel industry came to a halt, forcing car rental companies around the world to sell a large percentage of their fleets just to stay afloat.

According to a study published last week by French car rental comparison site Carigimi, there has been a 40% drop in rental cars on the market between 2020 and 2021.

Production difficulties

While the selloff worked in the short term, it left businesses with headaches heading into the summer of 2022.

They encountered enormous difficulties in resupplying their fleets. This is due to an ongoing shortage of semiconductors that has forced automakers around the world to slow down or halt production of certain models.

Automakers have also geared their business towards individual consumers rather than wholesale rental companies to maximize their profits. In the past, rental companies have been able to order vehicles in bulk and take advantage of deep discounts, but as the market has become a seller’s market, they have suddenly become the least attractive market for manufacturers.

According to UK consumer group Which? things are now “so bad that at peak times in 2022, it’s likely that some places won’t have any cars to rent at all”.

The price spiral began last summer, although few Irish people travel, car rental inflation has not attracted much attention in this part of the world. But it is likely to attract many more this summer.

“Last-minute bookers in high season can expect to pay the highest prices,” warns Which? spokesperson Guy Hobbs.

“The rental companies have now missed nearly two years of trading at a normal level and need to recoup some of their losses,” Mr Hobbs said.

“Many have kept their heads above water by selling vehicles, helping to manage costs and generate cash. Some fleets have been reduced by up to 30% of normal levels. But as demand slowly returned, rental car companies had limited financial reserves to replenish. And when they were able to order new vehicles, they faced wait times from manufacturers of up to a year due to plant closures and shortages of raw materials.

“Right now car rental fleets are small and businesses can’t grow. . . But even when the manufacturing bottleneck ends, it will take time for car rental companies to rebuild. their fleets and recoup the losses of the past two years. With nearly two years of pent-up travel demand, if this summer sees significantly fewer restrictions, it’s likely providers will struggle to keep up with rental car demand.” , Mr. Hobbs added.

Fears over demand have also prompted many people to book much earlier for summer 2022, so many deals that might have been on the table have already been closed.

The Irish Times Readers’ Experience

Irish Times readers have reported huge price increases in recent weeks.

“I’m traveling to Canada in August for a family wedding,” Michelle McGinley said.

“We thought we’d make it a short trip, worked out an itinerary, booked accommodation and left what I thought would be the easiest but until the end – car rental.

“In 2018, I booked an SUV for 22 days for $1,014, leaving San Francisco and driving back to Seattle. € for an 11 day trip Alas no The quote I got for an SUV was €2633 More than double the cost for half the time.

Paul Bermingham is going to Orlando for two weeks this summer.

“It’s one of those, like many I’m sure, that has been rescheduled from 2020. We paid €549 for our car for the two weeks, my daughter decided she would also get one car and book now for the same car and same period was €1,250.

The word Claire McDermott used to describe the hikes was “shocking.” She had booked a Renault Clio Estate for a week in Portugal in August 2020.

“It was booked for €260 in total including local taxes etc. The same car in August is €560!”

Piramal company | Future of Nalco May: Traders may be short on Piramal Enterprise and Future of Nalco May: Gaurav Ratnaparkhi, Sharekhan

0
Nifty has formed a “Death Cross” formation over the past week, and several technical parameters suggest the index should remain under pressure next week, according to Gaurav Ratnaparkhi – Head of Technical Research at Sharekhan by BNP Paribas.

In an interview with ETMarkets, Ratnaparkhi said that for the Nifty, 17400-17500 is a crucial resistance zone. Unless this barrier is removed on the upside, the Nifty is likely to retest last week’s low at 16824; below which 16600 will be the next target. Edited excerpts:

A volatile week for Indian markets, but the bears remained in check despite seeing a pullback for a few sessions. What led to the price action?
The Nifty formed a Doji pattern on the weekly chart for the first week of April. The pattern formed near the weekly upper Bollinger Band as well as near a falling trend line taken from the October high.

Thereupon, the index entered a short-term correction mode and broke above short-term support levels on the downside.

On the way down, the index has created a gap area on the daily chart and with the recent minor bounce, it has attempted to close this gap area over the past week.

However, the index faced another round of selling near the upper end of the gap zone which pushed the index up again towards the end of the week.

We are about to enter the F&O expiration week. We’ve seen Death cross both indices over the past week. Are there any specific levels investors should watch out for for Nifty and NiftyBank?
As you rightly mentioned, Nifty has been doing “Death Cross” training over the past week. Several technical parameters suggest that the index should remain under pressure next week.

For the Nifty, 17400-17500 is a crucial resistance area. Unless this barrier is removed on the upside, the Nifty is likely to retest last week’s low at 16824; below which 16600 will be the next target.

Nifty Bank underperformed Nifty last week, and it should be one of the main downside forces.

Looking ahead, Nifty Bank is likely to break last week’s low at 35926 and may drop towards the daily lower Bollinger Band, which is near 35000. On the other hand, 36800-37000 will act as a short-term ceiling .

On a sector basis, energy stocks, oil and gas stocks rose while selling pressure showed up in computer and banking stocks. What led to the price action?
The energy space has been seeing strong traction for the past few weeks. The same is true for the Nifty Energy Index as it rallies with the expansion of the daily and weekly upper Bollinger Bands.

We expect this sector to remain on an upward trajectory. The IT sector, on the other hand, has seen a sharp decline over the past 2-3 weeks.

Selling pressure intensified as the index broke through its short-term moving averages in the penultimate week. This sharp drop pushed the daily momentum indicators into the oversold zone, which is now poised for recovery.

So, a rebound in the IT space is on the cards. The banking space, on the other hand, is expected to continue with the correction phase

The US Fed has announced an aggressive rate hike of 50 basis points in the near future. Do you think it’s priced in or that we might see further adjustments in global investors’ portfolios that could weigh on markets? FIIs withdrew more than Rs 26,000 cr from the spot segment of Indian stock markets.
The likelihood of an aggressive rate hike had increased following the release of consumer inflation data last month. However, the Fed Chairman’s overall stance also appeared quite hawkish with an inflation moderation target of 2%.

This pissed off the markets. But the markets tend to quickly absorb these developments. Given the difficult macroeconomic conditions, foreign investors have drawn money out of emerging markets in general and India in particular due to India’s outperformance over the past year.

FII exits could continue in the immediate term. But domestic inflows are strong and foreign selling pressure is easing at lower levels.

Where is the smart money going? Have you noticed a change in the trading pattern – conservative or aggressive?
In terms of sector rotation, the automotive and infrastructure sectors will be on the radar going forward. After a brief pause over the penultimate week, these sectors are kicking off a new leg of the rally.

The short-term and medium-term structure of these two sectors shows inherent strength. We therefore expect this space to outperform over the next two months.

That said, the larger end of the market is where the main problem lies. The broader market, particularly the small cap space, is expected to see much more pain relative to large caps over the coming months.

Thus, market participants should be very careful about their exposure to small caps.

Your 3-5 trading ideas for the next 3-4 weeks?
Here is a list of trading ideas –

Maruti Suzuki India: Buy| LTP Rs 7903 | Stop Loss Rs 7600 | Target Rs 8300-8510 | Up 7%

The stock came out of a short-term consolidation. He came out of a side channel and started the next stage.

The daily momentum indicator has triggered a bullish crossover and started a new upward cycle from the balance line

Piramale Companies: Sell MAY FUT | LTP 2179.10 | Stop Loss Rs 2280 | Target 2080-2000| 4-8% drop

The stock recently stumbled near its crucial weekly moving averages where it formed an inside bar pattern on the daily and weekly charts and entered a correction mode.

Going down, it broke its daily moving averages as well as the swing low. The daily momentum indicator is in line with the decline

Domestic Aluminum: Sell MAY FUT | LTP Rs 115.90 | Stop Loss 121 | Target 110-104| Disadvantage 9%

The stock has formed a Double Top pattern, which is a bearish pattern and has entered a corrective phase.

It has fallen below its short-term supports and is expected to fall with the daily lower Bollinger Band. The daily and weekly momentum indicators are in bearish mode.

(Disclaimer: The recommendations, suggestions, views and opinions given by the experts belong to them. These do not represent the views of Economic Times)

PCTEL, Inc. Declares Quarterly Dividend of $0.06 (NASDAQ: PCTI)

0

PCTEL, Inc. (NASDAQ:PCTI – Get Rating) announced a quarterly dividend on Thursday, April 21, Zacks reports. Shareholders of record on Friday, May 6 will receive a dividend of 0.055 per share from the wireless communications provider on Friday, May 13. This represents an annualized dividend of $0.22 and a dividend yield of 5.00%. The ex-dividend date is Thursday, May 5.

PCTI stock opened at $4.40 on Friday. The company has a market capitalization of $81.20 million, a P/E ratio of 440.44 and a beta of 0.35. PCTEL has a 1-year low of $4.22 and a 1-year high of $7.15. The company’s 50-day moving average is $4.65 and its 200-day moving average is $5.26.

PCTEL (NASDAQ:PCTI – Get Rating) last announced its results on Thursday, February 24. The wireless communications provider reported EPS of $0.08 for the quarter. The company had revenue of $26.01 million for the quarter. PCTEL had a return on equity of 2.92% and a net margin of 0.17%.

Separately, StockNews.com began covering PCTEL in a report on Tuesday. They issued a “buy” rating on the stock.

A number of large investors have recently bought and sold shares of PCTI. Morgan Stanley increased its stake in PCTEL by 43.7% in the third quarter. Morgan Stanley now owns 25,619 shares of the wireless communications provider worth $159,000 after buying an additional 7,789 shares last quarter. Millennium Management LLC increased its stake in PCTEL by 7.1% during the 4th quarter. Millennium Management LLC now owns 189,324 shares of the wireless communications provider worth $1,073,000 after buying an additional 12,473 shares last quarter. BlackRock Inc. increased its stake in PCTEL by 0.6% during the 4th quarter. BlackRock Inc. now owns 431,328 shares of the wireless communications provider worth $2,445,000 after buying an additional 2,409 shares last quarter. Finally, Norges Bank acquired a new position in PCTEL during the 4th quarter with a value of $61,000. 54.67% of the shares are currently held by hedge funds and other institutional investors.

About PCTEL (Get a rating)

PCTEL, Inc, together with its subsidiaries, provides industrial Internet of Things (IoT) devices, antenna systems, and test and measurement solutions worldwide. The company designs and manufactures precision antennas and industrial IoT devices that are deployed in small cells, enterprise Wi-Fi access points, fleet and transit management systems, and equipment and devices. for industrial IoT.

Recommended Stories

Dividend History for PCTEL (NASDAQ:PCTI)



Get news and reviews for PCTEL Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analyst ratings for PCTEL and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s FREE daily newsletter.

Calgary home rental market heats up alongside real estate sales – Calgary

0

As Calgary’s housing market continues to heat up, finding a place to rent is also becoming more competitive.

It’s to the point that potential tenants will make rental offers before they even set foot in the house.

“This property was listed this morning around 10 a.m.,” Shamon Kureshi, CEO of property management firm Hope Street, told Global News of a home.

Read more:

February sales record set in Calgary as home sales rise

The property is a rare detached home to rent in Auburn Bay – at a high rate.

Within hours, seven people asked about it.

“Of those seven requests, three were confirmed for viewings and there was one request that was sent by someone who is willing to rent the property without seeing it because that is the reality of the market we are in. currently find,” Kureshi said.

The story continues under the ad

“It is difficult to keep (houses) available for more than a few days. And in many cases, properties are rented out before previous tenants move out.

“So there’s no downtime and that’s positive for landlords, but it’s also quite challenging for people looking to rent homes.”

It continues a trend the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation documented in its annual rental market report released in February, with the rental vacancy rate dropping from 6.6% in 2020 to 5.1% annually. latest.

“We expect the vacancy rate to continue to decline as demand returns to Calgary as Calgary continues its economic recovery as jobs continue to grow in Calgary,” said analyst Michael Mak. major in economics at CMHC.


Click to play the video:







Bidding wars escalate in hot Calgary real estate market


Bidding wars escalate in hot Calgary real estate market – February 2, 2022

Mak noted that the Bank of Canada’s interest rate hike will likely have a chilling effect on record sales figures, but he expects to see strong sales through 2023.

The story continues under the ad

Kureshi said some landlords who turned to renting out their property during a weak real estate market are reconsidering their decision.

“What we’re seeing is that a lot of these owners are now turning to the real estate sales market, which is on fire as we know, and it’s getting very interesting to sell their property, to get cash and move on,” he said. . “However, the downside is that it takes a huge chunk of the inventory available in the rental market and it becomes a supply and demand curve.”

Read more:

Calgary’s new home market is vibrant, but faces a number of hurdles

The CMHC report noted that areas like the Beltline have recently seen apartment additions to the market.

But supply and demand are probably not the only factors affecting rent.

“From a rental rate perspective, we feel like we’re on the back end of a huge, long-running increase, and some of that is only 10 years old,” Kureshi said. “There really hasn’t been any significant price growth in the rental industry in Alberta over the last decade that hasn’t kept up with inflation, construction, renovation, taxes.”

The Hope Street CEO had some simple advice for people looking to rent homes.

“If you’re looking to rent a house right now, you really have to be quick. You need to know exactly what you want. And when you see it, there’s not really a lot of time to sit down and think about it or discuss it.

© 2022 Global News, a division of Corus Entertainment Inc.

Car Rental Platform Market Size, Scope and Forecast

0

New Jersey, United States – the Car rental platform market is the ultimate tool to help industries, businesses and organizations make informed decisions for their business growth. With the help of the market tactics and strategies discussed here, it becomes easy for the trading players to maintain their position in the market. Market research plays an important role in gaining a better perspective as well as an understanding of the market scenario and the target market. It also allows participating companies to stay ahead of the competition. It reduces investment risk and helps companies make calculated decisions. It also helps with strategic planning. This market analysis report makes it easy to spot new trends. This Car Rental Platform market research report outlines various techniques that can be used to identify development trends.

This Car Rental Platform Market analysis report provides significant and stable data related to market growth by observing several key business segments. This data helps economic players to make the right decisions in their business. This detailed market research report plays an important role in helping business players to generate huge revenue and grow their business. It also discusses significant aspects including changing customer preferences, socio-economic changes, rise of competitors and forecast of potential manufacturers and market size for the period 2022-2029. This useful Car Rental Platform market research report covers several fundamental factors influencing market growth.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=58910

Key Players Mentioned in the Car Rental Platform Market Research Report:

Avis Budget Group Inc., Eco Rent a Car, Enterprise Holdings Inc., Europcar Group, Car2go, Hertz Corp., Sixt, Movida, Ace Rent-a-car, Global Cars, Localiza�Rent-a-car SA, Advantage Rent -a-car, National Car Rental, Locamerica, others.

This Car Rental Platform Market report covers major market segments based on type, application and region. The regional analysis segment includes key regions such as Europe, North America, Middle East, Africa and Asia-Pacific. It shows important business metrics including population density, quality, development, and overall market scenarios. It also discusses important data covering key industry topics such as market expansion and changing market situation. This in-depth Car Rental Platform Market report also sheds light on important technologies and helps organizations better understand the buying habits of their customers. It shows the global market scenario for the forecast period 2022-2029.

Car Rental Platform Market Segmentation:

Car Rental Platform Market, By Type

• Luxury
• Executive
• Economy
• SUVs
• MUV

Car Rental Platform Market, By Application

• Local use
• Airport transportation
• External station
• Others

Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=58910

Scope of the Car Rental Platform Market Report

ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
FORECAST YEAR 2029
HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

It becomes easy to determine the pulse of the market with this detailed analysis of the car rental platform market. Key players can find all competitive data and market size of major regions like North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia-Pacific and Middle East. As part of the competitive analysis, certain strategies are profiled which are pursued by key players such as mergers, collaborations, acquisitions and new product launches. These strategies will greatly help industry players to strengthen their position in the market and grow their business.

Answers to key questions in the report:

1. Who are the top five players in the car rental platform market?

2. How will the car rental platform market evolve over the next five years?

3. Which product and application will occupy the lion’s share of the car rental platform market?

4. What are the drivers and restraints of the Car Rental Platform Market?

5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

6. What will be the CAGR and size of the car rental platform market throughout the forecast period?

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/car-rental-platform-market/

Visualize the Car Rental Platform Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the car rental platform market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

About Us: Verified Market Research®

Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and gas. Etc.

At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

Verified Market Research®

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

Paper on SWIFT’s digital assets: DeFi is not a mainstream future – Ledger Insights

0

Yesterday the SWIFT Institute published an article on digital assets written by Professor Alistair Milne of Loughborough University School of Business. Professor Milne envisions the widespread adoption of digital assets, but predicts that decentralized finance (DeFi), where there is a direct exchange of crypto assets without intermediaries, will continue as a “fringe” activity. Instead, institutions will play a central role in digital assets.

The document was commissioned by SWIFT but is not reviewed by the organization nor does it represent its views.

Professor Milne’s observation may sound provocative, but most crypto transactions go through exchanges that may be more heavily regulated in the future.

He makes some useful observations about what makes digital assets distinctive. “To some extent, new digital assets are simply the presentation of ‘old wines in new bottles,'” he writes. But he thinks digital assets are new because they involve the owner directly holding the assets rather than through financial intermediaries.

Historically, assets have been held directly. Only in the last 150 or so years has there been this shift to indirect holding both for cash through banks and for investments through depositories.

As a result, there is “no need for settlement” with digital assets. Transactions involving conventional assets are generally divided into two parts, the trading side and the post-trade side, which involves the payment and transfer of the asset. With digital assets, trade, settlement and transfer are all part of an atomic transaction.

As a result, many of the business models of these intermediaries will be challenged by this shift to direct holdings. The costs of switching are very high, as are the potential regulatory changes required if one moves away from typical two-day settlement and clearing. Of course, there are also huge potential savings from efficiency gains that can be gleaned.

Regulation

The document divides digital assets into three compartments: cryptocurrencies and anything that runs on a ledger without permission; regulated digital currency; and authorized ledgers used for digital securities and capital market automation.

When it comes to DeFi and cryptocurrencies, “all regulation can do is control the regulatory perimeter, the boundary between decentralized finance and traditional finance.” However, Prof Milne notes that most crypto transactions are conducted through intermediaries, so crypto exchanges can expect to be regulated.

One area Professor Milne does not explore is that of certain moves in the DeFi world to have permissioned DeFi pools such as Aave Arc running on permissionless blockchains. And several players are working on a decentralized identity to make KYC possible for DeFi outside of centralized exchanges.

Another point is not said in the document. And this is where SWIFT fits into a future of digital assets when there is no need for a separate payment message from digital cash.

Therefore, last year SWIFT launched a series of experiments with Accenture to explore its potential roles. One area it is investigating is whether it can be a trusted third party to enable interoperability between central bank digital currencies (CBDCs) and non-CBDC payment networks as well as digital asset networks. It also plans to operate a DLT network on which the CBDCs are built.


Nathan Reardon has threatened to evict the tenants if he doesn’t get the rental funds he was forbidden to seek

0

Nathan Reardon applied 11 times for federal rental assistance funds for apartments he rented in Dexter, Howland and Solon. Throughout the time he applied for the funds, between November and March, the businessman was barred from doing so as a condition of his release on bail.

The extent of Reardon’s offers for further COVID-19 assistance was revealed in court documents that were released Wednesday as the 44-year-old was arrested on bail violation charges.

Reardon, the head of a sprawling business empire that includes dozens of entities and an operation through which he rents apartments without owning them, will now await trial on the federal fraud charges behind those bail conditions in prison. Court documents show that Reardon persisted in seeking the funds he was prohibited from seeking to the point of threatening to evict the tenants if he did not receive them sooner.

Last year, Reardon became the first Mainer charged with defrauding the federal Paycheck Protection Program, by allegedly obtaining a $60,000 loan from fraudulent premises. While out on bail, his business activities included an attempt to set up an auto repair and sales business in a part of the Bangor shopping center that city officials have now sealed off because of Reardon.

As he continued to apply for rental assistance for the apartments he oversaw, the Bangor social services agency that disbursed the funds grew concerned last month that some of the units Reardon was renting were unfinished and dangerous, according to a court affidavit by probation officer Gian-Luigi Zucchi.

That same month, Reardon repeatedly demanded in emails that Penquis immediately return thousands of dollars to him and threatened to evict the tenants if he did not receive the money, according to the affidavit.

These emails continued until last Friday, when Reardon wrote: “Trial to come. You will be listed. Thanks for screwing up my business. I will never make this mistake again. All tenants in the state are evicted because of this 3rd defect.

Federal prosecutors used the details of the affidavit to build their case that Reardon actively solicited funds he was prohibited from seeking without his probation officer’s approval.

Reardon’s bail conditions set last April prevented him from applying for pandemic-related financial assistance without probation officer approval. In the affidavit, his probation officer said Reardon never asked for this clearance. Reardon’s attorney argued his client was unaware he was seeking federal COVID-19 funds.

US Magistrate John Nivison agreed with federal prosecutors. “There is no ambiguity. There is no gray area here,” he said.

The pot of money Reardon asked for 11 times came from more than $350 million Maine received through two federal coronavirus relief programs to support low-income renters. The Maine State Housing Authority disburses the money through local agencies such as Bangor-based Penquis.

Landlords must apply for the money to receive it directly, as Reardon did, under Maine State Housing Authority rules.

Reardon applied once each in November and December 2021, twice in January 2022, three times in February and four times in March, according to Zucchi.

The claims filed by Reardon were for units at Howland, Dexter and Solon.

In Howland, a basement apartment visited by the Bangor Daily News had no toilets when tenants moved in last month, and exposed wires remained even after Reardon announced he would fix the property.

Exposed wires hang from the ceiling in the hallway of Star Latti’s apartment. Credit: Linda Coan O’Kresik / BDN

In Dexter, a tenant was taken to hospital by ambulance in early March for carbon monoxide poisoning, according to court documents. The local code enforcement officer also found security breaches there and said he may have to condemn the unit.

In Solon, Reardon rented a flat above the former Solon Superette store which he briefly reopened before apparently abandoning the business.

The Solon Variety, formerly called Solon Superette, is leased by Nathan Reardon and is no longer open for business. The tenants rent an apartment above the store. Credit: Linda Coan O’Kresik / BDN

Reardon identified himself as an individual landlord in more than half of the emergency rental assistance applications. Reardon signed the others on behalf of his company Ultimate Property Holdings, which the probation officer said had no authority to do business in Maine.

Ultimate Property Holdings is one of more than 60 companies that Reardon lists in its business portfolio on its website. He has an active business registration in Florida, but none in Maine.

Reardon’s federal trial is scheduled to begin on June 7. He can appeal the decision to revoke his bond.

Global Machinery opens two new sites: Utah, Arizona: CEG

0

World Machinery added two new locations to its territory map. The Phoenix site (775 West Elwood St.) and Salt Lake City site (2187 South Technology Park Way) join existing Global Machinery sites in Denver, Colorado (headquarters), Sacramento, CA and Boise, Ida.

Global Machinery plans to hire team members from all areas of the business (sales, rentals, service and parts) to promote the product line in these two new locations.

“We are excited about our expansion into the Phoenix and Salt Lake City markets to better serve our customers across the West in the excavation, utility, mining, forestry and maintenance of trees in the construction industry,” said Jeff Brown, president of Global Machinery.

Takeuchi, Mecalac, Bandit, Avant, Kaiser Premier, FAE, Bron, Thaler, Furukawa and Universal HDD are just a handful of the long list of brands supported by Global Machinery in some or all of their locations.

“One of the main reasons we have achieved the success that has allowed us to grow so rapidly over the past few years is the strong partnerships we share with several industry-leading manufacturers,” Brown said.

For more information visit https://www.globalmachinery.com/

About Global Machinery

Global Machinery specializes in providing equipment solutions for a variety of construction industry segments. When founded in Denver, Colorado in 1994, Global Machinery established associates worldwide to market quality used equipment and service support internationally. In 1996, Global Machinery expanded into the rental business, followed in 1999 by opening a new location in Sacramento. Since 2003, the company has continued to expand its product offering and industry reach to include multiple equipment categories, eventually opening a new headquarters in Denver in 2017, followed by its Boise location in 2020.

Rent the car of your dreams during your next vacation in Bali or Java with TREVO!

0

After 2 years of pandemic and with the current reduction in travel restrictions, we are all excited and eager to start exploring the beauty that Indonesia has to offer with our family or friends during the upcoming Lebaran holiday season.

When planning your trip, it is good to know that TREVO car rental request is here to provide you with the vehicle you need.

Whether you’re looking for a family car in Yogyakarta, a motorhome for camping in Bandung, a car to fit your surfboards in Bali, or you’re looking for the feeling of riding that classic Chevrolet Tame Impala with your friends, TREVO offers you thousands of different vehicles to choose from. And it doesn’t just stop at cars, you can also find helicopter ridesmotorbikes and yachts on the platform – giving you an experience you will never forget!

TREVO is Indonesia’s fastest growing car rental app that connects renters with thousands of trusted hosts who give you a wide variety of vehicles to choose from. Created at the end of 2020, after its successful launch in Malaysia, TREVO is keen to spread the #TREVOLUTION across Indonesia. With its most recent expansion to Yogyakarta, Semarang and Surabaya, TREVO is now available in all major cities in Java as well as Bali, giving thousands of customers the opportunity to rent a vehicle as if it were their own. .

Besides the wide variety of vehicles available in the app, TREVO has several other benefits to make your life easier. Don’t want to leave your house to pick up the car you rented? Use TREVO Delivery to have the vehicle of your dreams delivered to your doorstep! Vehicles delivered by TREVO dealers are also equipped with sanitary kits, ensuring a safe journey wherever you go. You can also opt for the chauffeured option if you want to stretch out and relax in the backseat on the go or choose to rent the car without a driver, to enjoy the freedom of going on a road trip yourself.

To TREVO, we believe in the “what you see is what you get” policy when it comes to booking your car. With thousands of verified hosts ready for you, worrying about hidden or extra fees won’t be a burden anymore! I can’t wait to start your journey with TREVO? Download the TREVO app now, and try it yourself this holiday season!

Trevo

Special for this Eid holiday season, TREVO brings you a 35% off on your car reservation and removes the mileage limit if you are traveling within Java. Book now before April 30, 2022 using the promo code ‘LEBARAN35’ traveling during the holiday season (April 28 – May 8, 2022).

Book the car of your dreams for your Eid holidays in TREVO now!

Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Announces Quarterly Dividend

0

LOWELL, Mass., April 19, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) EBTC

On April 19, 2022, the board of directors of Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. declared a quarterly dividend of $0.205 per share to be paid on June 1, 2022 to shareholders of record as of May 11, 2022. The 2022 dividend rate represents an increase of 10.8% compared to the 2021 dividend rate.

Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. is a Massachusetts corporation that conducts substantially all of its operations through Enterprise Bank and Trust Company, commonly referred to as Enterprise Bank. Enterprise Bank is primarily involved in attracting deposits from the general public and investing in commercial loans and investment securities. Through Enterprise Bank and its subsidiaries, the Company offers a range of commercial, residential and consumer loan products, deposit products and cash management services, electronic and digital banking options, commercial insurance services, as well as wealth management and trust services. The Company’s headquarters and the principal office of Enterprise Bank are located at 222 Merrimack Street in Lowell, Massachusetts. The Company’s primary market is North Middlesex, North Essex and North Worcester counties in Massachusetts and South Hillsborough and South Rockingham counties in New Hampshire. Enterprise Bank has 26 full-service branches located in the Massachusetts communities of Acton, Andover, Billerica (2), Chelmsford (2), Dracut, Fitchburg, Lawrence, Leominster, Lexington, Lowell (2), Methuen, North Andover, Tewksbury (2), Tyngsborough and Westford and in the New Hampshire communities of Derry, Hudson, Nashua (2), Pelham, Salem and Windham. The company is in the process of building a branch in Londonderry, New Hampshire, and expects that branch to open in May 2022.

Contact Information: Joseph R. Lussier, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (978) 656-5578

Facilities Management Market to Hit $1,759.25 Billion by

0

Pune, India, April 18, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The Global Facilities Management Market is expected to reach USD 1,759.25 billion by 2028, showing an excellent CAGR of 5.0% during the forecast period. In both developing and developed countries, government agencies nowadays are persistently trying to enhance their economic diversifications. To do this, they invest colossal sums in non-economic sectors, which also includes the tourism sector. According to a report published by Fortune Business Insights, in a report titled “Facilities Management Market Share, 2021-2028”. The market size stood at USD 1,249.45 billion in 2021

The Facilities Management Market is expected to grow from USD 1,249.45 Billion in 2021 to USD 1,759.25 Billion in 2028 at a CAGR of 5.0% during the period 2021-2028.

Get a sample PDF brochure:

https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/enquiry/request-sample-pdf/facility-management-market-101658

Industry developments:

  • April 2021: UDS, a leading facility management company based in India, introduced its new website which would allow customers to navigate easily. At the same time, they could read in-depth blogs about how the company plays a vital role in a wide range of industries.
  • April 2021: Tork has announced the launch of its latest hygiene package called Tork Office Hygiene Package. It would provide tailored solutions to facility managers associated with new challenges faced in several areas of office buildings, such as restrooms, receptions, break rooms, conference rooms and workspaces.

Regional outlook

Booming Industrialization in China and India to Drive Asia-Pacific Demand

The market size in Asia-Pacific was $479.53 billion in 2020. The region is estimated to dominate the market during the forecast period. China, one of the leading countries in the region, has a population of nearly 1.39 billion, which enables the country to provide cheaper labor than other countries. This makes the country a favorite location for industries across the world to establish their manufacturing units. On the other hand, India is an emerging nation in terms of industrialization, which is again supported by the second largest population in the country. These factors are expected to increase the facilities management market share in the region.

The market in North America is expected to show considerable growth over the forecasted period. The rapid adoption of latest technologies, such as 5G, Internet of Things, and Artificial Intelligence by several end-user industries, is expected to accelerate the demand for facility management in the region.

Browse the abstract of this research report:

https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/industry-reports/facility-management-market-101658

Competitive landscape

Strategic partnerships to help key players acquire new customers

Key companies operating in the global market are focusing on strategic partnerships to add more services to their portfolios. This will help them acquire new customers. For example, in June 2020, Sodexo, a leading hotel management company, partnered with Bureau Veritas, a pioneer in testing and inspection services. This partnership will help Sodexo obtain a hygiene verification label for its services.

Report Scope and Segmentation:

Report cover Details
Forecast period 2021 to 2028
Forecast Period 2021 to 2028 CAGR 5.0%
2028 value projection $17,593.25 billion
Year of reference 2020
Market size in 2021 $1249.45 billion
Historical data for 2017 to 2019
Number of pages 120
Segments Covered By type of service, industry, by region
Growth engines Growth in the infrastructure sector to drive the growth of the facilities management market
Investment in the tourism industry by the governments of several countries is a vital trend
Adoption of facilities management services by governments to increase after COVID-19 pandemic
Pitfalls and Challenges Lack of stable contracts, limited use of technology and lack of capacity and resources to hinder growth

The list of major companies operating in the facilities management market includes:

  • Sodexo (France)
  • CBRE Group, Inc. (USA)
  • ISS A/S (Denmark)
  • Compass Group (UK)
  • Aramark (USA)
  • Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (USA)
  • Cushman & Wakefield plc. (United States)
  • Tenon Group (India)
  • Johnson Controls International plc (Ireland)
  • Dussmann Group (Germany)

Request customization:

https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/enquiry/customization/facility-management-market-101658

Determining factors

Put more emphasis on infrastructure development to drive growth

Infrastructure development has been a key factor in the overall development of nations around the world. For example, according to Business Roundtable estimates, an investment equivalent to 1% of US GDP would have added nearly $320 billion to the country’s economic output. Rising investment in infrastructure development by governments and major corporations across the globe is expected to drive the growth of the facilities management market. Additionally, the rapid industrialization of developing countries globally is expected to further drive the demand for facility management services. However, the majority of key countries lack the resources for aid companies to provide cutting-edge services. This can hamper long-term growth.

The real estate segment held a 29.6% share in 2019: Fortune Business Insights™

Based on the type of service, the facilities management market is divided into hardware services, software services and others. By sector, it is fragmented into healthcare, government, education, military and defense, real estate and others (IT and telecommunications and BFSI). Among these, the real estate segment generated 29.6% in terms of facility management market share in 2019. This growth is attributable to the expansion of the construction industry worldwide.

An overview of the impact of COVID-19 on this market:

The emergence of COVID-19 has paralyzed the world. We understand that this health crisis has had an unprecedented impact on businesses in all sectors. However, this too will pass. Growing support from governments and several businesses can help fight this highly contagious disease. Some industries are struggling and others are thriving. Overall, almost every industry is expected to be impacted by the pandemic.

We are making continuous efforts to help your business sustain and grow during the COVID-19 pandemics. Based on our experience and expertise, we will offer you an impact analysis of the coronavirus epidemic in all sectors to help you prepare for the future.

Quick Buy – Facilities Management Market:

https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/checkout-page/101658

Main Table of Content of Facilities Management Market Research Report:

    • Definition, by segment
    • Research approach
    • Sources
  • Summary
  • Asia-Pacific Facilities Management Market Dynamics
    • Macro and micro economic indicators
    • Drivers, constraints, opportunities and trends
    • Impact of COVID-19
      • Short term impact
      • Long term impact
  • Competition landscape
    • Business strategies adopted by key players
    • Consolidated SWOT analysis of key players
    • PESTLE analysis
    • Porter’s Five Forces Analysis
    • Asia-Pacific Facilities Management Market Share Analysis and Matrix, 2019
  • Latin America Facilities Management Market Size Estimates and Forecasts (Quantitative), by Segment, 2017-2028
  • By country (value)
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Latin America
  • Middle East and Africa
  • Profiles of key players (Would be provided for 10 players only)
    • Insight
      • Key management
      • Headquarters, etc.
    • Offers/Business Segments
    • Key details (Key details are subject to data availability in the public domain and/or paid databases)

TOC Continued…!

Talk to our analyst-

https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/enquiry/speak-to-analyst/101658

Take a look at related research information:

Saudi Arabia Facilities Management Market Analysis of the size, share and impact of COVID-19, by type of service (hardware services, software services and other services), by vertical sector (healthcare, government, education, military and defense, real estate and other ) and forecast by country, 2021-2028

Software Services Installation Management Market Size, Industry Share & Analysis, By Service Type (In-house & Outsourced), By Vertical (Healthcare, Government, Education, Military & Defense, Real Estate & Others) & Regional Forecast, 2019-2026

Construction equipment rental market Size, Share, and Industry Analysis, by Equipment Type (Earth-Moving Equipment, Material Handling Equipment, Concrete and Road Construction Equipment, and Others), by Application (Residential, Commercial, and Industrial) and regional forecasts, 2019-2026

Contact us:

Fortune Business Insights Pvt. ltd.

9th floor, icon tower,

Baner – Mahalunge road, Baner,

Pune-411045, Maharashtra, India.

Call:

USA: +1 424 253 0390

UK: +44 2071 939123

APAC: +91 744 740 1245

E-mail: [email protected]

Connect with us via social media channels:

LinkedIn Facebook Twitter Blogs

Which company has the cheapest rental cars?

0

(NerdWallet) – Most travelers know that Spirit Airlines is a low-cost airline. They probably know that a Four Seasons is almost always more expensive than a Motel 6.

But when it comes to car rental companies, which one usually has the lowest prices? Is Thrifty that economical? Will Budget best help you stick to your budget?

A NerdWallet analysis conducted in March tracked 360 car rental prices at eight major US companies to find which had the cheapest car rentals – and which had the most expensive.

By almost all metrics, National Car Rental was the most expensive, followed by Alamo Rent a Car. Enterprise Rent-A-Car, Budget, Hertz and Dollar are among the cheapest.

Analysis of the cheapest car rental company

In our analysis of average rental car prices at different companies, the cost of weekly car rentals ranged from $480 to almost $700, a difference of more than $200.

The prices analyzed in this study were based on rentals on a combination of dates over the next three months, and for downtown and airport locations in the regions that host the nation’s 10 largest airports. Rental types were the cheapest option possible (usually a small sedan) that allowed you to pay at the counter (as opposed to upfront) and included taxes and fees.

The cheapest and most expensive car rental companies are owned by the same parent company. Enterprise Holdings owns and operates the Enterprise Rent-A-Car, National Car Rental and Alamo Rent A Car brands, which together represent a fleet of nearly 1.7 million vehicles through a network of more than 9,500 rental locations in the world.

Hertz Corporation, which is the parent company that operates the Hertz, Dollar, and Thrifty vehicle rental brands, was a bit more consistent across all of its brands in terms of pricing; their average weekly car rental prices were about $18 apart.

How to save on rental cars

More than $500 a week for renting a car can be a big chunk of your vacation budget. Luckily, you may not necessarily be required to pay the listed price. Here are some smart ways to save on rental cars:

Change the way you book

A separate NerdWallet study in March found that booking rental cars in advance often doesn’t save you money. If you’re okay with the uncertainty of a last-minute booking, you might actually save more than if you hadn’t been a procrastinator.

People arriving at their destination by air and intending to rent a car on landing could also save more money by booking from a nearby and off-site car rental location (as opposed to the rental car outpost located at the airport). Another NerdWallet study, also in March, found that rental cars tend to be around 20% cheaper when booked off-site cons at the airport.

Earn credit card rewards (and enjoy car insurance benefits from many credit cards)

Some credit cards for car rental outshine the others, offering bonus points and miles to pay for your car rental with this card.

While perhaps even more valuable than bonus points, there’s another lesser-known credit card benefit: rental car insurance. Many high-end credit cards offer varying degrees of rental car insurancewho can cover eligible damages in the event of rental car accident or someone breaks into your car.

Take advantage of rental car loyalty programs

Most major car rental companies offer loyalty programs that can earn you free rentals and upgrades.

While National’s car rentals tend to be among the most expensive, its loyalty program – dubbed the National Emerald Club Car Rental – is one of the best. Members with Emerald Club Executive Elite status receive one free car rental day for every five qualifying car rentals made, in addition to other benefits like free private airport delivery.

Search car rental alternatives

If all else fails, you can skip renting from a major car rental company altogether. look at car rental alternativeswhich are companies that have come up with clever ways to get behind the wheel, whether it’s peer-to-peer car rental services to borrow the vehicle from an individual owner or renting a car from a genuine car dealership (like Audi’s Silvercar service).

Key takeaways about the cheapest car hire companies

Rental cars are expensive and they don’t get any cheaper. If getting the best deal possible is a priority, it’s a good idea to browse prices from multiple car rental companies and, if you can be flexible, multiple locations in the same city.

But generally speaking, deal hunters may want to start the search with Enterprise, Budget, Hertz or Dollar – which rank among the cheapest car rental companies.

J. T. Genter contributed to this report.

Analysts set LiveRamp Holdings, Inc. (NYSE:RAMP) price target at $70.29

0

LiveRamp Holdings, Inc. (NYSE:RAMP – Get Rating) received a consensus rating of “Buy” from the nine research firms that currently cover the company, Marketbeat.com reports. One analyst gave the stock a hold rating and seven gave the company a buy rating. The 12-month average price target among brokers who updated their coverage on the stock in the past year is $70.29.

Several stock analysts have recently released reports on the company. BMO Capital Markets upgraded LiveRamp from a “market performance” rating to an “outperform” rating and set a price target of $48.00 for the company in a Tuesday, March 15 research report. Morgan Stanley cut its price target on LiveRamp from $69.00 to $63.00 and set an “overweight” rating for the company in a Thursday, Feb. 10 research report. TheStreet downgraded LiveRamp from a “c-” rating to a “d+” rating in a Friday, April 1 research report. Wells Fargo & Company reduced its price target on LiveRamp from $95.00 to $85.00 and set a “buy” rating for the company in a Thursday, February 10 research report. Finally, Zacks Investment Research upgraded LiveRamp from a “sell” rating to a “hold” rating in a Wednesday, March 2 research report.

In other LiveRamp news, insider Diego Panama sold 4,339 shares of the company in a trade on Monday, February 14. The stock was sold at an average price of $43.45, for a total value of $188,529.55. The transaction was disclosed in a legal filing with the SEC, accessible via this link. 3.34% of the shares are held by insiders.

Several hedge funds and other institutional investors have recently bought and sold shares of the company. Point72 Hong Kong Ltd increased its stake in LiveRamp by 1,000.8% during the 4th quarter. Point72 Hong Kong Ltd now owns 2,631 shares of the company valued at $126,000 after purchasing an additional 2,392 shares during the period. Advisor Group Holdings Inc. increased its stake in LiveRamp by 16.0% during Q3. Advisor Group Holdings Inc. now owns 2,798 shares of the company valued at $131,000 after purchasing an additional 386 shares during the period. PNC Financial Services Group Inc. increased its stake in LiveRamp by 55.7% during Q3. PNC Financial Services Group Inc. now owns 2,879 shares of the company valued at $136,000 after purchasing an additional 1,030 shares during the period. Public Employees Retirement System of Ohio increased its stake in LiveRamp by 9.0% during the 4th quarter. Public Employees Retirement System of Ohio now owns 3,280 shares of the company valued at $157,000 after purchasing an additional 271 shares during the period. Finally, Ieq Capital LLC acquired a new stake in LiveRamp during the 4th quarter at a value of $203,000. 92.18% of the shares are currently held by institutional investors.

RAMP shares opened at $35.98 on Wednesday. The company has a 50-day moving average of $39.27 and a two-hundred-day moving average of $45.12. LiveRamp has a 52-week low of $33.42 and a 52-week high of $58.74. The company has a market capitalization of $2.45 billion, a P/E ratio of -70.55 and a beta of 1.16.

LiveRamp (NYSE:RAMP – Get Rating) last released its results on Wednesday, February 9. The company reported EPS of $0.14 for the quarter, beating the Zacks consensus estimate of $0.11 by $0.03. LiveRamp had a negative return on equity of 1.93% and a negative net margin of 6.93%. The company had revenue of $140.60 million in the quarter. In the same quarter of the previous year, the company made ($0.18) earnings per share. As a group, analysts expect LiveRamp to post 0.16 earnings per share for the current fiscal year.

LiveRamp Company Profile (Get an evaluation)

LiveRamp Holdings, Inc, a technology company, provides enterprise data connectivity platform solutions in the United States, Europe and Asia-Pacific. The company offers RampID, a true people-based identifier that provides solutions for enablement, measurement and analytics, identity, data collaboration and data marketplace.

See also

Analyst Recommendations for LiveRamp (NYSE:RAMP)



Get news and reviews for LiveRamp Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for LiveRamp and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

What’s new at Les Commerces de Nanuet; Opening of a parkour gym in Mount Kisco

0

The Journal News/lohud.com wants to keep you up to date with all the new stores, restaurants and service providers coming to your cities. Below is a list of new businesses that have recently opened in the community.

Do you know of a new local business in Westchester, Rockland or Putnam counties? Contact reporter Heather Clark, [email protected].

New in the shops of Nanuet

Or: 5101 Fashion Drive.

What is it about?: Eight new stores and restaurants will open at The Shops at Nanuet this spring and summer.

When: The first to open on Friday will be Depo House, a home decor, furniture and rug store. On Monday, Eden Nail and Spa opens its doors and offers manicures and pedicures as well as waxing services. On April 21, Ideal Image will open, a “personalized beauty and well-being service”.

Portabella, a clothing and shoe store for all ages and genders, and Saba Rugs & Flooring, offering “hand-knotted rugs” as well as carpet cleaning and repairs, will also open this spring, although they don’t have official opening dates.

This summer will be Sombrero Tacoria, a Mexican restaurant. Buffalo Wild Wings, where customers can find burgers, wings and more, and financial advisory firm Fidelity Investments, are listed as coming soon, with no official opening date.

Head toward simon.com/mall/the-shops-at-nanuet for more information and to keep an eye out for openings.

The Mount Vernon Enterprise truck rental location.

Enterprise Truck Rental, Mount Vernon

Or: 770 Columbus Ave South.

When: March 7.

What is it about?: New to Mount Vernon, Enterprise Truck Rental is a subsidiary of Enterprise Rent-A-Car. The Mount Vernon location allows customers to rent vans, towable pickups, and box trucks. The location will serve customers in Westchester as well as the Bronx.

For more information, visit enterprisetrucks.com/truckrental.

News: How hot is the real estate market near Westchester and Rockland?

For subscribers: Sam’s of Gedney Way reopens after refurbishment

Business: White Plains DMV closed; temporary offices have opened in Tarrytown

Pedra Rustica US, Croton-on-Hudson

Or: 1360 Albany Post Road.

When: Open in February.

What is it about?: Pedra Rustica US, a stone importing wholesaler, recently opened a showroom in Croton-on-Hudson. It offers “custom orders” for most outdoor products, including garden accents such as statuary as well as facades, gates, and more. To La Brazza, part of the Pedra Rustica US showroom, includes wood-burning ovens, grills, fire pits and more. The company imports products from South America and Europe. Pedra Rustica US has a warehouse in Buchanan. For more information, visit www.pedrarusticaus.com.

An athlete climbs a warped wall style obstacle at ROAM Further Athletics in Mount Kisco.

ROAM Further Athletics, Mount Kisco

Or: 333 North Bedford Road.

When: Open in January.

What is it about?: ROAM Further Athletics is a new obstacle-based fitness center located in the Mount Kisco Grand Prix building. It offers classes, private lessons, camps and more in a “Ninja Warrior” style facility. There are “Roam Free” sessions for adults with more parkour experience. as well as team building sessions. There are also a variety of classes for children of all ages.

The school also has its own café-bar and an area where course participants can relax and socialize before and after class.

ROAM Further Athletics is open Monday through Friday from 9:15 a.m. to 8:30 p.m.; Saturday 9 a.m. to 9 p.m.; and Sunday from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. For more information, visit roamfurther.com.

Heather Clark covers business openings and closings in Westchester, Rockland and Putnam counties. Keep up to date with the latest comings and goings by joining our Facebook group at What’s up there Westchester, Rockland, Putnam. Contact Clark via email, [email protected].

US Bancorp, Morgan Stanley go up; Fall of Tesla and Wells Fargo

0

NEW YORK (AP) — Stocks that traded heavily or saw significant price changes on Thursday:

Twitter Inc., down 77 cents to $45.08.

Elon Musk has offered to buy the social media company for $43 billion.

UnitedHealth Group Inc., down $2.18 to $534.82.

The insurer reported strong first-quarter earnings, although its latest earnings forecast was still well below Wall Street expectations.

Rite Aid Corp., down 27 cents at $7.22.

The drugstore chain’s fiscal loss in the fourth quarter was bigger than Wall Street expected.

US Bancorp, up $2.10 at $52.71.

Bank’s first-quarter earnings beat Wall Street forecasts


Morgan Stanley, up 63 cents at $84.76.

The investment bank’s first-quarter earnings and revenue beat analysts’ forecasts.

Protagonist Therapeutics Inc., down $5.57 to $19.95.

US regulators will rescind a special designation of a blood disorder treatment being developed by a biopharmaceutical company.

Wells Fargo, down $2.19 to $46.35.

Investors were disappointed with the bank’s first-quarter financial results.

Tesla Inc., down $37.37 to $985.

Tesla is recalling nearly 595,000 vehicles in the United States over a feature that violates federal safety standards.

Mobile Crane Rental Market Size and Share Analysis 2022-2028 – Sarens NV, Lampson International LLC, Mammoet, Maxim Crane Works, Action Construction Equipment, Tat Hong Holdings Ltd

0

the Mobile crane rental sector The report provides a comprehensive vendor review in the global market segmentation, competition, and macroeconomic climate. It also examines demographic and economic cycles as well as market-specific microeconomic consequences. The global market study includes a specific section on the competition landscape to help you better understand the Mobile Crane Rental industry. This information can help stakeholders make informed decisions before investing.

The Mobile Crane Rental report is divided into several sections: competitive environment, market events, new technologies, country and regional data on the subject of interest, and analysis of impact of pandemic, recovery strategies and post-performance. pandemics of each actor. The report also identifies key opportunities for industry players to capitalize on their topic of interest.

Get Free Sample PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.intelligencemarketreport.com/report-sample/453001

(The sample report is immediately accessible upon request)

This free sample report includes:

  • A brief introduction to the Mobile Crane Rental market research report.
  • Graphical introduction of the regional analysis.
  • Top Mobile Crane Rental Market Players with Their Revenue Analysis.
  • Selected illustrations of mobile crane rental market information and trends.
  • Sample pages of the Mobile Crane Rental Market report.

The research study includes profiles of leading companies operating in the global Mobile Crane Rental Market:

  • Sarens SA
  • Lampson International LLC
  • Mammoet
  • Maxim Crane Works
  • Action Building Equipment
  • Tat Hong Holdings Ltd
  • Buckner Heavylift Cranes, LLC
  • Prangl Gesellschaft MBH
  • Starlog Enterprises Limited

Global Mobile Crane Rental Market Segmentation:

Segment by type

  • all terrain crane
  • crawler crane
  • all terrain crane
  • truck loader crane
  • Others

Segment by application

  • Construction
  • Industrial
  • Mining and excavation
  • Marine & Offshore
  • petroleum gas
  • Others

Regional analysis covered in this report:

  • North America [United States, Canada]
  • Europe [Germany, France, U.K., Italy, Russia]
  • Asia Pacific [China, Japan, South Korea, India, Australia, China Taiwan, Indonesia, Thailand, Malaysia]
  • Latin America [Mexico, Brazil, Argentina]
  • Middle East and Africa [Turkey, Saudi Arabia, UAE]

For more information or query visit @ https://www.intelligencemarketreport.com/send-an-enquiry/453001

(Note: report will be updated with COVID-19 impact analysis prior to delivery)

Due to the issues discussed earlier, the mobile crane rental industry has been compromised. There are very few companies offering quality service in this area. As a result, customers are heavily targeted by competitors. This report helps Mobile Crane Rental clients understand current market conditions by providing insightful information from industry specialists who have successfully leveraged strategies in the Mobile Crane Rental market. The report also includes information on new products, product variants, and in-depth updates from specialists in the field. Many businesses would benefit from research on how they can expand their operations in multiple markets by creating demand for their products and services through effective use of mobile crane rentals. Micro and macro trends, significant developments and their usage and penetration among a wide variety of end users are also included in this report.

A market analysis using statistical tools provides information about the details of a particular market. These include demand, supply, storage costs, maintenance, profit, sales and production details. It also includes the mobile crane rental share, import volume, export volume and gross margin of the companies involved.

Table of Contents – Main Key Points
1 Scope of the report
2 Executive Summary
3 Global Mobile Crane Rental by Company
4 Global Historical Record of Mobile Crane Leasing by Geographical Regions
5 Americas
6 APACs
7Europe
8 Middle East and Africa
9 Market Drivers, Challenges and Trends
10 Manufacturing Cost Structure Analysis
11 Marketing, Distributors and Customer
12 Global Mobile Crane Leasing Forecast Review by Geographical Regions
Analysis of the 13 key players
14 Research findings and conclusion

Buy Single User PDF Report @ https://www.intelligencemarketreport.com/checkout/453001

Contact us:
Akash Anand
Head of business development and strategy
[email protected]
Telephone: +44 20 8144 2758

Our best-selling reports

Global Physiotherapy Market Growth (Status and Outlook) 2022-2028

Global NVH Testing Market Growth (Status and Outlook) 2022-2028

Global Smart and Mobile Supply Chain Solutions Market Opportunities and Forecast 2022-2028

Mars blew the doors of business travel – Rental Operations

0

According to TripActions Liquid, spending on car rentals increased by 45% from January to March 2022 – although this is far behind the increase in airlines and hotels for this period.

Source: TripActions


With fewer Omicron cases and lower travel restrictions, spending on business travel to the United States has seen huge growth over the past two months.

From January 2022 to March 2022, the total value of spend processed via Liquid TripActions increased by 114%. In March 2022 alone, there was a 1,681% year-over-year increase in business travel spending.

“TripActions Liquid was already close to exiting the atmosphere on its current trajectory of recurring, one-time purchases,” said Michael Sindicich, CEO of TripActions Liquid, in a blog post. “This strong comeback of travel has only added rocket fuel to the growth of the product. And as more employees hit the road and see the real value of automation and of spending reconciliation, the TripActions effect will only grow.

From January to February, travel spending increased 86%, according to TripActions Liquid, a travel and expense management company for businesses. Then, from February to March, travel spending increased another 72%.


The volume of transactions processed through TripActions Liquid increased by 107% from January to March 2022. Year over year, the increase was 1,231%.  - Source: Trip Actions

The volume of transactions processed through TripActions Liquid increased by 107% from January to March 2022. Year over year, the increase was 1,231%.

Source: TripActions


The volume of transactions processed through TripActions more than doubled (107%) from January to March 2022. This is a 1,231% year-over-year increase.

Looking at specific industries, car rental spending increased by 45% from January to March 2022, according to data from TripActions Liquid. Airlines took the top spot for the 240% increase in spending, followed by restaurants at 198%, travel agencies and tour operators at 183%, and hotels at 138%.

On TripActions, worldwide travel bookings increased 125% from January to March, an 875% increase in bookings year over year.

“What we’re seeing right now is a confluence of growing business demand and somewhat constrained capacity,” said Daniel Finkel, Chief Commercial Officer of TripActions. “Airlines are reporting a 70% resumption of business travel, but there are pilot and staff shortages and supply chain issues with aircraft deliveries. And while rising fuel prices have yet to affect fares, it could be on the horizon. Typically, airlines are starting to drastically reduce their inventory of lowest fares/advanced purchases in favor of higher fares and last minute prices.

SME Bank and AgriBee roll out unsecured agricultural loan program

0

Lim Aun (left), CEO of Small and Medium Enterprise Bank of Cambodia Plc (SME Bank), and Mak Chamroeun, Chairman of AgriBee (Cambodia) Plc, during Monday’s signing ceremony. SME BANK

The Small and Medium Enterprise Bank of Cambodia Plc (SME Bank) and AgriBee (Cambodia) Plc, a state-owned company, have entered into a partnership to “upgrade and grow” the agricultural production sector through unsecured, low-cost financing. interest rate.

The two companies signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) on April 11 to provide finance to agricultural supply chain actors introduced by AgriBee (Cambodia) Plc, with “favorable terms and low value credit” to offer. .

Funding would be made available to companies or individuals who are agricultural input suppliers, traders, processors, wholesalers and retailers.

The funding is reportedly up to $500,000 and aims to “facilitate information sharing on access to finance” for SMEs in Cambodia.

SME Bank CEO Lim Aun said the bank was “very happy” to cooperate with AgriBee to help “support and accelerate the development process” of SMEs in Cambodia, in line with the government’s goal of boosting the economic growth.

He added that this partnership will bring “great value” to companies and businesses that support, deliver and depend on agricultural yields. They will be able to receive financing for working capital or capital investment with favorable terms and “many other credit advantages”, he said.

“Through this huge partnership between financial institutions and target institutions, SME Bank hopes that all SMEs in Cambodia can apply for financing and recover from the Covid-19 crisis, and play a key role in boosting the economic activity and the stimulation of overall economic growth. ”

AgriBee President Mak Chamroeun said that with more than two million households engaged in agriculture, the sector in Cambodia is now seen as a priority, with great potential to help “build and boost” the national and local economies.

In the rice sector alone, more than $900 million is needed for cultivation and around $2 billion is needed for harvesting and processing, he said.

“Through this cooperation, AgriBee will provide additional financial support, focusing on key players such as agri-input depots, farmers, traders and milled rice distribution depots, who are essential players in the production chain to help boost the local economy as well as improve the livelihoods of farmers,” Chamroeun said.

He said the partnership between AgriBee and SME Bank to provide finance to actors in agricultural production – especially SME clusters in the AgriBee production chain – will help strengthen the agricultural sector and take it to a “next level”.

Under the MoU, SMEs in AgriBee’s supply chain will receive low-interest loans of 6% per annum and loans of up to $50,000 without the need to provide guaranteed, he added.

Chamroeun also said there are 11 agricultural cooperatives under Agribee, noting that 2020 agriculture ministry statistics said there were 1,500 across the country, comprising 300,000 households.

DGTL Holdings Inc. Introduces New Financial Management Team

0

Get instant alerts when news breaks on your stocks. Claim your one week free trial for StreetInsider Premium here.


New CFO, new audit committee chair, and forgiveness of $600,000 in PPP loans

Toronto, Ontario–(Newsfile Corp. – April 11, 2022) – DGTL Holdings Inc. (TSXV: DGTL) (OTCQB: DGTHF) (WKN: A2QB0L) (“DGTL Holdings” or “the Company”) announces a reorganization of its financial administration team and the disbursement of $600,000 in COVID-19 relief loans to small businesses.

First, the Company welcomes Mr. Christopher Foster (CPA, CGA) as the new Chief Financial Officer of DGTL Holdings Inc. (effective April 30and, 2022). Mr. Foster is an experienced CFO and has led financial management teams for several public and private companies, across a range of industries. As Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Foster will manage all financial controllers at the subsidiary level and work with appointed auditors to prepare quarterly and annual financial statements.

The Company also announces that Mr. David Beck, interim independent director, has been appointed as the new chair of the audit committee and that Mr. Gilbert Boyer has stepped down as Chief Financial Officer of Engagement Labs, effective April 8, 2022.

Second, DGTL reports that its two wholly-owned subsidiaries have been approved for PPP (Paycheck Protection Program) loan forgiveness. PPP loan forgiveness applications have been processed by the SBA (Small Business Association), an agency of the US federal government that administers COVID-19 small business relief loans (as authorized by Section 1106 of the Act federal CARES).

Hashoff LLC’s request for forgiveness of a $177,000 PPP loan has been officially approved. Additionally, a request for cancellation of a $420,000 loan held by an Engagement Lab affiliate was also approved. To date, over $600,000 in interest-bearing loans held by DGTL subsidiaries have been considered fully repaid. These significant debt reductions will be reflected in future financial reports, including the annual financial statements for fiscal year 2023.

Managing Director, Mr. John Belfontaine reports; “We are delighted to have revamped our financial management team and welcome Mr. Chris Foster to the management team. We are also delighted to have over $600,000 in PPP loans forgiven and now considered fully paid.The immediate priority of the new DGTL Holdings Inc. management team is to implement better tax accountability and sound corporate governance.The first step in this process is to implement effective reductions material and material debt and operating expense at the subsidiary level Scalable and sustainable revenue growth models provide a solid foundation upon which DGTL Holdings Inc. can continue to build on its vision of becoming a full-service digital media software.”

—–

DGTL Management Inc. (TSXV.DGTL)
DGTL acquires and accelerates transformative digital media, marketing and advertising software companies, powered by artificial intelligence (AI). DGTL (i.e. Digital Growth Technologies and Licensing) targets fully commercialized SaaS (Software as a Service) companies entering a rapid growth phase in the social, mobile, gaming and streaming industries . DGTL acquires operating software businesses through mergers and acquisitions, licensing, and a mix of unique capitalization structures. DGTL Holdings Inc. is listed on the Toronto Venture Exchange as “DGTL”, on the OTCQB as “DGTHF” and on the FSE as “A2QB0L”. For more information visit: www.dgtlinc.com

Hashoff LLC
As a wholly owned subsidiary of DGTL Holdings Inc., Hashoff is an enterprise-level self-service CaaS (content as a service) based on proprietary artificial intelligence and machine learning technology ( AI-ML). Hashoff’s AI-ML platform operates as a full-service content management system, designed to empower global brands by identifying, optimizing, engaging, managing and tracking top-ranked digital content publishers for marketing campaigns localized brands. Hashoff is fully commercialized and currently serves many global brands by providing direct access to the global gig economy of over 500 million independent content creators. Hashoff’s client portfolio includes global brands in a range of key growth categories, including DraftKings, Anheuser Busch-InBev, PepsiCo, Currency.com, Syneos Health, and more.* To learn more, visit https://dgtlinc .com/technology/social-media-cms.

Engagement Labs
As a wholly owned subsidiary of DGTL Holdings Inc., Engagement Labs is a leading data and analytics company providing social intelligence to Fortune 500 brands and companies. Engagement Labs’ TotalSocial® platform focuses across the entire social ecosystem by combining powerful online (social media) and offline (word of mouth) data with predictive analytics. Engagement Labs has a decade-long proprietary database of unique brand, industry, and competitive intelligence coupled with its industry-leading predictive analytics that use machine learning and artificial intelligence to reveal social metrics that increase marketing ROI and core revenue for its diverse group. Fortune 500 customers. To learn more, visit https://dgtlinc.com/social-media-analytics.

Investor Relations
Email: [email protected]
Phone: +1 (877) 879-3485

* Past and present clients. All currencies in Canadian dollars unless otherwise specified.

Neither the TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.

To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/120044

For the first time since 2016, investors bought more properties than they sold – Hamptons

0

The Hamptons Monthly Rental Index for March 2022 shows the appetite for property investment is on the rise again, with the share of homes purchased by owners across Britain rising from 12.0% to first quarter of 2021 to 13.9% in the first quarter of 2022.

This year’s figure marked the highest proportion recorded in the first quarter of any year since 2016, when investors rushed to beat the 3% stamp duty surcharge on second homes which was introduced in April 2016.

Overall, investors bought 42,980 homes across Britain in the first three months of this year, equivalent to £8.5billion worth of property, almost double the figure (4 £.6 billion) recorded before Covid in the first quarter of 2019.

The increase in rental purchases could help reverse the decline of the private rental sector which fell from a peak of 5.3 million units in 2017 to 5.0 million in 2021.

For the first time since 2016, investors bought more properties than they sold.

The share of homes sold by investors fell from 14% in 2021 to just 10% in the first quarter of 2022, the lowest proportion in 10 years. This means there was a net gain of 13,480 rental properties in Britain in the first quarter of 2022, compared to a net loss of 7,640 in the first quarter of 2021.

Investors are increasingly turning to the country’s most productive regions as a way to maximize their returns and hedge against inflation. So far this year, 71% of investors have bought in the country’s 50% most productive areas, up from 57% a decade ago.

It’s also one of the reasons why almost three-quarters (73%) of London-based landlords bought their rentals outside the capital this year, where yields tend to be higher, compared to fewer a quarter (24%) a decade ago.

The North East is Britain’s rental capital, where investors bought 27.7% of homes sold in the first three months of this year, more than double the share bought by first-time buyers ( 12%).

It is also the region that has seen the largest year-on-year increase in rental purchases. This is perhaps unsurprising given that it offers the highest gross yields in the country, averaging 9.0% compared to 6.5% in England and Wales.

Middlesbrough tops the list of local authority buy-to-let hotspots – 58% of homes sold in the area in the last six months were bought by an investor. With an average gross return of 8.9%, it is the 13th most profitable local authority in England and Wales. While the Northern regions dominate the buy-to-let list, six Southern regions feature in the top 15, including London’s most affordable borough, Barking and Dagenham.

However, the lack of stocks available for purchase means that investors increasingly have to pay the asking price. While landlords are known to bargain hard, competition from other buyers has meant that so far this year 40% of investors have had to pay more than the asking price for their new buy-to-let. For the first time since our records began, the average investor is paying more than 100% of the asking price for a buy-to-let in England and Wales.

Top 15 areas with the highest percentage of properties purchased by an owner (last 6 months)

Last month the average cost of a new rental in Britain rose to £1,115 pcm, up 9.1% from its 2021 low of £1,022 pcm in March last year .

Although this represented an increase in rent growth after six months of cooling, Hamptons expects it to slow again in the coming months given how quickly rents have accelerated from 2019. April last year.

Rents in Inner London saw the strongest growth as they continued to recover. Even so, at an average of £2,571 pcm, up 21.3% year-on-year, the average house in Inner London costs £99 or 3.7% less than in March 2019. Outside of London, the South West recorded the strongest rental growth, at 14.9%.

Aneisha Beveridge, head of research at Hamptons, commented:

“Tax and regulatory changes have weighed heavily on the buy-to-let industry over the past five years, pushing more owners to sell at a time when fewer new entrants were looking to buy.

“As a result, there are around 300,000 private rental homes in Britain today than at the peak of the sector in 2017. Although we expect investors to continue to buy at around the same rate Over the course of 2022, this is unlikely to be enough to offset the total loss of rental housing over the past five years.

“The lack of rental housing is one of the reasons why rents have increased at such a rate over the past year. March set a new record for rent growth as rents rebounded from 2021 lockdown lows last March.

“But as these new rental purchases begin to fuel the rental market over the next few months, we expect to see rental growth slow, especially as the cost of living crisis also weighs on the affordability.”

SABB welcomes the Enterprise Risk program for qualified leaders

0

As part of its strategy to qualify national talents and develop the financial sector in the Kingdom, the Saudi British Bank (SABB) organized the “Enterprise Risk Leadership Program” in Riyadh, in cooperation with the HSBC Group and the University of Cambridge, for the first time outside London and Hong Kong, to promote a culture of risk management and benefit from the best global experience and expertise in this field.

On the occasion of the program’s completion, the bank held a celebration and certified a group of employees with international best practices for dealing with institutional risks. The graduates were honored in the presence of His Excellency Dr. Fahad Al-Shathri, Deputy Governor of the Central Bank of Saudi Arabia for Supervision, and senior SABB officials headed by Managing Director, Mr. Tony Cripps.

“We commend the SABB for organizing this risk management program, the first of its kind, which helps to develop national skills and support national leadership to develop the financial sector and achieve the Kingdom’s Vision 2030,” said Dr. Fahad Al-Shathri. the occasion. I would like to emphasize that the training of employees in the financial sector in risk management and the sensitization of senior managers in this sector are of particular importance to the Central Bank of Saudi Arabia, and the organization of such a global program demonstrates the importance of Kingdom and the opportunities it offers to its citizens and foreign investors. “

He added that it is “critical for banks to recognize the risks associated with today’s new reality in order to provide an effective and responsive governance structure to manage these risks.” We are delighted to see SABB providing such opportunities to its employees with the aim of developing national skills and capabilities. We look forward to SABB continuing to play a leadership role in providing banking education courses and outreach initiatives.

“Organizing this program stems from our dedication to social, environmental and governmental sustainability, which is a key pillar of our SABB strategy,” said Tony Cripps. Since the concept of enterprise risk management is now more important than ever to the success of any organization, we were eager to take the lead in improving the business sector of the Kingdom, bringing a successful global experience in this area and to continue to play a central role. in the development of the financial sector and support for the principles of sustainable development. “

SABB is committed to achieving the goals of the Kingdom’s Vision 2030 and establishing its strategic partnerships to support projects aimed at achieving sustainable development, the financial sector development agenda and digital transformation.

-Ends-

About Saudi British Bank (SABB):

Saudi British Bank (SABB) is a licensed financial institution operating under the supervision and control of SAMA. SABB was established in 1978G as a Saudi joint-stock company. SABB is an associated company of the HSBC Group.

SABB offers integrated financial and banking services, including retail banking, corporate banking, investment, private banking and treasury. The paid-up capital of SABB is SAR 20.5 billion.

Should I Buy HP Stock After Warren Buffett?

0

Text size

HP shares jumped 15% last week after Warren Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway disclosed a large stake. Why the stock always looks cheap.

Andrew Harrer/Bloomberg

When Bill Hewlett and Dave Packard founded Hewlett-Packard in Palo Alto, California in 1939,


Berkshire Hathaway

founder Warren Buffett was eight years old. Eighty-three years later, Buffett added


resume
Inc.

to its long list of legendary investments.

Berkshire (ticker: BRK.A) last week disclosed an 11.4% stake in PC and printer company HP (HPQ), which should not be confused with


Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)
,

the server, networking and storage company it spun off from in 2014.

You could say Berkshire is a little behind here. HP’s PC business has soared during the pandemic, driving growth to the highest level since the company was split in two; HP’s share price has doubled since 2019. Meanwhile, there are signs PC demand will slow from here as the stay-at-home trend fades. Analysts at Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, UBS and Barclays have all become cautious of the PC sector for this reason.

Like Barrons repeatedly noted, HP shares are cheap by almost all statistical measures. In an October 2021 column, I described them as a “screaming buy”. (I’d like to think Buffett read the column.) Even after the stock rose 15% last week on the Buffett news, HP shares are still trading for a modest nine times expected earnings for the fiscal year. of October 2023, and only 0.7 times Sales. And HP remains extremely shareholder-friendly: Over the past eight quarters, it has repurchased 26% of its stock and has promised to repurchase at least $4 billion of stock in the current fiscal year. The stock has a dividend yield of 2.8%.

For the first time in years, HP also has a growth story to tell, thanks to the surging demand for PCs during the pandemic. Even though the company’s business printer business slowed during office closures, demand for home printers soared.

As the pandemic boom may fade, HP CEO Enrique Lores is expanding the company’s product portfolio to include a wider range of businesses. HP spent $425 million last year to buy the HyperX gaming peripheral unit from memory maker Kingston Technology. A leader in gaming headsets, HyperX also sells keyboards, mice and microphones.

Then in late March, HP agreed to buy the headset and audio conferencing company


Poly

(POLY) for $3.3 billion. It’s a straight play on the future of hybrid working.

Even so, major Wall Street firms are taking a bearish view of HP. Morgan Stanley analyst Erik Woodring, who recently downgraded his rating on HP shares to an equal weight underweight, thinks consumer spending on hardware will come under pressure as supply improves, prices fall and demand normalizes, and he sees macroeconomic risks to business demand. UBS analyst David Vogt on Friday cut his HP rating to Neutral instead of buying, citing slowing demand for PCs, the potential for slower buybacks and considerable share price appreciation.

Paul Wick, portfolio manager of the Columbia Seligman Technology and Information fund, which owns HP shares, thinks Wall Street is missing the big picture.

“We’ve been huge fans of Hewlett-Packard and CEO Enrique Lores, who has executed extremely well,” Wick told me during an interview for our Barrons Series of live interviews last week. He admits the PC business will be flat, but sees a shift to more profitable business models from cheaper consumer units. And he says the printing press is recovering.

Wick thinks HP can earn $5 a share in fiscal 2024, up from $3.79 in 2021. Buybacks reduce the number of shares quarter after quarter, he notes. “It’s not a sexy company, but it’s better than people give it credit for.”

Berkshire’s big bet on HP is a good reminder that now is the time to hunt for more tech bargains, especially as interest rates rise. In order to find good candidates, I selected technology stocks in the


S&P500

trading at less than 10 times projected Wall Street earnings for next year. It’s a small group that includes both HP and HP Enterprise, the IT services company


DXC Technology

(DXC), both hard drive stocks


Seagate Technology

(STX) and


western digital

(WDC), and a handful of chip names, including


Micron Technology

(MU), which I talked about on the rise last week, and mobile phone radio chip companies


Qorvo

(QRVO) and


Skyworks Solutions

(SWKS).

Some of these chip names are part of a new actively managed exchange-traded fund just launched by Wick.


Columbia Seligman Semiconductor & Technology

trades under the symbol SEMI and should be a good way to play on both cheap technology and continued strength in the chip world.

“Semiconductor fundamentals are strong and valuations are reasonable – much more reasonable than other parts of the technology, and even relative to the broader market,” Wick says.

Micron happens to be one of Wick’s top picks; he is also optimistic about


Intel

(INTC), which he says is far more attractive than more popular (and expensive) options like


Advanced Micro Devices (AMD)

and


Nvidia

(NVDA). He’s also bullish on optical networking games, including


Ciena

(CIEN),


Lumentum Fund

(LIGHT),


Ericsson

(ERIC), and


Viavi Solutions

(VIAV) and the enterprise storage company


NetApp (NTAP)
.

They all benefit from increased data center spending.

I guess Berkshire won’t wait decades to invest in its next Palo Alto-based tech company.

Write to Eric J. Savitz at [email protected]

What industry trends will shape the cohousing environment in the years to come

0

Vibe is just a four-letter word that defines compatibility for the new generation. For Millennials and Gen Z, the vibe says it all and yet, sometimes it’s hard for them to find a match in this fast-paced world. Driven by technology and an entrepreneurial approach to life, young people today are very careful about their lifestyle and accommodation choices. The mere thought of staying in hostels and paying guests (PG) reveals the stereotypical ways of living there. Small and compact spaces, lack of amenities, no community, people busy with their work, no cozy atmosphere, no home cooked food and worst of all, the hygiene issue. The same goes for rental houses with isolation; which makes it much worse for rentals.

India is home to one of the youngest populations in the world, and the share of the 15-34 age bracket is expected to remain above 30% even in the next decade. With an urbanization rate of 2.3%, almost 35% of its population lives in these regions. Considering the age range, this category will be in the early years of career growth. This means that they will prefer rental accommodation to the purchase of real estate. Big cities like Bangalore, Pune, Delhi, Mumbai and Chennai are changing day by day attracting college students and freshmen from remote parts of India to come and be a part of this trendy world.

But everything has a price and the price to pay to be part of this innovative world is to leave aside the comforts of home. Living alone in big cities can be sad and full of disappointments, making you homesick. But as India has become a creative world, the zeal to solve all these problems has taken a notch with all the demands. The co-housing environment seems to solve all the problems people face when moving from rural to urban areas as well as the problems of city dwellers struggling to find a stress-free living environment. It’s the new buzz among all Millennials and Gen Z because it offers all the comforts of home at an affordable price. But as the world is in a dynamic phase, it becomes crucial to incorporate the latest industry trends to shape these cohabitation environments.

Many co-living companies are developing new industry trends in their respective fields, which are essential for the co-living industry to progress and provide enjoyable and safe living solutions. It also gives co-living players the ability to be self-sufficient and allows them to safely follow the exponential world. Cohousing participants are trying to outdo themselves by following the trend of providing the best possible cohousing environment, with improved security, hygiene protocols, technology-driven innovations and a greater focus on community living with all the amenities needed to live a healthier lifestyle.

The growing demand for managed housing has led to the accelerated growth of the cohousing industry. Complimented by increased competition, co-living is a growing business field that is ready to adapt and change according to the demands of its target group. Every stakeholder in the business is committed to delivering well-marketed strategies and offerings as a USP. This encourages innovation and improved service quality industry-wide.

The inclusion of all services and amenities under one roof is associated with a premium hospitality experience, and future co-housing providers consider all the requirements that make co-housing a great experience. There is a futuristic approach when designing these spaces. The smart use of technology, the Internet of Things, and innovative hospitality strategies that create extraordinary experiences are the upcoming trends in this industry. The use of mobile apps has made things easier for residents and hosts. On boarding, monthly lease payments and creating tickets for specific issues helped resolve issues faster. Eventually, co-living space providers will identify the needs of different types of people and, therefore, create an ecosystem that provides a lifestyle that encourages like-minded people to come together as a community.

Most co-living providers take the approach of defining a niche and providing specialized solutions for residents who are students, professionals, and seniors respectively. Understanding the needs and requirements of these classes, they design and create all elements of the coliving ecosystem to improve the lives of their residents, categorically. As the world resonates with the hybrid work model, a large portion of the workforce will be spending more time where they live. Their requirements will also include workstations, a reliable internet, and an environment that inspires productivity. Co-living spaces provide these amenities and efficiently manage services. Living spaces with all the amenities such as a gym, common areas, a games area and on-site restaurants will be trendy.

The Co-living segment should have 4,50,000 beds by 2024, mainly driven by organized players. Looking at the gap between supply and demand, the future looks bright for this industry.



LinkedIn


Warning

The opinions expressed above are those of the author.



END OF ARTICLE



Carlos Boozer recalls renting a house from Prince

0

SALT LAKE CITY – Carlos Boozer has clarified all the details of his now famous home rental saga with rock and roll superstar Prince.

The former NBA All-Star was in Utah being honored by the Jazz for his tenure with the team and shared details of the famous story.

Rather than split the story, here’s Boozer’s own transcript of his incredible encounter with the late musical genius.

Carlos Boozer rents the house in Bel-Air to Prince

I bought a house in Bel-Air, it was actually just before I came to Jazz for training camp. So I bought a crib there, it was crazy – like 18,000 square feet, that was a lot of house. We just decorated and we probably spent maybe three or four days in the house at the time which means me and my ex-wife CeCe so just me and we didn’t even have the kids yet .

First, I bought the crib and moved here to Utah, came here for the season, and my real estate agent in LA, Roxanne, kept telling me “someone someone wants to rent your house,” and I was like, “No, I don’t even spend time at my house.

And then she told me he was willing to pay $95,000 a month and I was like, “Oh, since I’m going to be in Utah for the next eight, nine months,” you know.

So I flew to LA and met him there, he came in a limo and got out of the car. I didn’t know who it was until he got out of the car and I looked at Roxanne and said, “Yo, it’s Prince, man.” She was like, “Yeah.”

We walked around the house for maybe an hour – showed her some of the intricacies of the house. On the roof it was like a sunbathing terrace but there was also a tennis court which I turned into a basketball court, and he is a big basketball fan.

He grew up in Minnesota he was a huge Kevin Garnett fan and talked about KG because to me KG was probably the toughest guy I ever had to defend he was right in front of you all the time, very talented, bought so much passion – He would tell us like his love for the game, the best great defender I have ever seen in my career.

So we had conversations about KG and then he rented the crib so it was fine.

I come back here, that was the year I liked to tear my hamstrings four or five times, and so there was this very good physical therapist in Los Angeles named Judy Seto that the Lakers hired a few years ago – she is phenomenal.

So I went to Los Angeles to see her, and I kept calling Prince – I was going to drop by the house to see if he needed anything to let me know, but he didn’t. recalled.

I stopped in front of the house, I had these two golden lions on the gate, it was a big black gate, and it wasn’t there, so I come to the address and I say to myself: “Is the right address? ”

So I go back down the street, I go back up the street, it was a symbol that I had never seen before, and I was like, “What is this, whose house is this?”

So I put my code in the door and it opened, so I got in the car or whatever, went upstairs, and he had literally ripped out everything in my house – 18,000 square feet and put in a warehouse, then everything was purple and black everywhere.

It had purple and black carpet, a purple and black bed, I had a weight room, he turned the weight room into a nightclub with a disco ball and a DJ booth, which I thought it was pretty cool.

He had a massage parlor in one room, he transformed the whole house to look like his own, and I’m not used to it, like I’ve never rented a house from anyone.

I’m 22, 23, kinda beside myself, so I call and call, that’s the number I was thinking – I’m like, “Did he change the number on me?” Like it’s like an ex-girlfriend right now.

When I finally got through to him, he’s in Asia touring for his album and he finally got back to me and he said, “Booze, don’t worry, I got you.”

He wired me $500,000 to reassure me and he said, “When I move out, it’ll be like I’ve never been there.

Long story short, he’s renting my crib for a year, $95,000 a month, they put everything, 18,000 square feet of the house in storage and redecorated the whole house down to the crotch – then wired me half a mil just to ease my mind.

And then when I got to the end of his tenure, it was like he was never there. That’s how much money Prince had.

So, careful landlords, if a rock star rings to check on your rental, it might be worth answering their calls.

Glen Carbon police take part in bank robbery training

0

The Glen Carbon Police Department participated in bank robbery scenario training March 29-30.

The realistic scenarios, called simmunitions training, featured firearms that look like real guns, but use paint pellets to simulate firing.

With the robbery-focused scenarios that can occur in a bank, the training took place in the former Busey Bank building at 4200 State Route 159, Glen Carbon.

Actors were brought in to act out situations such as an angry customer who pulls a knife at officers, a late night burglary, and a bank robbery involving a hostage situation.


The training was led by Sgt. Justin Click and Det. Ross Tyler.

In 2021, Click and Tyler completed the Force Science Institute Certified Realistic De-escalation Instructor Course. The Force Science Institute is considered the premier training school for law enforcement officers in crisis de-escalation and potentially violent incident training techniques.

The de-escalation techniques lesson plans developed by Click and Tyler have been recognized by the Illinois Training and Standards Council as certified training for police officers. The pair also provide both classroom instruction and scenario-based instruction to all Glen Carbon Police Department officers.

During simmunition training in the former Busey Bank building, officers were trained using Force Science training techniques.

Officers also learned the correct level of force to use during a lawful arrest. The training was videotaped for later review by officers to improve tactics.

“Keeping Glen Carbon residents safe is the mission of the Glen Carbon Police Department,” Lt. Wayne White said, “and top-notch training is essential to ensure we can continue to deliver on that commitment.”

IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business Market Size, Growth and Forecast

0

New Jersey, United States – This Commercial rental market for IBCs (Intermediate Bulk Containers) The report study provides detailed information on various industrial aspects such as techniques, models and major competitors operating in different districts. The examiners use step-by-step testing processes to provide perfect and essential information about the state and development of the market. It offers a comprehensive picture of prospective growth strategies, restraints, major competitors, previous periods, and market size by region and territory. The key market trend figures in the study are an excellent resource for businesses. Along with company profiles, production capabilities and cost along with product value and information, this Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBC) Rental Company market study includes other important criteria. It also examines the market share of each organization over the predicted period.

This illustrative report on IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Market also talks about the data updating technologies introduced in the market to help market players to enlarge the product portfolio and generate higher revenue from it. The constant introduction of new technologies and product offerings helps companies set long-term goals. Several new companies have entered the market and started pursuing new strategies, upcoming contracts and new developments to regulate the global market and prove their position.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=61986

The IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business Market research report contains all essential and relevant market data useful for market players including the latest market trends, competitive analysis and customer behavior. It offers a number of advantages. It provides industry data, helps compare products to competitors’ products, analyzes results, implements additional analysis and data collection, and identifies target consumers. Conducting a market analysis provides a lot of information to learn about the level of competition in the market and customer preferences over new products or services. With this report on the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) rental market, it becomes easy to know more about the strategic mistakes made by other competitors in terms of product launches.

Key Players Mentioned in the Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBC) Rental Market Research Report:

Goodpack Pte Ltd., METANO IBC SERVICES Brambles Ltd, TPS Rental Systems Ltd IBC Containers, HOYER GmbH, Arlington Packaging (Rental) Limited, CHEP, Berry Global Inc., Bulk Lift International and others.

By knowing the upcoming market conditions for the estimation period 2022-2029, key players can make calculated and informed decisions regarding location, pricing, promotion, and product launch. This IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business market report also enables business players to understand the current industry scenario, spot new opportunities, and understand the future actions of competitors and how they are operating in the market.

IBC Intermediate Bulk Container Leasing Market Segmentation:

IBC (Intermediate Bulk Container) Rental Market, By Product Type

• Up to 1,000 liters
• 1,001 to 1,500 liters
• 1,501 to 2,000 liters
• More than 2,000 liters

IBC (Intermediate Bulk Container) Rental Market, By Material Type

• Plastic IBCs
• Composite IBCs
• Metal IBCs

IBC (Intermediate Bulk Container) Rental Business Market, By Application

• Industrial chemicals
• Petroleum and lubricating oil
• The painting
• Food and drink
• Pharmaceutical
• Other

Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=61986

Scope of the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Container) Rental Market Report

ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
FORECAST YEAR 2029
HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

It becomes easy to determine the pulse of the market with this detailed analysis of the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) rental market. Key players can find all competitive data and market size of major regions like North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia-Pacific and Middle East. As part of the competitive analysis, certain strategies are profiled which are pursued by key players such as mergers, collaborations, acquisitions and new product launches. These strategies will greatly help industry players to strengthen their position in the market and grow their business.

Answers to key questions in the report:

1. Who are the top five players in the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business Market?

2. How will the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) rental market evolve over the next five years?

3. Which product and application will capture the lion’s share of the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) rental market?

4. What are the drivers and restraints of the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business Market?

5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

6. What will be the CAGR and size of the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business market throughout the forecast period?

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/ibcintermediate-bulk-containers-rental-business-market/

Visualize the Commercial IBC (Intermediate Bulk Container) Rental Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) rental market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

About Us: Verified Market Research®

Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and the gas. etc

At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

Verified Market Research®

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

HDFC Bank to raise ₹50,000 crore ahead of mega-merger with HDFC

0

India’s largest private lender by m-cap, HDFC Bank will decide to raise around ₹50,000 crore, in one of the largest bond sales by an Indian bank to date. The funds are being raised to meet the higher reserve requirement ahead of its mega-merger with housing finance giant HDFC Ltd.

HDFC Bank, in a stock exchange filing, said it would issue perpetual debt securities (part of Tier I supplemental capital), Tier II capital bonds and long-term bonds (infrastructure financing and affordable housing) worth ₹50,000 crore in the next 12 months via private placement mode.

The fundraising plan will be discussed on April 16. “The board will consider this proposal at its next board meeting to be held on April 16, 2022. The bank will appropriately update the exchanges after the conclusion of the board meeting,” HDFC bank said.

Perpetual debt instruments are debt funds with no maturity date. In this, the issuer of the bonds continues to pay interest forever until the business closes or the investor owns these bonds.

In August last year, HDFC Bank raised $1 billion by issuing perpetual debt securities to overseas investors. Prior to this, HDFC Bank raised perpetual bonds issued in May 2017 at a coupon of 8.85% from onshore investors.

Mitratech’s TeamConnect ranked the most widely used system

0

The survey collects comprehensive data on legal staff, expenses, organizational structure, operations, outside counsel management and technology with 65% of Fortune 500 respondents.

TeamConnect is the proven end-to-end platform for legal operations to deliver more efficient legal services to the rest of the organization, combining case management, e-invoicing, legal expense management, document management , reporting and analysis, and automation of processing.

“We’re thrilled to have TeamConnect named to the top spot as the most widely used case management system in HBR Consulting’s venerable Legal Department survey,” said mike williams, CEO of Mitratech. “TeamConnect has received industry accolades from various analyst firms, and it’s even more exciting to be recognized by our users as a leader. This accolade reflects the strong partnership we have with our customers who co- innovate alongside us to improve legal outcomes and outcomes for their organizations.”

Mitratech’s TeamConnect has been recognized as an industry leader in Hyperion Research MarketView™ 2021 and IDC MarketScape Analyst Reports – Worldwide Enterprise Matter Management 2020 Vendor Assessment.

The full survey results are available here: https://info.hbrconsulting.com/benchmarking-legal-information-services-survey-takeaways-2021

Mitratech is a proven global technology partner for legal, risk, compliance and HR professionals looking to maximize productivity, control spend and mitigate risk by deepening organizational alignment, increasing visibility and driving collaboration within the company. Mitratech partners with over 1,800 organizations worldwide, covering over 160 countries.

Mitratech Holdings Inc. is majority owned by Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan (OTPP), a leading global investment firm. A minority stake in Mitratech is held by Hg Capital.

For more information visit: www.mitratech.com

SOURCE Mitratech Holdings Inc.

Construction Equipment Rental Market Size, Growth and Forecast

0

New Jersey, United States – This Construction equipment rental market The report provides detailed market insights to help companies make better business decisions and build growth plans based on market forecasts and trends. The research focuses on group research of data from primary and secondary sources. This Construction Equipment Rental Market report explores the new developments, trends and outlook, and forecasts the current status and future outlook of the market from 2022 to 2029. It dives deep into the industry in terms of current situations and future. The research examines a variety of elements, such as degrees of advancement, technical breakthroughs, and various strategies employed by the current major players in the market.

Furthermore, the objective of this market report is to provide a related assessment of key players along with the costs and benefits of the programmed market. It also uses charts to focus on industry standards to help businesses progress smoothly. This market report makes it easy to determine the impact of COVID-19 on the market growth. The main objective of this Construction Equipment Rental market report is to include quantitative data in the form of tables and graphs. Knowledge of market fundamentals is presented in a simple and understandable manner for the benefit of readers. This well-planned market analysis provides all readers as well as suppliers, buyers, and stakeholders with a detailed understanding of market conditions and industry environment.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full Table of Contents, List of Tables and Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=33329

Key Players Mentioned in the Construction Equipment Leasing Market Research Report:

United Rentals, Inc., Herc Holdings Inc., Ashtead Group Plc, Aktio Corporation, Loxam Sas, Kanamoto Co. Ltd., Nishio Rent All Co., Ltd., H&E Equipment Services Inc. and Cramo Group.

This Construction Equipment Rental Market report also assesses the organization’s economic landscapes to better understand market dynamics at the international as well as regional levels. This study uses benchmarking to uncover up-to-date information about the target market. The best trading techniques are provided in this report which helps to better understand the market. The latest advancements, growth factors, and competitive analysis are all covered in this Construction Equipment Rental market report. He highlighted some of the most effective marketing strategies to drive economic development and help big players reap significant profits.

Construction Equipment Rental Market Segmentation:

Construction Equipment Rental Market, By Product

• Earthmoving machinery
• Handling machinery
• Concrete and construction machinery

Construction Equipment Rental Market, By Application

• Residential
• Commercial
• Industrial

The market research analysis further talks about the industry forces to shape the market. Important drivers and end-user expectation are also covered in the Construction Equipment Rental market report to get solution. The forecast of associated revenue is also made in the report. The main purpose of the report is to categorize opportunities. It also explains what business models are used, what is the current level of success, what is the market share and size, and what is the current level of competition in the market. It also sheds light on the functional areas of the business. This construction equipment rental market report also shows how dead inventory affects profits and how product losses can be eliminated. With the business tactics provided here, it is possible to experience accelerated growth in your business. It also provides a clear picture of how different business sectors are experiencing the negative impact of COVID-19.

Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=33329

Scope of the Construction Equipment Leasing Market Report

ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
FORECAST YEAR 2029
HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

Determining the pulse of the market becomes easy with this detailed analysis of the Construction Equipment Rental Market. Key players can find all competitive data and market size of major regions like North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia-Pacific and Middle East. As part of the competitive analysis, certain strategies are profiled which are pursued by key players such as mergers, collaborations, acquisitions and new product launches. These strategies will greatly help industry players to strengthen their position in the market and grow their business.

Answers to key questions in the report:

1. Who are the top five players in the construction equipment rental market?

2. How will the construction equipment rental market evolve over the next five years?

3. Which product and which application will take the lion’s share of the construction equipment rental market?

4. What are the drivers and restraints of Construction Equipment Rental Market?

5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

6. What will be the CAGR and size of the Construction Equipment Rental market throughout the forecast period?

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/construction-equipment-rental-market/

Visualize the construction equipment rental market using verified market intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the construction equipment rental market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

About Us: Verified Market Research®

Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and the gas. etc

At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

Verified Market Research®

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

Rental giant Hertz CEO promises to fix false theft reports

0

NEW YORK (AP) — Hertz’s new CEO says he is working to fix a glitch in the rental car giant’s systems that has led to some of its customers being wrongly accused of stealing cars. cars they had rented.

Stephen Scherr, who took over as CEO on February 28, said the company changed its practices to address issues that arose when cars were reported stolen, but the transaction was not properly recorded in the system. from Hertz.

“It was one of the first things that I started taking care of and dealing with in the first 30 days I was in the company,” Scherr told CNBC on Monday. “It is not acceptable for Hertz to have a customer… caught up in any part of what happened.”

Some Hertz customers said they were arrested and jailed because the company accused them of stealing cars they paid to rent and, in some cases, returned long before their arrest.

It is not known how many people are affected. More than 200 customers petitioned a Delaware federal judge for Hertz to release information about erroneous theft reports, and the judge ruled in favor of the tenants in February.

Scherr said the false reports implicate several hundred customers out of Hertz’s 15 million annual transactions, but customer attorneys say the number is more like 8,000.

“We changed our policies to prevent this from happening again,” Scherr said. “No customer should go through this.”

Scherr said that in some cases vehicles were reported as stolen, the report was withdrawn when the vehicle was found, “but this cancellation was not acknowledged.”

The CEO of Hertz Global Holdings Inc. appeared on CNBC to tout a plan to buy up to 65,000 electric vehicles over five years. The Estero, Fla.-based company filed for bankruptcy protection in 2020 as it struggled with heavy debt and a drop in travel caused by the pandemic. It operates the car rental brands Hertz, Dollar and Thrifty.

Copyright 2022 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.

Microsoft Experts Select Orbus Software’s iServer365 as Preferred Enterprise Architecture Solution

0

LONDON–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Orbus softwarea recognized global software vendor and leading provider of enterprise architecture (EA) software for digital transformation, has been selected by Microsoft experts as a preferred solution on Microsoft’s Azure Marketplace and its AppSource store.

According to Microsoft, preferred solutions “are selected by a team of Microsoft experts and are published by Microsoft partners with deep, proven expertise and capabilities to meet the specific needs of customers in a category, industry or industry. vertical”.

This announcement reinforces Orbus Software’s longstanding partnership with Microsoft. The company has been a Microsoft Gold Partner for many years and has improved the interoperability of iServer365 with the Microsoft 365 collaboration suite. Gold skills acquired include DevOps, application development, cloud platform and Windows and devices. The status of iServer365’s preferred solution also follows news from Orbus Software in July which announced its biggest integration with the Microsoft platform.

Orbus Software’s iServer365 solution addresses the key disciplines of digital transformation and enables key users – enterprise architects – to engage stakeholders across the C-Suite and across strategic and operational roles. This approach is a critical enabler of business-centric EA, supporting innovation, operational resilience, and business transformation goals while going well beyond traditional methods of IT governance and planning.

Michael D’Onofrio, CEO of Orbus Software, said, “Being recognized as a Microsoft partner of choice demonstrates the strength of iServer365 and its ability to successfully guide our customers towards clarity, agility, resilience and simplicity as they embark on their digital transformation journey. . This approval not only reflects our team’s dedication to providing an excellent enterprise architecture offering, but also our continued efforts to meet the growing demand for enterprise-centric solutions.

Additionally, the company announced its latest signatories for Microsoft partnership commitment. By signing the Partner Pledge, Orbus Software commits to focus on five core goals: digital skills, learning, diversity, responsible AI, and ethics and sustainability. This pledge further underscores the company’s commitment to sustainability and its greener digital transformation goals.

Marjorie Martinez, Head of Global Partnerships at Orbus Software, said, “The enterprise IT landscape has changed significantly over the past decade and it is important to strengthen existing systems to ensure their resilience. The ongoing partnership with Microsoft demonstrates Orbus Software’s ability to support its customers in building systems that are flexible and able to navigate the ongoing transformations organizations are experiencing.

The preferred solution badge for iServer365 listings can be viewed here:

About Orbus software

Orbus Software is a global software provider and recognized leading provider of cloud solutions for digital transformation. Its products promote alignment between strategy and execution by leveraging familiar Microsoft tools to ensure rapid adoption and cutting-edge functionality.

Orbus Software’s market-leading iServer suite provides customers with a strategic decision-making platform addressing key digital transformation disciplines including enterprise architecture (EA), strategic portfolio management (SPM), business process analysis (BPA) and governance, risk and compliance (GRC).

Orbus Software’s customers are primarily large, blue-chip enterprises and government organizations located in the Americas, Europe, Middle East, Africa, and Asia-Pacific, spanning all industry verticals . The company is customer-centric and fully focused on delivering technology innovations that further accelerate customer success. Examples of global customers include AstraZeneca, IKEA, Motonovo, Dell, Mastercard, New York Power, Mayo Clinic, Rio Tinto, Brisbane Airport, CIB Bank, Schroders and Saab.

https://orbussoftware.com/

Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Size, Growth, and Forecast

0

New Jersey, United States – The research study on the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market offers you detailed and precise analyzes to strengthen your position on the market. It provides the latest updates and powerful insights on the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software industry to help you improve your business tactics and ensure strong revenue growth for years to come. . It sheds light on the current and future market scenarios and helps you understand the competitive dynamics of the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market. The market The segmentation analysis offered in the research study shows how different product segments, applications, and regions perform well in the security information and event management (SIEM) software market.

The report includes verified and revalidated market figures such as CAGR, gross margin, revenue, price, production growth rate, volume, value, market share and annual growth. We have used the latest primary as well as secondary research techniques to compile this comprehensive Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market report. As part of the regional analysis, we have explored key markets such as North America, Europe, India, China, Japan, MEA and others. Leading companies are profiled based on various factors including markets served, production, revenue, market share, recent developments, and gross margin. There is a section dedicated to market dynamics which analyzes in depth the Drivers, Constraints, Opportunities, Influencers, Challenges and Trends.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/download-sample/?rid=82243

The report provides an excellent overview of the key macroeconomic factors having a significant impact on the growth of the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market. It also provides absolute dollar opportunity analysis which can be crucial for identifying opportunities for revenue generation and increasing sales in the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market. Market players can use the qualitative and quantitative analysis provided in the report to thoroughly understand the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market and make great strides in the industry for growth. The overall Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market size and that of each segment studied in the report are precisely calculated based on various factors.

Top Key Players Mentioned in the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Research Report:

Positive Technologies, MONT, SolarWinds, Trustwave Holdings, LogRhythm, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Splunk Inc., LogPoint, RUSIEM, IBM Corporation, Exabeam, Intel Security, TIBCO Software, AlienVault, FORTINET

Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Segmentation:

By Product Type, the market is primarily split into:

• On the site
• Cloud

By application, this report covers the following segments:

• Government
• BFSI
• Telecom
• Health care
• Others

In this report, researchers focused on social media sentiment analysis and consumer sentiment analysis. For social media sentiment analysis, they focused on trending topics, mentions on social media platforms including percentage of mentions, trending brands and consumer perception of products on media platforms social, including negative and positive mentions. As part of the consumer sentiment analysis, they looked at the impact of certifications, claims and labels, factors influencing consumer preferences, key trends, consumer preferences, including futuristic approach and historical scenarios, influential social and economic factors, specification development and consumers. buying habits.

Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=82243

Scope of Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Report

ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
FORECAST YEAR 2029
HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

Geographic segment covered in the report:

The Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software report provides information about the market, which is segmented into sub-regions and countries/regions. In addition to the market share in each country and sub-region, this chapter of this report also contains information on profit opportunities. This chapter of the report mentions the market share and growth rate of each region, country and sub-region over the estimated period.

• North America (USA and Canada)
• Europe (UK, Germany, France and rest of Europe)
• Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, India and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region)
• Latin America (Brazil, Mexico and rest of Latin America)
• Middle East and Africa (GCC and Rest of Middle East and Africa)

Answers to key questions in the report:

1. Who are the Top Five Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Players?

2. How will the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market develop in the next five years?

3. Which products and applications will occupy the lion’s share of the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market?

4. What are the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market drivers and restraints?

5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

6. What will be the CAGR and size of the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market throughout the forecast period?

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com//global-security-information-and-event-management-siem-software-market-growth-status-and-outlook-2019-2024/

Visualize Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a comprehensive overview and global competitive landscape with respect to region, country, and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with built-in presentation functionality that saves you over 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D, and product development. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

Most Popular Reports

Global Risk Assessment Software Market Size and Forecast

Global Incident Response Software Market Size and Forecast

Global Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Size and Forecast

Global Threat Intelligence Software Market Size and Forecast

Global Security Risk Analytics Software Market Size and Forecast

Global Vulnerability Scanner Software Market Size and Forecast

Global Data Security Software Market Size and Forecast

Global Web Security Software Market Size and Forecast

Global Web Content Management Software Market Size and Forecast

Global Content Analytics Software Market Size and Forecast

About Us: Verified Market Reports

Verified Market Reports is a leading global research and advisory company serving over 5000 global clients. We provide advanced analytical research solutions while delivering information-enriched research studies.

We also provide insight into the strategic and growth analytics and data needed to achieve business goals and critical revenue decisions.

Our 250 analysts and SMEs offer a high level of expertise in data collection and governance using industry techniques to collect and analyze data on over 25,000 high impact and niche markets. Our analysts are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Our research spans a multitude of industries, including energy, technology, manufacturing and construction, chemicals and materials, food and beverage, and more. Having served many Fortune 2000 organizations, we bring a wealth of reliable experience that covers all kinds of research needs.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US Toll Free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website: – https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/

How Azuro is standardizing the rental industry with technology at its helm

0

Amit Kumar, a Kuwait-based businessman, had not received payments from his rented Lodha Palava apartment in Mumbai for six months. Frustrated, he approached Azuro, the property management arm of Square Yards. Azuro’s team visited the property and not only evicted the tenant, but also made sure that Amit received the outstanding amount of 2,000,000. Impressed with the speed of resolution, Amit hired Azuro to manage his property from start to finish.

Discord between landlords and tenants has been a constant Achilles’ heel in the rental system in India. While landlords like Amit become victims at the hands of some unscrupulous tenants, people looking for rental accommodations also face many difficulties, including heavy security deposits.

These problems were noticed by a group of IIT Bombay alumni, Altaf Ahmad, Sushant Kumar, Sudhanshu Mishra, Ayush Agarwal and Vishal Chauthmal, while looking for rental accommodation in Mumbai themselves. When they delved deeper, they realized that what initially looked like a rental industry imbalance problem was actually the lack of perspective, accountability and transparency across the entire rental value chain, which created mistrust between landlord and tenant. .

They wanted to solve this mess and so founded Azuro, the first professional property management company in India.

“We are trying a professional, technology-enabled real estate brokerage that specializes in the after-sales service element that includes monetizing and managing owners’ assets,” said Altaf Ahmad, Founder of Azuro.

Launched in 2015, Azuro has built a futuristic platform to help landlords, from finding the tenant to managing the move, eliminating the risk of dodgy tenants, educating landlords every step of the way, and making the rental process just as easy. as possible. . With tenants, Azuro facilitates a brokerage-free transaction, hassle-free repairs and maintenance from its app, easy move-in and move-out, and one-click rental payments.

In 2020, Azuro was acquired by Square Yards. With this, the property management company is now replicating its business model across India and overseas by leveraging Square Yards’ reach, operational resources and consumer platform.

Futuristic business model that gives owners peace of mind

From the start, Azuro wanted to have a service-oriented rental business model. Azuro charges a single flat rate of 10,000 to 20,000 from the tenant, depending on the specification and location of the property and offers the value proposition of a low to zero security deposit. Azuro calls it “zero deposit” and they are confident that it will become the norm after the successful implementation of the model rental law. To the owner, Azuro charges an 8% monthly fee to take care of all the hassle.

A-Z rental process backed by solid technology

Technology works on three levels at Azuro. There is an internal sales app, coupled with an internal sales tracking mechanism that advertises a rental property on multiple platforms. While the prospect is monitored in a timely manner, the owner is then informed at every stage of the property’s periodic visits and rental probability quotient, which speeds up the closing of transactions. Azuro boasts that its tenant information search process is the fastest in the industry.

Giving a boost to this is an internal pricing tool that helps landlords price their properties appropriately so that vacancy and devaluation issues do not exist.

Azuro’s all-inclusive property management app is a single repository of all information and is a highly efficient tool for managing property records with Azuro and gaining access to 24/7 home management services .

Setting a Benchmark for Residential Rental Space

The launch of the AHRC guidelines and the implementation of the much-needed Model Tenancy Law for the rental housing industry paved the way for rental and property management companies like Azuro to capture the huge fragmented rental market. “The biggest testament to the cultural shift we’re trying to bring about is the fact that mainstream brokerages have also started to take the property management route and the same aftermarket value propositions as Azuro,” Sudhanshu said. Mishra, co-founder, Azuro.

The company has also launched its pilot operations in Dubai and plans to launch its services in Australia, Canada and other Southeast Asian cities like Indonesia. As cities urbanize, rental property owners and NRI residential property investors will seek smooth asset management without any outside interference. And this is where Azuro will reign in the future.

Disclaimer: This is a company statement. No HT journalists are involved in the creation of this content.

Time Machine: 80 years ago, the US Navy needed sharp-eyed men to operate a new ‘secret weapon’

0
A military Jeep parades through Camp Hale in this World War II photo.
Eagle County Historical Society/Eagle Valley Library District

New technology could ‘locate the position of enemy aircraft and ships at great distances’

Cutline: This billboard was displayed at Camp Hale in Eagle County during World War II

5 years ago

Week of April 6, 2017



At Gypusm, 10th Mountain Whiskey and Spirits has opened a new tasting room and distillery.

The Town of Gypsum hosted an open house to discuss recreational trail planning along the US Bureau of Land Management property located between the community and the nearby town of Eagle.



Clearwater Ventures and Eagle Valley Clean Energy have submitted a bill for $186,000 to the City of Gypsum for costs associated with a condemnation action that was overturned by the Eagle County District Court.

10 years ago

Week of April 6, 2012

Yuri Kostick was elected Mayor of Eagle and Anne McKibbin, Brandi Resa and Joe Knable were elected to seats on the Eagle Town Board of Directors.

In Gypsum, voters elected Gary Lebo, Tom Edwards and Beric Christianson to the city council.

The City of Gypsum announced Thompson Square as the main performer for the 2012 Gypsum Daze concert.

The Colorado Department of Transportation was nearing completion of the new USHighway 6 bridge located one mile east of Eagle.

20 years ago

Week of April 4, 2002

Only 35 people voted in Eagle’s municipal election. There were no contested races and John Stavney, Steven Richards and Paul Witt were elected.

Brad and Dominique Jones and Becky Puhl were the first residents to purchase townhouses under the Local Housing Program at Eagle Ranch. The program planned to build another 33 restricted-act units in the development.

The Eagle Valley High School baseball team bombarded the Summit County team 22-2. Senior Michael Bernhardt hit two triples in the match.

30 years ago

Week of April 9, 1992

In a very tight race, Eagle voters elected a new mayor. Bill Cunningham garnered 95 votes to Ken Long’s 89 votes and Mike Dolan’s 80 votes in the race. Larry McKinzie, Glen Ewing, Roxie Deane and Rick Dunford were elected to city council.

With Cunningham’s election, Eagle Mayor Jim Seabry handed over the gavel after serving for 12 years. Seabry was a seasoned county politician. During the 1960s, Seabry won one of the area’s most famous races, beating two other candidates for Eagle County sheriff, even though he ran a write-in campaign.

In Gypsum, brothers Richard and Robert Mayne were both elected to the town council.

Justine Lanae Sheehy made her arrival in dramatic fashion. She was born about 100 yards on the side of the West Vail I-70 exit during a severe spring snowstorm.

40 years ago

Week of April 8, 1982

Bill Erickson, Paul Haynes and Kathy Heicher were elected to the Eagle Town Board of Directors. Gypsum voters overwhelmingly approved a Home Rule Charter question and elected Purley Bertroch, Dick Morris, Tom Secrest and Steven Lanyon.

Ed Haug has resigned as principal of Eagle Valley Middle School. He had worked at the school for two years.

The Eagle County Board of Commissioners has announced plans for a seniors’ housing complex in Eagle.

Colorado Business Magazine reported that First Bank of Eagle County was ranked sixth in the state for return on commercial bank equity. The magazine also noted that the bank was ranked 132nd in total deposits, totaling around $22 million. The bank declared a return on investment of 36.6%.

50 years ago

Week of April 7, 1972

Eagle voters elected Charles Miller as mayor and Ralph Boynton, Pat Carlow, Terry Nunn and Ned Oyler to city council

“Once again, the possibility of a swimming pool at Eagle will be explored. This time the Eagle Lions Club is taking over,” the Enterprise reported.

The HW Lewis store announced its “everyday low prices,” including 59 cents for a half-gallon of milk, 39 cents for a six-pack of soda and 65 cents for a pound of ground beef.

60 years ago

Week of April 5, 1962

Eagle voters elected Cecil Cole, ND Morgan, Walt Swanson, Bob Shelton, John Beasley and Wayne Randall to city council. John Hirz ran unopposed in the mayoral race.

Eagle Valley High School’s Loren Chambers and McCoy High School’s Mike Spitelli were named to the Colorado River B League Basketball All-Star Team.

Koonce Chevrolet Sales Team Member Bob Shelton has been named to the Legion of Leaders Honor Club, Chevy’s highest business honor.

Films shown at the Eagle Theater were “The Comancheros” starring John Wayne and “A Town Without Pity” starring Kirk Douglas.

70 years ago

Week of April 3, 1952

The Holy Cross Electric Association hoped to restore service to the air traffic light at the top of Castle Peak. The beacon had been without power since heavy snowfall and high winds on January 1.

American Legion Post 150 and its Auxiliary Unit hosted the annual Western Slope Convention with units from Fruita, Grand Junction, Palisade, Mesa County, Colbran, Grand Valley, Rifle, New Castle, Glenwood Springs, Carbondale, Basalt, Aspen and Bond participating

Members of the Brush Creek Home Demonstration Club staged the play “Henry’s Mail Order Wife”.

“Encouraged by the resounding success of last Friday’s performance of ‘Quiz Me Again’, seniors at Eagle County High School plan to perform the play again at Glenwood,” the Enterprise reported.

80 years ago

Week of April 3, 1942

“All available information indicates that the $5 million US Army encampment will be established at Pando, six miles east of Red Cliff, Eagle County. begin,” the Enterprise reported. “It is envisioned that this camp will not only be skiing, but also training in mountaineering and all other phases of mountain warfare and mountain maneuvers.”

In national news, the U.S. Navy announced that it needed 5,000 sharp-eyed men between the ages of 17 and 50 with knowledge of radio to operate a new kind of “secret weapon” that could locate the position of enemy aircraft and ships at great distances.

Trend 2022: Mopping Machine Market Trend and Analysis by Product and Region to 2027 | YAC Holdings Co., Ltd, HASHIMA CO., LTD, Naomoto Corporation, Shanghai Weijie Clothing Machinery Co

0

Report a search on the hive Market Reports recently released a market research report titled, “Mopping Machine Market Size, Status and Forecast 2022-2027“. Mopping machines Market Research is an intelligence report with meticulous efforts undertaken to study the correct and valuable information. The data that has been reviewed takes into account both existing top players and upcoming competitors. The business strategies of key players and new industries entering the market are studied in detail. A well-explained SWOT analysis, revenue share and contact information are shared in this report analysis.

A comprehensive competitive analysis that covers relevant data on industry leaders is intended to help potential market entrants and existing players competing with the right direction to arrive at their decisions. The market structure analysis examines the global Sponge Machines companies in detail with their profiles, market revenue shares, complete portfolio of their offerings, networking and distribution strategies, footprints of regional market, and much more.

Get FREE Sample Sponge Machine Market Report Report for Better Understanding:@https://www.reporthive.com/request_sample/3101349

Get up to 20% off using promo code: RHR20

Sponge Machine Market Competition by Top Manufacturers/Key Player Profiled:

YAC Holdings Co., Ltd, HASHIMA CO., LTD, Naomoto Corporation, Shanghai Weijie Clothing Machinery Co., Changzhou Kexuan Machinery Co., Ltd, Dongguan Sirui Machinery Co., Ltd, Dongguan Hengda Machineryco., Ltd

Research objectives:

Post-COVID Analysis on Market Growth and Size (Growth Potential, Opportunities, Drivers, Industry-Specific Challenges & Risks). To study and analyze the global Sponge Machines market size by key regions/countries, product type and application, history data from 2016 to 2022, and forecast to 2027.

The study covers the current market size of the Sponge Machine market and its growth rates based on 5 year records with company outline of Key Players/Manufacturers:

To understand the structure of Sponge Machine market by identifying its various subsegments.
Focuses on the key Global Sponge Machines Market players, to define, describe and analyze the value, market share, market competition landscape, SWOT analysis and development plans in the coming years. To analyze the Sponge Machine market with respect to individual growth trends, future prospects, and their contribution to the total market.

Analyze competitive developments such as expansions, agreements, new product launches, and acquisitions in the market to better understand the pre and post COVID scenario.

Sponge Machine Market by Type:

sponge foaming machine
sponge cutting machine
sponge glue machine
Others

Sponge Machine Market by Applications:

Furniture
Packaging
Shoe material
Daily chemicals
Garment
Car
Others

>>> To purchase this premium report, click here @ https://reporthive.com/checkout?currency=single-user-licence&reportid=3101349

Sponge Machines Market by Major Regions

North America
Europe
Asia Pacific
Latin America
Middle East and Africa

People also ask for information such as:

1.What are the significant segments operating in the Mopping Machines Market?

2. What is the scope of the report?

3. What is the best mopping machine?

4. What are mop machines used for?

Scope of Market Research Work

The important objectives of the study are to execute and provide an in-depth analysis of development rates, size, value, stocks, and promote the development of the worldwide Sponge Machine industry, in addition to market trends and market variables that influence the growth and development of Mopping Machines. . This report considers risks with respect to Sponge Machine market vendors as well as hurdles in addition to market manufacturers.

For the custom PDF report template:
https://www.reporthive.com/request_customization/3101349

Mopping Machine Market Challenges

– Financial importance of article reviews
– Increased regulatory research
– High cost of lighting

Adding a truly universal perspective with the most comprehensive report available in this market covering over 50 topographies.

* Find out how Sponge Machine Market is affected by Coronavirus and how it is reasonably going to rise and expand as the effect of the infection wanes.
* Make rural and national techniques based on neighborhood information and examination.
* Identify growth segments to consider.
* Circle the contenders using the hypotheses information and upcoming drivers and models in the market.
* Understand buyers based on the latest analytics survey results.

Why report a search on the hive?
Report Hive Research provides strategic market research reports, statistical surveys, industry analysis and forecast data on products and services, markets and companies. Our clientele includes a mix of global business leaders, government organizations, SMEs, individuals and start-ups, leading management consultancies, universities, and more. Our library of over 700,000 reports targets high-growth emerging markets in the United States, Europe, Middle East, Africa, Asia-Pacific covering industries such as IT, Telecom, Semiconductor , chemicals, healthcare, pharmaceuticals, energy and power, manufacturing, automotive and transport, food and beverages, etc. This extensive collection of insightful reports helps clients stay ahead of the competition. We assist in business decision making on aspects such as market entry strategies, market size, market share analysis, sales and revenue, technology trends, competitive analysis, product portfolio and application analysis, etc.

Contact us:

Report a search on the hive

500 Northern Michigan Avenue,

Office 6014,

Chicago, Illinois – 60611,

United States

Website: https://www.reporthive.com

E-mail: [email protected]

Call: +1 312-604-7084

Is it cheaper to rent a car at the airport or in town?

0

(NerdWallet) – When it comes to saving on rental cars, there’s no shortage of advice. Some suggest ignoring traditional businesses and using a alternative to car rental, as a peer-to-peer car-sharing service. Others promote packages through online travel agencies like Expedia. And then there’s this advice: Rent through a rental car agency downtown, rather than at the airport.

So how much do you really save by booking an off-airport car rental? Are rental cars at the airport more expensive? It turns out that it is about 26% more expensive to rent a car at the airport than at its downtown counterpart.

That’s according to a NerdWallet analysis conducted in March of 360 car rental prices (including taxes and fees) at the 20 largest US airports. The study compared the price of a one-week rental at eight major car rental companies to the rental cost of their nearby downtown counterparts.

How much money you actually save with an off-airport car rental

NerdWallet found that weekly car rentals for downtown locations were, on average, $126 cheaper than airport locations. In other words, you can expect to spend around 26% more on an airport rental compared to a downtown rental.

For rentals longer than a week, expect even more savings.

Why are car rentals at the airport so much more expensive?

The price difference may not just be due to rental car companies trying to take advantage of weary air travellers. Typically, it’s not even the car rental companies that pocket the bulk of the 26% deductible.

Most airports charge car rental companies to operate on their site. Fees vary from airport to airport, but are often intended to cover costs incurred by the airport, such as shuttle, cleaning and security services. Sometimes airports simply say that this fee covers the right to do business.

For example, San Francisco International Airport charges car rental operators 10% of gross revenue received from airport customers. SFO also charges a freight and installation fee of $16 per signed car rental agreement.

In addition to fees imposed by airports, some states levy tourist fees on cars rented at hotels and airports (which may not apply to cars rented at stand-alone locations).

Most car rental companies pass these costs on to renters.

Benefits of booking a rental car offsite (beyond savings)

Savings on the vignette price aren’t the only reason to book an offsite rental car.

You could save time

Just because a rental car is listed as “on site” at the airport doesn’t mean you can always walk straight from your gate to the rental car counter. Some airports offer a shuttle to the rental car center. Once there, you may be greeted by a long queue at the car rental counter, especially if several large flights have just landed. If shuttle frequency is limited, it may be quicker to hail a cab and hire downtown.

You will only pay for the days you need a car

Depending on the nature of your trip, you may need to hire a car for just a few days. Say you’re heading to Colorado, where you plan to spend a few days in downtown Denver before heading to the Rockies.

If you are flying into Denver International Airport, you could pay $10.50 to take the train from Denver Airport to Denver Union Station. Say you’re staying at the Westin Denver Downtown, which is just a 10-minute walk from Union Station. It charges $35 a day for parking (and $46 for valet).

By picking up your rental car downtown the morning you leave for the Rockies, you could not only avoid paying for unnecessary car rental days in what is otherwise a fairly transit-friendly and accessible city. walk, but you could also avoid parking fees. .

You can maximize carpooling discounts on days when you don’t need a full rental car

If you do part of your trip without a car — or end up carpooling from an offsite car rental location — here are ways to save on carpools (or at least earn rewards).

Lyft has partnerships with Delta Air Lines and Hiltonwhere you can win either Delta SkyMiles Where Hilton Honors points depending on the price of your ticket. Pay your Lyft with select Chase credit cards and earn up to 10 bonus points or up to 5% cash back.

Meanwhile, some American Express cards offer a monthly Uber Cash benefit, which can be used for Uber rides or Uber Eats orders in the United States. Conditions apply.

When to Skip Downtown Rental

Despite the savings, booking cars offsite doesn’t always make sense. Being able to pick up your car immediately after landing might be more convenient – ​​and the convenience could easily be worth the extra cost. Here are a few more reasons to skip downtown rentals:

  • Some downtown locations have limited hours. While airports are often open 24/7, it’s not uncommon to see the downtown location closed on Sundays or with fewer hours of operation (such as a 4 p.m. closing time ).
  • Still need to find a way to the city center. If there’s no free hotel shuttle or easy public transportation downtown, you may also have to pay for a taxi or carpool, which can eat into your savings. The NerdWallet study also analyzed average Uber and Lyft fares between airports and downtown. Uber’s average fare was $28.21 per ride, while Lyft’s average fare was $22.86.
  • City center locations are not always cheaper. Although they are generally less expensive than their airport counterparts, the trend is not always true. If your trip is flexible, compare prices before booking.

How to find a cheap rental car at the airport

If you are going to book a rental car from the airport, there are a few tips:

  • Look for the cheapest car rental companies. Another NerdWallet analysis of car rental company prices found that Enterprise, Budget, and Hertz round out the three cheapest car rental companies on average.
  • Try to book at the last minute. Although a bit more of a gamble, procrastination can sometimes save you money. NerdWallet found that rental car prices tend to be cheaper when booked a week in advance of the reservation date compared to three months in advance.
  • Check out the rental car loyalty programs. Most major car rental companies offer loyalty programs that can earn you free rentals and upgrades. For example, while National is among the most expensive car rental companies, its National Emerald Club Car Rental is among the best, with perks like a free car rental day for every five qualifying car rentals made by members with Emerald Club Executive Elite status. They also enjoy benefits such as free private airport delivery.

J. T. Genter and Sam Kemis contributed to this report.

North Bay wedding businesses say couples are ready to say ‘yes’ again after postponing it during the pandemic

0

Sometimes companies will want to drop off or pick up their rental items a few days before or after the event, or at odd times. This only works if the venue has the space.

“Rentals are near the bottom of the food chain. We get people calling the next day for events,” said Paul Conway, events manager for Bright Rentals in Sonoma. “Event planners know you need to get the rental order done fast.”

His company can provide everything except flowers and food; even toilets can be secured with Bright Rentals.

Places that do good business

Weddings at Triple S Ranch Napa in Calistoga are certainly not ordinary. For starters, it’s usually a weekend gathering.

“Young people can afford it. They want to have a good time together. Instead of a wedding for five hours, they want multiple gatherings,” owner Derek Webb told the Business Journal.

Only one event takes place at a time, so couples don’t share the property with strangers. The establishment has accommodation for 60 people. “The idea is exclusivity.”

The past few years have not been easy for Webb. The dip in business started with the Tubbs Fire in 2017, followed by the Kincade Fire in 2019, then the COVID, followed by the Glass Fire in 2020. Webb had to drop prices dramatically to get its head in the beds.

“During COVID, we couldn’t operate our business. It was illegal. We did some Airbnbs, but it’s not the same kind of money,” Webb said.

Today, however, the scenario is quite different.

“Business is strong. We are completely sold out for this year and are starting to sell for next year,” Webb said. For her property, wedding season runs from March 1 through Thanksgiving.

The Carneros Resort in Napa hosted nearly 30 weddings in 2018, 40 in 2019, 50 in 2020, 60 in 2021 and has 75 booked for this year and could add more, according to sales manager Alisa Sanger. Micro-weddings, those with 12 or fewer guests, were popular during the pandemic.

Olema House in Marin County thinks people want life back to normal, so they are planning weddings and other events.

“I think people are convinced that we’ve moved to a place where we hope we can all come together and not have to worry about social distancing and all that,” said Caitlin Hunter, head of sales and events, at the Olema property.

Like other venues, Olema House has also had to deal with fires as well as the pandemic. There was a fire on the property in October 2019 and then the Woodward Fire in Marin County in August 2020.

Olema House did not release specific numbers, but said the approach this year was to go a bit slowly, although admitted applications for 2022 and 2023 are coming in steadily.

“We are kind of in a remote area so sometimes it can be difficult to find outside suppliers. With the rental company we use they are definitely busy and sometimes can schedule a pick up but not a delivery as they have already used all of their trucks. We may have to call and pick up,” Hunter explained.

Before the pandemic, the Casa Madrona Hotel and Spa in Sausalito didn’t focus a ton of resources on weddings, but that has since changed, especially with the disappearance of corporate events over the past two years.

“There have been a lot of requests for weddings. We will probably do 20% more weddings this year compared to last year,” said Alex Stolle, sales manager.

The phones are ringing non-stop

“We’re at the point where we can’t keep up with the number of requests we’re getting,” said Elizabeth Ramirez, who, along with her husband Martin, owns Petal Town Flowers in Petaluma. “This year we might be booked every day, but we don’t want to exhaust all of our resources.”

Before the pandemic, the couple provided flowers for 40 to 50 weddings a year. In 2020, they made a handful. In 2021, they increased the game by almost 25% compared to 2019. Many of those from last year had been carried over from the previous year.

It remains to be seen what the final figure will be for 2022.

“We literally had a wedding on a Wednesday a few weeks ago. Typically now to have weddings on Friday, Saturday and Sunday every week,” Ramirez told the Business Journal.

In addition to an increase in business, Petal Town Flowers has requests for more elaborate floral designs.

“We are seeing that brides who had waited have accrued more for their budget. They are going much bigger now. Whereas in the past it was more stereotypical,” Ramirez said.

Upgrades include floral walls, greenery on the string of lights, and ornate arrangements on chandeliers.

The biggest challenge for this duo was getting the exact flowers one couple requested. As much as possible, they source their supplies from Sonoma County, with the San Francisco Flower Market being the next go as it carries flora from around the world.

Israeli army kills 3 Palestinians in West Bank shooting

0

JERUSALEM (AP) — Israeli forces killed three Palestinian militants in a firefight in the occupied West Bank early Saturday, police said, raising fears of a further escalation in violence during the Muslim holy month of Ramadan.

Israeli media said four members of an Israel Police counterterrorism unit were injured, one of them seriously. Troops came under fire as they tried to arrest suspected militants in the northern West Bank.

Tensions have skyrocketed in recent days after Palestinian assailants killed 11 Israelis in separate attacks across the country. Saturday marks the start of Ramadan, a month of fasting, prayer and religious devotion from dawn to dusk for hundreds of millions of Muslims around the world. In the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, Ramadan has often been a time of heightened friction and confrontation.

Israel Police said the three militants were members of a cell involved in the recent attacks on Israeli forces and were planning another attack which was foiled during Saturday morning’s joint operation with the army and security services. information.


Live videos from witnesses on social media showed a crowd of Palestinians inspecting the scene of clashes near the city of Jenin after Israeli troops withdrew. The street was covered in bloodstains and the men chanted slogans calling for revenge.

Palestine TV reported that Israeli forces seized the bodies of the activists.

In response to recent Palestinian attacks, more Israeli forces have been sent to the West Bank in recent days for increased searches, patrols and arrest raids.

With Saturday’s deaths, seven Palestinians have been killed in three days, including two in a shooting on Thursday and one after stabbing and wounding an Israeli on a bus in the West Bank.

A Palestinian was killed by soldiers in the West Bank city of Hebron on Friday in clashes that erupted after prayers at the mosque. The Israeli army said its forces fired on a Palestinian who threw a firebomb at them.

Several hundred Jewish settlers live under heavy military protection in the heart of Hebron, a city of more than 200,000 Palestinians and home to an important holy site sacred to Jews and Muslims.

Also on Friday, the Palestine Red Crescent Emergency Service said 36 Palestinians had been injured in weekly clashes with Israeli forces elsewhere in the West Bank. Protesters often throw rocks and firebombs at Israeli troops who use tear gas, rubber bullets and live fire. Thirty-three of the injured were hit by rubber bullets and three by live ammunition on Friday, the Red Crescent said.

At Al-Aqsa Mosque in East Jerusalem, Islam’s third holiest site, authorities said more than 30,000 people attended Friday prayers on the eve of Ramadan. No demonstrations or violence were reported.

The peak on which the mosque sits is the holiest site to Jews, who call it the Temple Mount, and it has been a frequent flashpoint in the century-old conflict.

Israeli, Palestinian and Jordanian leaders have had a flurry of talks in recent weeks, and Israel has made a series of goodwill gestures, all aimed at easing tensions ahead of Ramadan.

They hope to avoid a repeat of last year, when protests and clashes in Jerusalem during Ramadan sparked an 11-day war in Gaza and Jewish-Arab violence in Israel’s mixed towns.

Legend Holdings (3396.HK) announced its 2021 annual results

0
Achieved new revenue and profit record
Focused on industrial exploitation and scientific and technological innovation

HONG KONG, April 1, 2022 – (ACN Newswire) – According to the South China Morning Post, the global market has had another turbulent year. The impact of COVID-19 has still not gone away, the global supply chain chaos has shown that the world still needs time to recover; the consequences of geopolitical factors have greatly disrupted global financial markets, which has further raised concerns among investors. In such an environment, a comprehensive company with a solid business foundation and years of forward-looking layout tends to have a higher risk tolerance, such as Legend Holdings. The company announced its 2021 annual results yesterday, achieving steady growth.

Mr. Li Peng, CEO of Legend Holdings, said, “The company has strengthened its presence in its preferred business areas, proactively responded to the impact of the pandemic and various external environmental changes, business strategies and increased its investments in technology and innovation. Legend Holdings achieved revenue of RMB 489.872 billion, an increase of 17% year-on-year, and net profit attributable to shareholders of the Company of RMB 5.755 billion, an increase of 49% year over year. revenues and profits have reached new heights.”

Continuous growth momentum in the industrial operations segment, commercial foundation further consolidated
The good performance of Legend Holdings is mainly due to the continuous growth momentum of the industrial operations segment, the pillar companies of this segment consolidate the existing advantages and deepen innovation in all aspects, namely Lenovo, Levima Advanced Materials, Joyvio Group and Banque Internationale a Luxembourg SA (BIL).

In 2021, Lenovo seized the opportunities of global digitalization and intelligent transformation, the three core businesses achieved record results and further improvement in profitability, resulting in net profit attributable to shareholders of Legend Holdings amounting to RMB 4.019 billion, a 92% year-on-year increase. Lenovo has always attached importance to investing in science and technology, and in 2021 set a goal “to invest an annual average of RMB 20 billion in R&D over the next three years. and to double its R&D staff to no less than 24,000”. At present, the relevant work is progressing steadily. In the fourth quarter of 2021, it invested RMB 3.5 billion, representing a 38% year-on-year increase.

Levima Advanced Materials adhered to its innovation-driven strategy with a 60% increase in R&D investment year-on-year and planned to invest RMB 10 billion in the areas of new energy materials and materials biodegradable. Some projects have already started. Benefiting from factors such as strong demand for new energy products, improved operational efficiency and high-end differentiated product strategies, it achieved net profit attributable to shareholders of Legend Holdings of RMB 565 million, an increase of 70% year over year. .

Joyvio Group continued to focus on its two core business areas of premium fruit and premium animal protein and turned losses into profits through a series of initiatives during the period considered. BIL has continuously improved its business models and in 2021, all of its key business indicators recorded year-on-year growth, a CET-1 ratio up 14.15%, net profit attributable to shareholders of Legend Holdings at RMB 873 million, a 35% year-on-year increase (excluding foreign exchange differences).

Through the performance of the above companies, we can see that in 2021, Legend Holdings not only consolidated the basics of industrial operations, but also increased investment in technological innovation in accordance with national strategies, and the future development of industry. ‘business should be worth waiting for. Legend Holdings has a tradition of deep involvement in the field of technology and innovation, and this tradition is also fully demonstrated in its incubations and industrial investments segment.

Growing industrial incubations and investments, increased support for tech start-ups
Legend Holdings has a long history of deploying technology start-ups, and in 2021, Legend Holdings continued to increase its efforts in investment and financial support for science and technology innovation.

With the government attaching great importance to the development of the semiconductor industry, Legend Holdings previously made a strategic investment in high-tech company Fullhan Microelectronics, which specializes in chip design and development, and further increased its shares. of attendance. to 15.90% in 2021. Fullhan Microelectronics has maintained a high proportion of R&D investment and encouraged the improvement and upgrading of product lines. It developed a full range of products from simulation to digitization and front-end to back-end, with R&D spending up more than 100% year-on-year. In 2021, Legend Holdings and Fullhan Microelectronics jointly founded the Hanlian Semiconductor Industry Fund for greater cooperation in the semiconductor industry.

Through Legend Capital and Legend Star, Legend Holdings has invested in more than 100 innovative new technology projects, spanning advanced technology, biomedicine, advanced manufacturing, TMT and other areas, with 21 of its beneficiary companies entering domestic and foreign capital markets. As of the end of 2021, 39 companies invested by Legend Holdings have been selected for the Specialized, Fined, Particular and Innovative (SFPI) list nationwide. In addition, Legend Holdings and its subsidiary businesses have also supported the growth of nearly 200 Chinese SFPI companies through supply chain sourcing, financial support and professional services.

Legend Holdings’ long-term investment in companies with high technology potential shows insight into the future. These stocks would provide abundant financial returns and long-term development and further support or establish a range of enterprises to occupy leading positions while having excellent profitability in multiple industries and fields, while further contributing to the development of industries. innovative technologies from China. to the next step.

Overall strengthening of ESG-related initiatives
In recent years, global warming has led to various environmental problems such as melting glaciers and rising sea levels, which has also caused concern in various countries. With the introduction last year of China’s goal of “peak carbon neutrality” and the unanimous decision to “accelerate climate action” at the 26th United Nations Conference on Climate Change, the Environment, social and governance (ESG) has been elevated to a new level, and the capital market pays more attention to corporate ESG initiatives, which can also highlight corporate values.

In 2021, Legend Holdings strengthened and implemented its ESG-related initiatives into its ongoing day-to-day operations. Lenovo has reduced its carbon emissions by 92% over the past decade, selected as the United Nations Advanced Business Practices Case for Low Carbon Practices. In 2021, it has also set a goal of achieving net zero carbon emissions by 2050 and actively exports products, services and solutions to help various industries achieve carbon neutrality. Levima Advanced Materials has also been protecting the environment in its business, making vigorous efforts to develop new energy and biodegradable materials, and effectively achieving the goals of reducing energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions through to different initiatives.

When it comes to ESG investing that has emerged in recent years, Legend Holdings’ subsidiaries are also at the forefront. BIL has officially become a bank recognized by the United Nations Global Compact and the United Nations Principles for Responsible Banking (UN PRB) and has helped Chinese-funded companies to successfully issue green bonds. Legend Capital, as the first leading VC/PE institution in China to join the United Nations Organization for Responsible Investment, has invested in more than 20 companies based on “dual carbon” technology.

Looking to the future, Mr. Ning Min, Chairman of Legend Holdings, said, “We have never forgotten our mission of promoting technological innovation, supporting industrial development and our social responsibility as as an international company rooted in China. Facing the future, we will always keep an open mind, a pragmatic style, uphold the spirit of enterprise, step forward with courage, and make more positive contributions to the new era with solid achievements on the new journey towards the future. ‘to come up.”

Copyright 2022 ACN Newswire. All rights reserved.

Lagging rental aid system could lead to ‘tsunami of evictions’, campaigners say

0

Of her five tenants in her small, rent-controlled building in Boyle Heights, Anne Rochier is the only one receiving rent arrears from the state’s Housing Is Key program.

“Since about the start of the pandemic, our landlord has been indicating that he intends to evict us,” Rochier said.

The Housing Is Key program is California’s rental assistance program. The program provides free financial assistance to landlords and tenants who need help with unpaid rent or utilities. The deadline for the program will expire at 11:59 p.m. on March 31.

Despite a new law extending the moratorium on evictions, activists still fear that the obstacles and delay in the system could cause a massive wave of evictions.

“Like my neighbor, Isabel, who is 70 years old and does not have a computer [and] who doesn’t speak English,” Rochier said. “He’s been back and forth for nine months.”

In Los Angeles County, 256,449 completed applications were submitted, but only 113,753 were paid for a total of more than $1.3 billion in back rent.

“And that means we have hundreds and hundreds of people still waiting for their rent assistance and they have no idea when it’s going to happen,” executive director Larry Gross said.

Although the state has extended the moratorium on evictions for three months, if a tenant has not applied for the program, they will not be protected by the moratorium. In addition, the state’s new moratorium will now override most local rental protections, some of which are stronger. Activists believe this will leave some tenants vulnerable.

“So we anticipate that the long-awaited tidal wave of evictions that has been postponed, we could start seeing that as early as tomorrow,” Gross said.

UCLA’s Institute on Inequality and Democracy estimates that half a million residents in LA County alone are behind on their March rent. However, the Greater Los Angeles Apartment Association said landlords are also struggling, with 80% of landlords in the state being small, family-run organizations.

“It is not the responsibility of private owners to provide welfare to citizens,” said the association’s CEO, Daniel Yukelson. “There is no reason why service providers and rental property owners should provide their services for free. IT was the only industry attacked by the government in this case.”

Students gather and voice their opinions on the US government’s proposed resolution to divest from companies doing business in Israel

0

About 200 people gathered in the Ohio Union performance hall on Wednesday for the Undergraduate Student Government General Assembly meeting. Credit: Gabe Haferman | photo editing assistant

About 200 people gathered in the Ohio Union performance hall Wednesday at the Undergraduate Student Government General Assembly meeting to both support and oppose a proposed resolution to emergency that calls on the State of Ohio to divest itself of two companies it says are contributing to human rights abuses against Palestinians.

Over 50 Columbus students and community members spoke in an open forum session lasting over two hours. Many spoke of the implications the initiative could have on campus, including increased levels of anti-Semitism and continued support for violated Palestinian human rights. Others urged the Jewish and Palestinian communities to unite to encourage peace.

According to a copy of the resolution obtained by The Lantern, the sponsors – Sens. Rama Naboulsi, Yondris Ferguson, John Fuller, Julius McIntyre, and Suhavi Salmon-Rekhi – are waiting for the State of Ohio to boycott Caterpillar Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

At the time of publication, the resolution had not yet been presented to the General Assembly for a vote. As an emergency resolution, it was not on the General Assembly’s agenda for the meeting.

The resolution said Hewlett Packard Enterprise provided technology used by the Israeli military “that facilitates discrimination against Palestinians, restricts their freedom of movement, and limits their access to education, employment, and medical care.”

Hewlett Packard Enterprise did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

Palestinian land has been contested over the past century, with several wars breaking out – the last in 2014, in which 2,251 Palestinians and 73 Israelis were killed, according to a 2015 report by the United Nations Independent Commission of Inquiry.

Caterpillar Inc. provides engineering tools and bulldozers used to expand settlements in Palestine, build a separation wall in the West Bank and demolish Palestinian homes and refugee camps, according to the resolution.

“By investing in such companies, The Ohio State University implicitly condones and benefits from the decisions and actions of such companies and, as such, becomes guilty by association when such consequences of the actions and divestments of such companies, including including, but certainly not limited to, the killing of innocent civilians,” the resolution states.

Caterpillar Inc. was unable to provide comment at the time of publication.

Alex Grosman, a Jewish student and opponent of the resolution, expressed concern that passing the resolution would encourage anti-Semitism on campus.

“This threatens the direct personal, physical and emotional safety of every member of the OSU Jewish community, including myself,” said Grosman, a sophomore in international studies.

Dana Alkashkish, a former student from Ohio State, spoke about her family members in Palestine who she said had difficulty obtaining medical treatment in Israel.

“The Ohio State University, which plans to advocate for justice and quality, should not invest in companies that continue to dehumanize and contribute to the prevention of medical care as an overall violation of the human rights of any group, especially Palestinians,” Alkashkish said.

University spokesman Ben Johnson said in an email that the university’s endowment is not funded by tuition or fees, and that the university follows “all laws applicable to investments”.

“Ohio State has an unwavering commitment to free speech and encourages our students, faculty, and staff to engage in discussion and debate,” Johnson said.

The Lantern requested verification and details of contracts with Caterpillar Inc. and the university’s Hewlett Packard Enterprise which were unavailable at the time of publication.

Mariyam Muhammad contributed reporting.

Hertz Customers Say Company Knows They’re Filing Fake Car Theft Reports

0

Hertz, the car rental giant, is facing mounting allegations that it filed false car theft reports against its customers, leading to arrests and jail time. Victims told FOX 5 I-Team that this was not a one-time issue but rather a systemic problem.

These customers ranged from people using one of the Hertz Companies to rent a vehicle after a car accident, some for holidays, others as part of a Lyft Driver Program. But none expected to be arrested, let alone at gunpoint.

Paul-Anthony Knight was driving to work during the morning rush hour. It was traveling through the congested connector. Behind him, police cars weaved through traffic, moving rapidly up the shoulders.

Suddenly, there are three police cars behind me. I looked up. They were after me,” he said.

And they had guns pointed at him.

We watched Mr Knight watch the dashcam video for the first time since his arrest in November 2019.

Visibly upset, he said: “That moment was life changing. I was told this vehicle was reported stolen. I was in a stolen vehicle.”

He was charged with stealing the rental car he was driving. He was handcuffed, put in the police car, then went to jail.

“A very long week,” he said.

Julius Burnside rented a car through Hertz, extending it several times, after a car accident.

He told FOX 5 I-Team that the rental had been paid and had already been returned. Yet an arrest warrant was issued for him for theft by conversion, a felony. He surrendered in April 2018.

“They said I stole the car. I had proof to the contrary, namely bank statements, receipts from Hertz that were emailed to me,” said Julius Burnside, who lived in the time in Gwinnett County.

The two men are among more than 260 people who have filed similar false arrest complaints against Hertz as part of the company’s bankruptcy filing.

Their lawyer Francois Malofy, “Hertz knows that they are filing false police reports with false payment information, false return dates, false contact details and providing very misleading reports to the police on which they rely.

The FOX 5 I-Team reached out to Hertz, which also owns rental car brands Thrifty and Dollar.

In an email we were told, “Hertz cares deeply about its customers and we successfully provide rental vehicles to tens of millions of travelers each year. Unfortunately, in the legal cases being discussed, lawyers are used to making baseless claims who blatantly distort the facts.”

They went on to say, “The vast majority of these cases involve renters who were weeks or even months late on returning vehicles and stopped communicating with us well past their scheduled due date.”

Paul-Anthony Knight said he had just moved to Atlanta from Charlotte for a job. He drove for Lyft and got the car from Lyft’s rental program. He was arrested two days before the scheduled time to return the car.

“You lost your job because of job abandonment, and everything seems to snowball at that point,” he recalls.

Mr. Burnside had receipts showing that he had paid $2,343 for the returned rental. Court records show he thought the case was settled. He moved to Mississippi where he lives today. But he was wrong. The case was not dismissed and he was rearrested. He was imprisoned for nearly seven months.

He told FOX 5 I-Team that he ultimately pleaded guilty after his daughter begged him to.

“I went out the day before his graduation.”

A judge later quashed Mr Burnside’s conviction and the theft charges were dismissed. Its claim states that “Hertz was known to have lost rental extensions and filed false police reports.”

After two long years in legal limbo, prosecutors also dismissed Paul-Anthony Knight’s case.

Hertz reports that since 2016, it has filed more than 3,365 theft reports each year. Over a six-year period, this represents 20,190 cases. The company writes to FOX 5 I-Team that false arrest claims are “very rare.”

“Hertz must be held accountable for turning my life and the lives of so many others upside down when they did absolutely nothing wrong,” said Paul-Anthony Knight.

Lawyer Francis Malofiy added: “If they have been told the information is false, if they understand or learn that it is misleading, they will not correct it.

WATCH: FOX 5 NEWS LIVE COVERAGE

Russia’s attack on Ukraine tragically reminds us that kleptocracy kills

0

In 2015, a fire at the Colectiv nightclub in Bucharest killed 27 people. In the months following the accident, 37 more people died of infections caused by the use of diluted medical disinfectant in the Romanian hospitals where they were treated. Like the Oscar-nominated documentary “Collectivechronicles, the company producing the substandard solution bribed government officials and hospital managers to get their products into medical facilities across the country. In the days following the tragedy, with the public still unaware of the details and conditions of what happened in emergency rooms, thousands of citizens took to the streets of Romania carrying banners saying: “Corruption kills”.

The Colectiv fire shone international spotlight on the negative – even deadly – ​​consequences of corruption far beyond the familiar economic, social and political damage. The tragedy in Romania illustrates how corruption can cause loss of life. Today, the devastation wrought by the Russian offensive in Ukraine is proof that grand systemic corruption, or kleptocracy, can kill on a massive scale.

The Russian Federation under Vladimir PoutineVladimir Vladimirovich Putin Biden says he was not calling for regime change in Russia Seizing Russian yachts is US goal. But it’s not easy that Ukraine can defeat Russia – but the West must help MORE has become a living example of the classic definition of kleptocracy, a system where corruption is used to achieve political goals with the help of a transnational network of enablers. Since coming to power, Putin has consolidated domestic power and projected his influence abroad by weaponizing corruption to secure the support of economic elites at home and co-opting the political systems of countries around the world.

Putin achieved his goals by deploying the kleptocrat playbook: In addition to arbitrarily disposing of state assets to favor cronies, silence dissent and imprison opponents, under his leadership the Kremlin has also used other tactics, including vexatious lawsuits against journalists and pitchers foreign whistleblowing, bribery of foreign public officials and large-scale actions. reputation laundering campaigns. Very odious, his regime is suspected of having ordered the assassination of multiple detractors wishing to denounce the corruption of the State.

Yet it would be reductive to suggest that the kleptocratic nature of the Russian state is the reason why more than 3 million people were expelled from Ukraine and thousands were killed. None of the classic kleptocratic plays employed by Putin and his cronies sufficiently explain Russia’s murderous war. Just as corruption doesn’t always lead to death, most kleptocracies don’t engage in wars – at least in the traditional sense. That said, violence is an inherent tool of kleptocratic governance.

Kleptocracy permits aggression in three main ways. First, by entrenching a kleptocratic class invested in maintaining its economic access, kleptocracy limits the ability of elites to control government. Even in authoritarian contexts, there is a degree of accountability. In most dictatorships, groups that may include a powerful army, clergy, or an independent oligarchy limit the sphere of what the leader of a country can do. In kleptocratic systems, the intertwined nature of political and economic power and the ability to store and access wealth abroad – through bank secrecy laws, beneficial ownership agreements and “golden visas” – increase the autonomy of the kleptocratic class vis-à-vis their fellow citizens. indoor market.

This, in turn, reduces the incentives for those close to power to risk their status by confronting a decision from the top, since ultimately their economic situation is somewhat disconnected from the economic performance of the country. As a result, when a decision to go to war is made in a kleptocracy, few are willing and able to push back.

At the same time, kleptocracy is a zero-sum game in which there is little room to make the pie bigger without empowering new players who could jeopardize the position of insiders. This is especially true in the face of real or perceived threats to the status quo, which could cause second-tier elites to support the initiation of dangerous projects that could be seen as offering the prospect of pecuniary gain. In the case of Putin’s Russia, the offensive in Ukraine would have been less about increasing access and more about preventing Ukrainians from breaking away from the Russian kleptocracy and its tentacles in Kyiv.

Finally, kleptocracy can make war even more devastating by forcing military decisions that ultimately can prolong the duration of war or its lethality. There were reports of poorly maintained equipment, outdated or insufficient food, and shortages of fuel and other basic inputs. Instead of investing in defense systems and equipment, longstanding corruption weakened material capacity of the Russian army to overwhelm a less equipped army. Ultimately, the escalation of lethal tactics that use weapons more indiscriminately against civilians may be the result of blocked battalions and roving tankers.

The invasion of Ukraine is a tragic reminder that kleptocracy, the supercharged version of corruption, exacerbates the corrosive effects of state abuse, turning the absence of accountability into a criminal enterprise. Under certain conditions, the violent nature of kleptocracy can turn into war. Ukrainians live this escalation in the flesh.

It is time to recognize the enormous human cost of kleptocracy and demand sustained transnational coordination to seize the ill-gotten gains of kleptocrats around the world. the unprecedented penalties imposed on Russia must be accompanied structural reforms systems that allow the money inside in the first place.

Eguiar Lizundia is Senior Advisor for Governance and Anti-Corruption at International Republican Institute.

Wealth tax for Philadelphia? ; Make the best breakfast sandwich; March Madness Story | Sunday overview

0

💌 Do you want this daily summary emailed to you? Sign up for Billy Penn’s free newsletter and it will arrive in your inbox every morning.


• Should schools cut staff because enrollment is down?

The Philadelphia School Board has approved a preliminary budget for next year. It’s slightly higher overall, but assumes enrollment will be around 7,000 fewer children and adjusts staff accordingly. Principals called the plan a “massacre”, saying more teachers were needed, not fewer. (Students are dropping out at a higher rate — stay tuned for our story on this with the Hechinger Report.) Meanwhile, the district rolled out a plan to begin renovating its aging buildings, which average 70 years. [Chalkbeat/Inquirer$/Capital-Star]

• Soldiers killed on highway in drunk driving tragedy

In a gruesome twist, the two Pennsylvania state troopers killed by a drunk driver on I-95 in South Philly last week reportedly arrested her earlier on suspicion of impaired driving. They then received a call to investigate someone walking on the motorway and had to leave – so the driver resumed what would become a deadly journey. Beware, if you receive a call to donate in memory of the soldiers, there is a scam going around. [Billy Penn/NBC10/PhillyVoice]

• 52nd Street Revitalization

Positive move for West Philly’s commercial corridor, once known as Philly’s “Black Broadway”: The Enterprise Center secured $1 million in federal funding to help small businesses along 52nd Street, and chef Omar Tate is getting closer to the opening of the Honeysuckle grocery store. You can order boxes of honeysuckle now to make what might be Philadelphia’s best new breakfast sandwich. [WHYY’s PlanPhilly/Billy Penn/Billy Penn]

• Boot & Saddle gets a makeover

The emblematic brand will be ablaze again: Boot & Saddle returns under new ownership, a year and a half after its closure. New owners are Mark Christman of Ars Nova Workshop and Evan Clancy of Fountain Porter, who have not announced firm plans for the venue other than keeping the name and neon sign. Seems like a perfect place to serve canned Fishtown iced teas. [Billy Penn/Inquirer$/Billy Penn]

Mark Henninger / Imagic Digital

• Kenney’s budget address

Mayor Kenney is due to present his budget proposal to city council this week, kicking off months of debate before the May 31 deadline. Expect council members positioning themselves for a mayoral race to take the opportunity to highlight their priorities, from violence prevention and schools to police and libraries. [Citizen/Tribune]

• A wealth tax for Philadelphia

As President Biden proposes a federal tax on billionaires, council member Brooks is plans to introduce a “Philadelphia wealth tax”, aimed at obtaining gains on stock market holdings. Brooks, elected as part of the Working Families Party, will be joined by Senator Warren and council members Gym and Gauthier. [Bloomberg/@KendraPHL/Billy Penn]

• Meet the winners of the Philadelphia Spelling Bee

On Saturday, Billy Penn and WHYY hosted the regional competition that will send three elementary school students to Washington DC for the Scripps National Spelling Bee. Stay tuned for mini-profiles of the impressive young winners. You never know, they might become Harvard librarians like Philly’s 1975 spelling champ. [Billy Penn]

• March Madness unfolds

Does Villanova count as a school in Philadelphia? As the perennial debate resurfaces, Nova clinched a spot in the Final Four (and lost a key player to a bad leg injury.) history at the Wells Fargo Center. Here’s a look at some of the best moments from the Philly March Madness lore. [Crossing Broad/Yahoo/Billy Penn/Billy Penn]

Farmers in Uzbekistan will have better access to finance

0

Ensuring a successful career in the biggest financial market requires the right approach, a proven strategy, proper research and market knowledge. However, as a beginner in this field, in addition to choosing the best forex brokers determine the amount time you can invest to reach your financial goals. Deciding whether short-term trading or long-term investing would suit your preferences and availability can help you better understand modifying your existing strategy, tools, and approach.

Basic definitions of short-term trading and long-term investing

The time invested in the forex market determines whether one is a trader or an investor. Short-term trading involves entering and exiting positions every day – trading currencies that tend to last anywhere from minutes to seconds. The main profit objective in short-term trading is to take advantage of market fluctuations in a short period of time.

Long-term investing, on the other hand, focuses on opening trades over a much longer period. While in short term trading the approach revolves around the buy and sell technique, in long term investing it is more likely a buy and hold approach .

While “time” is the most obvious factor that differentiates the two approaches, there are other aspects including skills, capital required, personality traits, potential gains to consider when choosing the approach to take. However, both business approaches are profitable in their own way. Day trading aims to profit from the smallest gains resulting from the constant fluctuations of the market and requires the market participant to be attentive and vigilant. Long-term investing focuses on generating a source of passive income and eventually generating long-term wealth.

  • Different personalities and skills

The personality trait of the market player then varies when determining the right approach for him. When it comes to day trading, you have to be vigilant and keep an eye on the market in order to take advantage of price fluctuations.

Long-term investors, on the contrary, must remain patient even when the market is unfavorable to them, as their goal is to earn long-term profits. Regardless of the type of trading approach, it takes in-depth knowledge of the market and a proven strategy to be successful in FX.

  • Potential risk and reward

Investing for the long term offers less risk exposure and the possibility of losing capital for the investor. By investing, you can minimize the risk associated with market fluctuations. An investor can earn higher returns over a period of time and allows you to invest a relatively smaller amount of investments at a time.

In day trading, the monthly gains may be higher, but so is the risk associated with it. Since day traders profit from minor price fluctuations, day traders need to invest a substantial amount of capital in order to generate solid profits. The risk factor increases here since the trade may also go against your favor, which then results in a loss.

Since day trading requires initiating and executing multiple trades in a single day, brokerage commission plays a crucial role for day traders. This is also something to consider when choosing a broker for them. For long-term investors, these factors are rather insignificant, as these types of market participants prefer to buy and hold a position for a longer period.

The main objective of any type of trading approach comes down to profit potential. Investing for the long term allows you to generate a substantial profit without affecting performance too much or risking your capital. Even though the profitability of day trading is much higher, the risk potential also increases simultaneously. A day trader can make up to 3% profit on his capital per day, which can reach 10-60%. Long-term investors, on the other hand, can expect an average of 10% in total.

Conclusion

Investing in forex involves a variety of specific short-term or long-term strategies. However, a clear understanding of both approaches can help you make the right business decisions and thrive in the market.

Go Rentals Adds Airport Location – Rental Operations

0

“Go is committed to innovating and investing in expanding our network and improving our services,” James Dalglish, COO of Go Rentals, said in the statement. “We have decided to hire locally at this crucial time as we are confident about the future of New Zealand’s tourism industry.

Source: Go Rentals


Go Rentals, owned by Kiwi, said in a statement that it will open a branch in the terminal at Nelson Airport in November. The new site is part of the company’s growth strategy by investing more in the South Island.

Go Rentals will provide a fleet chosen for optimum driving in the South Island where its average distance per rental by an overseas visitor is approximately 1,400km per rental. Rental options will include the Tesla Model 3, as well as a range of SUVs and 4×4 vehicles to meet customers’ travel needs, according to the statement.

“We are delighted to welcome Go Rentals as a full partner of Nelson Airport,” said Mark Thompson, CEO of Nelson Airport. “Go Rentals will play an important role in bringing travel back to New Zealand as we welcome back international and domestic travellers. With Nelson’s population growing and tourism in the region soaring, we are delighted to be able to offer a greater selection of car rental options for people wishing to explore the beauty of the South Island.

“Nelson is a key gateway to surrounding areas like Abel Tasman, Golden Bay and other breathtaking locations in the South Island,” added James Dalglish, COO of Go Rentals.

The Go Rentals app allows users to check in, pick up and drop off their car faster by skipping the line, creating a seamless experience. Being in the terminal is an added benefit for Go customers. Go Rentals will be taking bookings at the new branch from March 25 for travel from November 1.

Japanese Eneos plans to pull out of Myanmar gas project Yetagun

0

The logo of Eneos Holdings and Eneos Corporation is displayed at the company’s headquarters in Tokyo, Japan August 20, 2020. REUTERS/Issei Kato

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com

Register

TOKYO, March 25 (Reuters) – Japanese energy firm Eneos Holdings (5020.T) is aiming to pull out of Myanmar’s Yetagun gas project in response to “social issues”, a spokesman said on Friday, amid criticism that the project funds Southeast Asia. national military junta.

The move comes after Malaysia’s state-owned Petronas and Japan’s Mitsubishi Corp said last month they were divesting from the project, in the latest exits from major energy companies since last year’s military coup. . Read more

“We are reviewing and discussing with our business partners all possible measures to close the business depending on the situation to address social issues and business potential,” the Eneos spokesman told Reuters.

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com

Register

Earlier on Friday, the Nikkei business daily said Eneos would pull out amid criticism that the project funded the ruling junta.

Petronas’ subsidiary, PC Myanmar (Hong Kong) Ltd, holds a 40.9% stake in Yetagun, while Myanma Oil and Gas Enterprise holds 20.5%.

A Japanese consortium, led by the government and the Eneos JX Nippon Oil & Gas Exploration unit, has a 19.3% stake, with the rest held by PTTEP International Ltd (PTTEP.BK).

In January, TotalEnergies (TTEF.PA) and Chevron Corp (CVX.N), partners in a major gas project in Myanmar, said they were pulling out of the country, citing the worsening humanitarian situation after the coup. ‘State. Read more

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com

Register

Reporting by Yuka Obayashi and Sakura Murakami; Editing by Jacqueline Wong and Clarence Franandez

Our standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

Rental Car Crisis – Winnipeg Free Press

0



A continued shortage of rental cars – accompanied by price spikes in the summer – means that if you want to book a ride, you need to do it now, experts say.

“It’s kind of random,” Nicole Saindon said.

Saindon regularly orders rental cars from Winnipeg’s Richardson International Airport for his employer, a concrete contractor whose staff visits job sites in northern Manitoba, among other places.

“Last week I tried to rent (a vehicle) and they literally had nothing. I couldn’t find anything,” Saindon said.

She reserved a vehicle on Tuesday through National Car Rental, where her company enjoys a corporate discount. Normally, she could try an SUV. Now she’s not picky.

“Last week I tried to rent (a vehicle) and they literally had nothing. I couldn’t find anything. –Nicole Saindon

“I just try to get everything I can,” she said.

The shortage of rental cars is not new to Saindon. Last summer she went to Victoria, British Columbia and couldn’t find any wheels, she said.

“It definitely…pays to book ahead because at least you have a chance of getting something,” she said.

The pressure on the industry is not expected to ease this summer. On Wednesday, Enterprise’s website showed no vehicle availability at the Charlottetown airport for the entire month of July and most of August. The website had a similar lack of stock at Vancouver airport and St. John’s, NL.


JAMES A. FINLEY / ASSOCIATED PRESS KIT

The pressure on the industry is not expected to ease this summer. As of Wednesday, Enterprise’s website showed no vehicle availability at the Charlottetown airport for all of July and most of August.

“width=”2000″ height=”1299” srcset=”https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/400*400/NEP270675_web_Travel-Car-Rental-Tips.jpg 400w,https://media.winnipegfreepress.com /images/600*600/NEP270675_web_Travel-Car-Rental-Tips.jpg 600w,https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/700*700/NEP270675_web_Travel-Car-Rental-Tips.jpg 700w,https://media .winnipegfreepress.com/images/800*800/NEP270675_web_Travel-Car-Rental-Tips.jpg 800w,https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/900*900/NEP270675_web_Travel-Car-Rental-Tips.jpg 900w,https ://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/1000*1000/NEP270675_web_Travel-Car-Rental-Tips.jpg 1000w”/>

JAMES A. FINLEY / ASSOCIATED PRESS KIT

The pressure on the industry is not expected to ease this summer. On Wednesday, Enterprise’s website showed no vehicle availability at the Charlottetown airport for the entire month of July and most of August.

“Like the rest of the industry, the Enterprise Holdings brands (Enterprise, National and Alamo) continue to see increased demand for vehicles to support travel across Canada,” an Enterprise Holdings spokesperson wrote. in a press release.

“We expect demand to continue to increase in early spring and summer.”

Vans, pickups, convertibles and SUVs are popular, the spokesperson said. Booking a vehicle as early as possible is “essential”, they added.

“Already in December, we are seeing reservations coming in,” said Susan Postma, regional manager at CAA Manitoba.

The travel company has noticed “pockets of availability” when helping customers rent vehicles, she said. Travel planning is on the rise, she added.

The high season – June, July and August – is currently the most difficult to rent.

“My recommendation would definitely be to book now,” Postma said. “You can always look closer to the start for other opportunities, whether it’s price or vehicle type.”

“My recommendation would definitely be to book now. You can always look closer to the start for other opportunities, whether it’s price or vehicle type. – Susan Postma, CAA Manitoba

Rental costs are rising. For example, a full-size car from Hertz, for pickup at Winnipeg Richardson International Airport on Wednesday, was about $782.25 for a week. The same vehicle at the same location was estimated at $1,357.32 from July 11-18, if reserved and paid for by Wednesday. The total rose to around $1,428.27 if paid later.

“Reserve your vehicle as early as possible to lock in prices, as they are likely to rise,” said Craig Hirota, vice president of government relations and member services for Associated Canadian Car Rental Operators.

The rental car shortage is relative to consumer demand, Hirota said. Rental car brands began to come under pressure last April: parts of Canada began easing public health restrictions and people began to travel more, but companies had already sold off much of their fleets .

“(Vehicles) weren’t rented and (companies) needed money,” Hirota said of the first outbreak of COVID-19.




<p>DREAMSTIME / TNS FILES</p>
<p>A full-size car from Hertz, to be picked up at Winnipeg’s Richardson International Airport on Wednesday, cost around $782.25 for a week.</p>
<p>” width=”2048″ height=”1365″ srcset=”https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/400*400/NEP270675_web_BIZ-HILTZIK-COLUMN-HERTZ-DMT.jpg 400w,https://media.winnipegfreepress .com/images/600*600/NEP270675_web_BIZ-HILTZIK-COLUMN-HERTZ-DMT.jpg 600w,https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/700*700/NEP270675_web_BIZ-HILTZIK-COLUMN-HERTZ-DMT.jpg 700w ,https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/800*800/NEP270675_web_BIZ-HILTZIK-COLUMN-HERTZ-DMT.jpg 800w,https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/900*900/NEP270675_web_BIZ-HILTZIK- COLUMN-HERTZ-DMT.jpg 900w,https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/1000*1000/NEP270675_web_BIZ-HILTZIK-COLUMN-HERTZ-DMT.jpg 1000w”/>								
<figcaption>
<p>DREAMSTIME / TNS FILES</p>
<p>A full-size car from Hertz, for pickup at Winnipeg Richardson International Airport on Wednesday, was about $782.25 for a week.</p>
</figcaption></figure>
<p>Since last April, there haven’t been many sales of vehicles other than those that are past their useful life, he said.			</p>
<p>“The industry, roughly across North America, has been trying to rebuild its fleets.”			</p>
<p>However, supply chain issues have stalled progress.  Automakers are behind schedule and they are largely shipping their inventory to retailers, Hirota said.			</p>
<p>“They’ve really reduced fleet sales, which makes it even harder for our industry,” he said.  “(We) buy cars when we can.”			</p>
<p>Some branches buy low-mileage used vehicles to fill the gaps, he added.  The industry won’t return to normal until automakers return to regular production levels, “plus the additional time needed to replenish inventory with new vehicles,” Hirota said.			</p>
<p>The summer is unlikely to see regular rental car fleet levels.			</p>
<p>The gas price increase should not affect rental costs because customers pay for their own fuel, Hirota said.			</p>
<p>“We haven’t yet seen a reduction in demand due to gasoline prices,” he said.			</p>
<p>According to Tyler MacAfee, WAA Vice President of Communications and Government Relations, the Winnipeg Airports Authority has noticed a greater appetite for rental cars as passenger traffic gets busy.			</p>
<figure class=


<p>JESSICA LEE / WINNIPEG FREE PRESS</p>
<p>  A nearly empty rental car garage is pictured at the Winnipeg airport.” width=”2048″ height=”1152″ srcset=”https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/400*400/NEP270675_web_220323_car-1 .jpg 400w,https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/600*600/NEP270675_web_220323_car-1.jpg 600w,https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/700*700/NEP270675_web_220323_car-1.jpg 700w, https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/800*800/NEP270675_web_220323_car-1.jpg 800w,https://media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/900*900/NEP270675_web_220323_car-1.jpg 900w,https:// media.winnipegfreepress.com/images/1000*1000/NEP270675_web_220323_car-1.jpg 1000w”/>								
<figcaption>
<p>JESSICA LEE / WINNIPEG FREE PRESS</p>
<p>A nearly empty car rental garage is pictured at the Winnipeg airport.</p>
</figcaption></figure>
<p>“With a busy summer travel season, we are working with car rental companies to ensure they can meet the growing demand,” he wrote in an email.			</p>
<p>Manitoba Public Insurance has seen a decrease in the number of customers requiring rental cars, despite a sharp increase in winter collisions, media spokesman Brian Smiley said.			</p>
<p>“There’s a bit of an asterisk there,” he said.  “You can have people who don’t have the automobile loss of use policy and they’ll just arrange to get their own rental.”			</p>
<p>There were around 35,000 collisions between January and mid-March this year, Smiley said.  Last year, at the same time, around 20,000 accidents were recorded.			</p>
<p>MPI received around 21,000 rental car invoices from April to February, compared to around 23,000 from April 2020 to February 2021.			</p>
<p>gabrielle.piche@winnipegfreepress.com			</p>
<div class=

Want to get a head start on your day?

Get the day’s latest news, weather forecasts and more delivered straight to your inbox every morning of the week.

Join Head Start

Gabrielle Piche

Gabrielle Piche
Journalist

Gabby is a huge fan of people, writing and learning. She graduated from Red River College’s Creative Communications program in the spring of 2020.

Hertz bets on Tesla and adds a Model Y SUV to its fleet

0

Hertz (HTZ) is moving forward with its electric vehicle (EV) options with Tesla (TSLA) once again.

First spotted by the EV blog Electrek, Hertz has added Tesla’s Model Y crossover to its electric vehicle offerings on the company’s website. Previously, only the Tesla Model 3 was available for rental.

So far, Model Ys are available for rental only at select DC (Dulles), Florida, California and Georgia airports.

A man photographs a Hertz Tesla electric vehicle on display during Hertz Corporation’s IPO at the Nasdaq Market site in Times Square in New York, U.S., November 9, 2021. REUTERS/Brendan McDermid

Hertz may add more Model Y locations in the future, but it wouldn’t be out of the question for Hertz to announce a splashy move before such a deal is set in stone.

Think back to last year when Hertz announced it would be electrifying its rental car fleet with a huge order for 100,000 Tesla Model 3 sedans. Hertz even signed NFL star Tom Brady to make the announcement in a flashy ad.

The news sent shares of Hertz and Tesla skyrocketing, with Tesla hitting a new all-time high and surpassing the $1 trillion market capitalization milestone. Hertz, one of the first meme stocks before its bankruptcy, was once again on WallStreetBets’ reddit radar.

Then, in a surprising twist, Tesla CEO Elon Musk poured cold water on the so-called deal, saying there was no real deal between Hertz and Tesla, and that Hertz was just a regular customer like any other fleet buyer.

It’s also unclear if Hertz’s Model Ys are actually part of the 100,000 Tesla Model 3 order announced by Hertz last year. As of this article’s publication, Hertz has not returned an official request for comment.

Hertz recovery plan

News of the addition of the Model Y to the fleet comes at an inflection point for Hertz as its turnaround plan gets underway. Just last month Hertz announced that Stephen Scherrformer chief financial officer of Goldman Sachs, would be its new CEO, replacing Mark Fields, interim CEO and longtime director of Ford (F).

And last month, when Hertz announced its earnings which beat Wall Street estimates for the fourth quarter, some analysts were hesitant to recommend the stock. Morgan Stanley analyst Billy Kovanis noted that this could be a good entry point for the stock, but remains cautious due to price pressure.

Although we remain equally weighted, we are seeing a positive risk/reward spread with a compelling ~25% upside to our price target,” Kovanis said in a note last month, despite his price target lowering. from $27 to $25. “For us to be more optimistic, we would need more conviction that prices can remain structurally higher than before covid, as well as more % upside on the name.”

Hertz and Tesla stocks are both slightly higher today at noon.

——

Pras Subramanian is senior automotive reporter at Yahoo Finance. You can follow him on Twitter and on instagram.

Read the latest financial and business news from Yahoo Finance

Follow Yahoo Finance on Twitter, instagram, Youtube, Facebook, Flipboardand LinkedIn

Global Survey Validates Emerging $30 Billion New Practice Area in Enterprise Computing

0

SAN DIEGO & PARIS–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Kiriba, (“the Company”), a global leader in cloud-based financial and IT solutions, today announced the results of a major IDC survey commissioned by Kyriba. Global survey results of over 800 corporate finance executives validate the emergence of a new practice area in enterprise IT that includes risk management, payments, time connectivity real estate, cash management and working capital financing. The survey further confirms that predictive analytics, APIs, and artificial intelligence are the top integrated technologies required by finance executives to optimize business cash.

CFOs leverage technology integration to unify finance data and processes

The survey highlights a group (“leaders”) that outperformed the entire survey in terms of operational efficiency, technology adoption and process maturity:

  • Business liquidity: 51% of managers can produce a consolidated view of cash and liquidities in less than an hour compared to 8% of the least equipped companies;
  • Risk reduction: 79% of leaders have very effective payment fraud prevention in place, and only 16% of laggards say they have confidence in their programs; 69% of leaders hedge effectively to protect cash, with less than 5% of laggards reporting successful hedging programs;
  • Real-time decisions: 93% of leaders leverage real-time information, compared to only 36% of less digitized organizations, while 85% of leaders integrate real-time data from third-party partners and members into their enterprise platforms;
  • Investing in technology: 51% of executives and 43% of all respondents plan to increase spending on liquidity platforms.

CFOs confirm the emergence of a liquidity management practice

“The new mission of CFOs is to identify and activate all possible sources of liquidity to adapt continuously to the new global volatility. This survey confirms that highly digitized organizations are inventing new liquidity management practices that mitigate risk while optimizing cash, payments, and working capital funding enterprise-wide and in real time. Their CFOs deliver actionable insights downstream to business decision makers by transforming data through AI and API platforms. We are witnessing the birth of a new category of software – Enterprise Liquidity Management,” said Samuel Guillon, SVP Strategy at Kyriba.

“We believe that liquidity management platforms can help CFOs improve new practices they have already established to build resilience, drive value and unlock growth,” Guillon said.

Liquidity Management Reshapes Vendor Software Market to Create New Business Estimated at $30 Billion

“Overall, the survey results show the growing importance of liquidity for financial executives. The Office of the CFO becomes an Office of Liquidity, driving transformation through data-driven business decisions. Financial leaders demand systems designed to aggregate, analyze and disseminate data. This need is driving the emergence of intelligent platforms based on unified APIs and data. The survey demonstrates that CFOs recognize the need to invest in the tools, skills and resources needed to manage cash at the enterprise level,” said Kevin Permenter, Research Director, Financial Applications at IDC.

“There is a huge opportunity here for suppliers to step in and support CFOs as their role changes. Taken together, we estimated the total market available for such enterprise cash management software to be $30 billion in 2021, but the longer-term opportunities for software vendors are far greater,” Permenter said.

The IDC white paper, commissioned by Kyriba, A New Practice Area Emerges for CFOs: Enterprise-wide Liquidity Management, doc #US48341221, November 2021, is available here.

The survey was conducted online by IDC in August 2021 among 811 treasurers based in the United States (31%), Europe (53%) and Asia (16%).

About Kyriba:

Kyriba empowers CFOs, Treasurers and their IT counterparts to transform treasury, payments, working capital and connectivity solutions to enable liquidity as a dynamic, real-time driver of growth and value creation . Kyriba is a secure and scalable SaaS platform that leverages artificial intelligence, automates payment workflows and enables thousands of multinationals and banks to maximize growth, protect against fraud and financial risk losses and reduce operational costs. With 2,000 customers worldwide, 25% of which are Fortune 500 and Eurostoxx 50 companies, Kyriba handles more than 1.3 billion banking transactions per year and 250 million payments with a total value of 15 trillion dollars per year.

Kyriba is headquartered in San Diego with offices around the world. For more information, visit www.kyriba.com.

Car Rental Market to See Huge Growth by 2027 – Enterprise, Hertz, Avis Budget, Sixt, Europcar, Localiza, CAR Inc., Movida, Unidas, Goldcar, eHi Car Service

0

the Car rental The market is globally one of the leading markets involving the development of innovative techniques and an extremely categorized industry. After a thorough investigation conducted on the Car Rental market industries, the market report provides detailed information, based on the export and import related data as well as current industry trends in the market global. The report takes an in-depth look at the competitive structure of the global car rental market. The Car Rental market report includes the detailed summary of various competitive firms, manufacturers, organizations and other players who hold major weight in the global market in terms of demand, sales and revenue by providing reliable products and services to customers around the world.

Key players profiled in the report include

Key Players covered in Car Rental report are Enterprise, Hertz, Avis Budget, Sixt, Europcar, Localiza, CAR Inc., Movida, Unidas, Goldcar, eHi Car Services, Fox Rent A Car, Times Mobility Networks, Nissan , Toyota, ShouQi, eHi Car Service, Volkswagen Leasing, Europcar, Dollar Thrifty Automotive Group

Request Sample Report + All Related Charts & Graphs @https://www.maccuracyreports.com/report-sample/346123

The global car rental market report provides notable insights into the car rental market by fragmenting the market into different segments. The global Car Rental market report delivers a comprehensive overview of the market’s global development including its features and forecast. It requires in-depth research studies and analytical power to understand the technology, ideas, methodologies, and theories involved in understanding the market.

Additionally, the report features comprehensive analytical studies of the limiting and growth factors. The report provides a detailed summary of the Car Rental market’s current innovations and approaches, overall parameters, and specifications. The report also gives a comprehensive study of the economic fluctuations in terms of supply and demand.

car rental market

Multi-Utility Vehicles (MUV), Sports Utility Vehicles (SUV), Economy Cars, Executive Cars, Luxury Cars.

Application as below

Airport rentals, Off-airport rentals

Apart from this, the report includes the car rental market study based on geographical and regional location. Geographic Segmentation, By Region, North America (US, Canada), South America (Argentina, Chile, Brazil, etc.), Asia-Pacific (India, China, Japan, Singapore, Korea, etc.), Europe (UK, France, Germany, Italy, etc.), the Middle East and Africa (GCC countries, South Africa, etc.) and the rest of the world.

Car rental market key points:

CAGR of the Car Rental Market over the forecast period 2020-2026.

Accurate information on the factors that will contribute to the growth of the market over the next six years.

Forecasts of future industry trends and changes in customer behavior.

Prospects of market size and its contribution to the parent market.

The growth and current state of the market in the COVID-19 pandemic situation.

Market competitive landscape analysis and detailed vendor information.

A comprehensive description of the factors that will challenge the growth of market vendors.

The global Car Rental report indicates the state of the industry and regional and global basis with the help of graphs, diagrams and figures to make it easy and better understandable.

Please click here today to purchase the full report @ https://www.maccuracyreports.com/checkout/346123

The car rental report confirms the facts below:

Historical Industry Demand Trends and Future Development Study – Car Rental Market Investors will make their business decisions based on historical and projected performance of the car rental market in terms of growth trends, contribution revenue and growth rates of the car rental market. The report offers an analysis of the car rental industry from 2016 to 2019, based on categories such as product type, applications/end users and regions.

Market Drivers, Limitations and Opportunities – The market is deeply assessed by the current market situation such as market growth factors and restraints. Additionally, here we can discuss the latest industry news and its impact on the car rental business.

Industry Chain Analysis- The study of industry chain structure incorporates details related to supplier and buyer information. Furthermore, the report categorizes leading manufacturers of car rental industry on the basis of their production base, cost structure, car rental production process, raw material expenditure and labor expenditure. -work.

Future project opportunity – The Car Rental market report includes a detailed explanation about the past and present trends market has been following along with its future analysis that may concern with the Car Rental market growth.

Note – To provide a more accurate market forecast, all our reports will be updated prior to delivery considering the impact of COVID-19.

Tenant advocacy group calls for expansion of California rental assistance program

0

California Emergency Rental Assistance is due to expire March 31, and tenancy advocates across the state are calling for an extension of the program to avoid evictions.

Ramon Toscano is a ACCE San Diego member who rents a two-bedroom apartment in Vista with his wife and six children.

“What will happen on the first of April? I’m going to have a note on the door that says, “You have three days to leave,” Toscano said in Spanish. “We don’t know what to do, so the uncertainty is growing with each passing day. This stresses you out more and more, because what can you do?

RELATED: Rental Aid Aims to Stem Tsunami of Evictions, But Will It Be Enough?

the Housing NOW! California Coalition Calls on Heads of State to extend the application period and coverage for tenants for housing assistance until the end of August.

Consuelo Martinez is a member of the Escondido City Council who supports the extension. She said Spanish-speaking residents in her district face additional hurdles in knowing their rights as tenants.

“I am very concerned about this tsunami of evictions and the displacement of our residents and I want to do everything in my power to help. I call on our state elected officials to take action, we must protect our residents,” Martinez said.

RELATED: San Diego gets $8.3 million to help low-income tenants pay rent

Head of Communications Nur Kausar of California Housing and Community Development sent a statement to KPBS which reads:

“The CA COVID-19 Rent Relief application portal closes after March 31. At this point, no new applications will be accepted, but the program will continue to process and pay all eligible applicants who submit a completed application by March 31, 2022. The program will continue to operate until all complete applications received are processed and all eligible applicants have been paid.

RELATED: City Heights Residents Among San Diego’s Most Rent-Bound Immigrants

A recent study from the National Equity Atlas, Western Center on Law & Poverty and Housing Now found that about two-thirds of applicants for the state’s rent relief program are still waiting for help.

“My wife and I, well, we would live in the car,” Toscano describes, if his family were to be deported. “But you’re not going to put six kids in a car, no way.”

RELATED: Pandemic, San Diego’s high costs spurred a southerly migration

Tenant rights leaders who spoke at Tuesday’s online event said there are links between negative health consequences and those who are evicted. More importantly, they pointed out that evictions can lead to homelessness.

The choice to work from home will be at the center of banking discussions: union

0

The Financial Sector Union says it will push for bank staff to have the right to seek work-from-home arrangements where possible when it begins to renegotiate collective agreements with Westpac, NAB and CBA in the coming months, as he advocated for workers to have more choices about returning to the office.

After banks began encouraging staff to return to the office on certain weekdays earlier this month, FSU National Secretary Julia Angrisano said on Tuesday the union would try to enshrine some labor provisions in domicile (WFH) in corporate negotiation agreements, which expire at several major banks this year.

Workers shouldn’t have to absorb increased travel costs when their work can be done from home, says the finance union.Credit:Istock

Ms Angrisano has also written to more than 50 employers in the financial sector to say that finance workers should not be forced back into the office if they have genuine concerns about their safety or that of their families, citing concerns staff regarding the contraction of COVID-19, long journeys and care responsibilities.

While all major banks have adopted a ‘hybrid’ form of work for office workers, the union released a survey of 70 members on Tuesday, which found around two-thirds of respondents worried about catching COVID. -19 when they return to the office.

Ms Angrisano acknowledged that the WFH arrangements had to work for both employers and staff, but she said some banks had ordered their staff to return to offices a few days a week on an “arbitrary” basis. The union plans to begin corporate bargaining talks with Westpac and NAB in May, while CBA’s deal expires in June.

“For us as an industry, this is a big issue, and we will put it at the center of our main bargaining demand on the two that come first, namely Westpac and NAB,” Ms Angrisano said in an interview. .

“Requesting telework accommodation is a right that we want to include in the collective agreement. »

“So when considering an employee’s request for a work from home arrangement, we would expect the employer to consult with the employee, genuinely try to come to an agreement on what that would look like. work-from-home arrangement, and that there would be flexibility to accommodate the employee’s situation and the needs of the business.

ANZ, which also has a hybrid working policy, has in recent years renewed a company agreement which expired in 2017, but Ms Angrisano said the union still planned to engage with the bank on its work proposal at residence.

Commercial Vehicle Rental Services Market 2022 Share, Major Manufacturers, Size, Segmentation, Types, Application, Technology, Trends and Forecast to 2028

0

This full report of Commercial vehicle rental services market provides real information about global and regional market statistics and status. Its field of study extends from the market situation to comparative pricing between key players, spending in specific market areas and profit. It represents a comprehensive and succinct analysis report of major competitors and price statistics to help newbies establish their place and survive in the market. Additionally, it also focuses on the market overview for the upcoming period of 2022 to 2028. This has proven to be of great help for entrepreneurs. This detailed market research is heavily based on insights received through interviews with key executives, research, and innovative resources.

Download Sample PDF Copy with Table of Contents, Charts and List of Figures @ https://www.stratagemmarketinsights.com/sample/108960

In addition to the information presented in this Commercial Vehicle Rental Services market report includes financial loss incurred as a result of COVID-19. It also explains how the most important business sectors in the market are coping with the epidemic and how to get out of it. This market report is a way to present accurate information about company profiles and competitiveness analyzes in an orderly manner. It anticipates the competition in the market for the predicted period of 2022 to 2028. This Commercial Vehicle Leasing Services market study also examines industry channels and performance rates to help key players maintain a competitive edge. ahead of the competition.

Major Players Covered in Commercial Vehicle Leasing Services Market are:

ACE Rent A Car, Advantage Opco, ALD International SA, Arval, Avis Budget, DeCarolis Truck Rental, Enterprise Holdings, Europcar, Fox Rent A Car, Goldcar, Hertz, Kris-Way Truck Leasing, LeasePlan Corporation NV, Localiza, Mendon Trucks Leasing and Rental, Movida, Paccar, PEMA, Penske, Ryder, Shouqi Zuche, Sixt, TEC Equipment, The Larson Group, Thrifty, Unidas, U-Save

The regional analysis covers:

⦿ North America (USA and Canada)
⦿ Latin America (Mexico, Brazil, Peru, Chile and others)
⦿ Western Europe (Germany, UK, France, Spain, Italy, Nordic countries, Belgium, Netherlands and Luxembourg)
⦿ Eastern Europe (Poland and Russia)
⦿ Asia-Pacific (China, India, Japan, ASEAN, Australia and New Zealand)
⦿ Middle East and Africa (GCC, Southern Africa and North Africa)

The study accurately predicts the market size and volume in the present and future. The report offers a comprehensive study of the Commercial Vehicle Leasing Services market industry and insights into foreseeable future trends which will have a significant impact on the development of the market. The weekly then looks at the main global players in the industry.

introduction

The report highlights the latest revenue trends and market progress along with all the realistic business statistics. It provides pre-planned prevention and management and highlights a summary of the global Commercial Vehicle Rental Services Market along with classification, definition, and market chain structure. The global report highlights issues affecting the global Commercial Vehicle Rental Services market including gross margin, cost, market share, capacity utilization, revenue, capacity, and supply. It also highlights the future scope of the global commercial vehicle rental services market over the coming period.

Marketing statistics

The Global Commercial Vehicle Leasing Services Market report estimates initial data and statistics which makes the report a very valuable guide for people dealing with advertising, advisors and industry decision-making processes in the global market commercial vehicle rental services. Provides regional market analysis. This report provides essential Commercial Vehicle Rental Services market industry data to guide new entrants into the global Commercial Vehicle Rental Services market.

Don’t miss out on business opportunities in the Commercial Vehicle Leasing Services Market. Talk to our analyst and get crucial industry insights that will help your business grow @ https://www.stratagemmarketinsights.com/speakanalyst/108960

Market dynamics

The global report presents details related to the most dominant players in the global commercial vehicle rental services market, along with contact details, sales and precise figures of the global market. Various detailed data and analysis collected from various trusted institutions of the global commercial vehicle rental services market are presented in the research report on the global commercial vehicle rental services market.

Market Segmentation of Commercial Vehicle Leasing Services Market:

Commercial Vehicle Leasing Services market is split by Type and by Application. For the period 2022-2028, Intersegment Growth provides accurate calculations and forecasts of sales by Type and Application in terms of volume and value. This analysis can help you grow your business by targeting qualified niche markets.

Industry Analysis Services

Industry analysis can be an effective tool to help an organization design strategies and policies for a business. Stratagem Market Insights investigates gaps in the existing market space and aligns client perspectives in the market by providing advanced data, research and analysis. These research findings can offer valuable insights to our clients, helping them to project long and short term future industry trends, consumer needs, overall cost reduction, etc. of expertise and adopting advanced analytical tools to deliver unbiased competitive research analysis to help our valued clients align their strategies with their long-term growth goals.

WHY CHOOSE STRATAGEM MARKET INSIGHTS INDUSTRY ANALYSIS SERVICE?

  • Unparalleled, industry-leading research service
  • A panel of experienced and versatile experts
  • Using advanced analytical tools to deliver highly personalized industry intelligence research
  • Professional reports to convey easy-to-use information

Buy Now This Premium Report – https://www.stratagemmarketinsights.com/cart/108960

This Commercial Vehicle Leasing Services Market Report Market status and outlook of Global and major regions, from angles of players, countries, product types and end industries; This report analyzes the major players in the global industry and splits them by product type and applications/end industries. This report also includes the impact of COVID-19 on the Commercial Vehicle Leasing Services market industry. Global Commercial Vehicle Leasing Services Market Industry 2022 Market Research Report is spread over 120+pages and provides exclusive vital statistics, data, information, market trends and competitive landscape details in this niche sector.

Contact us:

Mr Shah
Stratagem Market Overview
Tel: US +1 415 871 0703 / JAPAN +81-50-5539-1737
E-mail: [email protected]

A J

ACQUISITION OF SIOTO, THE LEADER IN INFLATABLE SAFETY TRAINING

0

CHICAGO, March 21, 2022 /PRNewswire/ –The Safe Inflatable Operators Training Organization (SIOTO), the leader in Moonwalk training and inflatable safety training, has been acquired by entrepreneur Steve Rangel, president of TheJumperStore.com, Inc., a premier party rental company in Chicago.

For the past 18 years, SIOTO has provided safety training to party rental operators and Family Entertainment Centers (FEC). Since then, thousands of members have joined SIOTO and successfully completed the safety training course. SIOTO members are committed to high quality and excellence by proudly displaying the SIOTO seal on their website.

“The organization, as well as all of you, deserve to have an organization that can now more easily adapt to changes in the industry and make the necessary adjustments to improve training and move the program forward.” – Matthew Mark (former president of SIOTO)

“This is great news for consumers around the world as they plan their birthday party or special event after years of restrictions due to Covid-19. party rental industry and Family Entertainment Centers (FECs) as they will be equipped with the valuable training and resources needed to promote safety We will be making many enhancements to the SIOTO program, including scaling it up We will continue to build on excellence by delivering high quality and peace of mind to everyone” – Steve Rangel (New President of SIOTO)

About SIOTO
SIOTO, established over 18 years ago, has quickly become the industry leader in Moonwalk training and inflatable safety. The training programs administered by SIOTO provide its members with the knowledge, skills and abilities to operate more safely, using manufacturing guidelines, ASTM standards and compliance with CPSC, Consumer Products Safety Commission Bulletin.

About TheJumperStore
TheJumperStore is a premier party rental company in Chicago offering exceptional customer service, high quality inflatable houses, affordable prices and peace of mind by engaging in safety training administered by the Safe Inflatable Operators Training Organization (SIOTO). Since 2009, the company has given back to non-profit organizations located in the communities it serves. The company recently opened its 2nd location in the southwestern suburbs of Chicago and has nationwide expansion plans.

Media contact: [email protected]

SOURCE Safe Inflatable Operator Training Organization

Vehicle Rental Software Market Size, Scope, Growth, Competitive Analysis – Titanium Systems, Caag Software, Easy Rent Pro, Datalogic Consultants

0

New Jersey, United States,- the Vehicle rental software market is carefully analyzed in the report with a focus on market dynamics including key issues and challenges, drivers, trends, and opportunities. The report includes an in-depth analysis of key market players to understand the use of key strategies adopted in the Vehicle Rental Software market. It also sheds light on the industrial value chain and its expected changes over the forecast period. Analysts have offered complete and accurate research on price, sales, and cost in the Vehicle Leasing Software market and its development in the coming years. The research study has been prepared using the latest primary and secondary research methods.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/download-sample/?rid=90630

The report includes comprehensive company profiles of some of the largest and most popular names in the vehicle rental software market. Each player analyzed by the authors of the Vehicle Rental Software report is studied in-depth on the basis of markets served, gross margin, production rate, product portfolio, market share, applications, and other factors. The competitive landscape of the Vehicle Leasing Software Market is thoroughly analyzed with emphasis on the nature of market competition and future changes related to market competition. The effects of economic conditions, regulatory changes, changes in customer behavior and purchasing habits on the competitive landscape are also analyzed in detail.

Key Players Mentioned in the Vehicle Leasing Software Market Research Report:

Titanium Systems, Caag Software, Easy Rent Pro, Datalogic Consultants, Thermeon, Ecalypse, Sarmas BV, CarPro Systems, FleetMaster, Xiteagency, Ibexrentacar, Dogma Systems, Duplex Technologies, Car Rental Solutions, TSD Rental

Vehicle Rental Software Market Segmentation:

By Product Type, the market is primarily split into:

• Cloud-based
• On the site

By application, this report covers the following segments:

• Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs)
• Large companies

Each segment of the Vehicle Rental Software market has been discussed in detail in the report, majorly focusing on the market share, revenue, volume, future growth forecast, and other critical factors. Segmental analysis helps players to be aware of untapped revenue sources and explore new opportunities in the Vehicle Rental Software Market. Likewise, the report covers major regional markets including North America, Asia-Pacific, Europe, Latin America, and MEA. Here, the regions are thoroughly analyzed to show their growth in the Vehicle Leasing Software market. Additionally, the report provides regional market growth forecast and CAGR for all the years of the forecast period.

Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=90630

Scope of the Vehicle Leasing Software Market Report

ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
FORECAST YEAR 2029
HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

Geographic segment covered in the report:

The Vehicle Rental Software report provides information on the market area, which is sub-divided into sub-regions and countries/regions. In addition to the market share in each country and sub-region, this chapter of this report also contains information on profit opportunities. This chapter of the report mentions the market share and growth rate of each region, country and sub-region over the estimated period.

• North America (USA and Canada)
• Europe (UK, Germany, France and rest of Europe)
• Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, India and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region)
• Latin America (Brazil, Mexico and rest of Latin America)
• Middle East and Africa (GCC and Rest of Middle East and Africa)

Answers to key questions in the report:

1. Who are the top five players in the vehicle rental software market?

2. How will the vehicle rental software market develop over the next five years?

3. Which product and application will occupy the lion’s share of the vehicle rental software market?

4. What are the Vehicle Leasing Software Market Drivers and Restraints?

5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

6. What will be the CAGR and size of the Vehicle Leasing Software market throughout the forecast period?

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/product/global-vehicle-rental-software-market-growth-status-and-outlook-2019-2024/

Visualize the Vehicle Rental Software Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the Vehicle Rental Software Market Using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

Most Popular Reports

Global Scientific Research Satellite Services Market Size and Forecast

Global Satellite Transponder Rental Market Size and Forecast

Global Vehicle Speed ​​Monitoring System Market Size and Forecast

Global Enterprise Performance Management System Market Size and Forecast

Global Online Campground Reservation System Market Size and Forecast

Global Campground Reservation System Market Size and Forecast

Global Vehicle Leasing Software Market Size and Forecast

Global Carpet Cleaning Software Market Size and Forecast

Global Restaurant Catering Systems Market Size and Forecast

Global Accounting Software for Consultants Market Size and Forecast

About Us: Verified Market Reports

Verified Market Reports is a leading global research and advisory company serving over 5000 global clients. We provide advanced analytical research solutions while delivering information-enriched research studies.

We also provide insight into the strategic and growth analytics and data needed to achieve business goals and critical revenue decisions.

Our 250 analysts and SMEs offer a high level of expertise in data collection and governance using industry techniques to collect and analyze data on over 25,000 high impact and niche markets. Our analysts are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Our research spans a multitude of industries, including energy, technology, manufacturing and construction, chemicals and materials, food and beverage, and more. Having served many Fortune 2000 organizations, we bring a wealth of reliable experience that covers all kinds of research needs.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US Toll Free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website: – https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/

February home sales fall amid rising mortgage rates and prices – Sentinel and Enterprise

0

Sales of previously occupied U.S. homes fell in February as competition for near record numbers of properties on the market drove prices up and rising mortgage rates kept potential buyers away.

Sales of existing homes fell 7.2% last month from January to a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 6.02 million, the National Association of Realtors said Friday. That’s less than the roughly 6.1 million in sales that economists were expecting, according to FactSet.

Sales were down 2.4% from February 2021, with the median home price jumping 15% from the same time last year to $357,300.

Home prices are rising as potential buyers compete for relatively fewer available homes, even with a modest seasonal increase in properties on the market ahead of the spring home buying season.

“As a buyer, it is always difficult to enter the market with the lack of inventory,” said Lawrence Yun, chief economist of NAR.

The number of homes for sale at the end of February was just 870,000. That’s just 2.4% above the record low set in January on data dating back to 1999. The inventory of unsold homes fell by 15 .5% compared to February 2021.

At the current rate of sales, the low level of properties for sale equates to 1.7 months supply, the NAR said.

On average, homes sold 18 days after they went on the market last month. It was 19 days in January. In a more balanced market between buyers and sellers, homes generally remain on the market for 45 days.

A quarter of all homes sold last month were purchased with cash, up from 27% in January, NAR said. A year ago, they accounted for 22% of sales.

Property investors accounted for 19% of deals in February, down from 17% a year ago. First-time buyers, meanwhile, made up just 29% of all homes sold last month.

“Early buyers are struggling to enter the market,” Yun said.

Demand in the housing market appears to remain healthy this year, supported by ongoing demographic shifts as young millennials and gen Zs come of age and seek homeownership. But with a housing shortage long before the pandemic and interest rates now higher, the limits of what house hunters can afford will be limited, especially first-time buyers.

The average rate on the benchmark 30-year mortgage rose to 4.16% this week, topping 4% for the first time since May 2019, according to mortgage buyer Freddie Mac. A year ago, the average rate was 3.09%.

This increase in the cost of financing a home comes on top of the higher costs consumers are facing, with inflation at its highest level in decades.

Yun estimates that rising rates and escalating prices have pushed a monthly house payment up 28% from what it was a year ago.

Historically low mortgage rates last year helped give future homeowners buying power as prices soared. Home loan rates are expected to rise this year as the Federal Reserve takes steps to fight inflation. This week, the central bank raised its main short-term interest rate by a quarter of a point – which it had kept close to zero since the early days of the pandemic recession. The Fed also announced potentially up to seven additional rate hikes this year.

Two companies are creating more jobs than promised – Business Journal Daily

0

YOUNGSTOWN, Ohio — Two of three Mahoning County corporations receiving tax abatements under the county-administered Enterprise Zone Program have exceeded their investment commitments, the Tax Incentives Review Board learned Friday. .

“Compliance has been outstanding this year with business,” said Sarah Lown, Western Reserve Port Authority public finance officer and Mahoning County incentive manager. “They all met or exceeded their investment targets and job creation targets, and each expects further growth in the coming year.”

Nordson Xaloy leads the job gains, which is in the fourth year of a 10-year 60% tax abatement that ends in the 2027 tax year. Westlake-based Nordson Corp. , announced in 2016 plans to consolidate its existing screw and barrel operations in Youngstown, New Castle, Pennsylvania, and Pulaski, Virginia, into the former Tamarkin Co. warehouse on Victoria Road in Austintown.

Nordson has pledged to invest $40 million and create 143 jobs over the life of the reduction. So far, it has invested $45.4 million and added 183 jobs, according to the enterprise zone overview presented at the meeting.

The plant, which produces barrels and screws, is now part of Xaloy Holdings LLC, which is owned by Chicago-based Altair Investments. Altair acquired the Xaloy assets from Nordson in 2021.

ARS Recycling in Coitsville also received a 60% rebate for 10 years, beginning in the 2014 tax year. It planned to invest $790,000 and create two jobs over the life of the rebate. In the eighth year, the company said it invested $1.2 million and created six jobs.

“They’re doing great,” Lown said. As the federal infrastructure bill is implemented, ARS expects to become “big guns” and hire more people.

The third company in the county’s Enterprise Zone program, Trumbull Manufacturing in Austintown, met both its investment goal, $533,000, and its job creation goal, two jobs, starting in the fourth year of his deal, which began in tax year 2019.

In 2021, Nordson paid $184,548 in property taxes and was forgiven $21,226 for the Austintown plant. ARS paid $32,413 in property taxes and was forgiven $8,957 for the same year. Trumbull Manufacturing paid $25,169 and was forgiven $3,787.

The Tax Incentives Review Board, which is made up of county officials and representatives from local governments, school districts, businesses and workers, also reviewed reports from businesses using tax increase funding. This mechanism, available to local governments, allows monies that would have been paid in taxes to be directed to a separate fund to pay for public infrastructure improvements in a defined district.

A total of nine companies have TIF districts in Mahoning County, including the Hollywood Gaming at Mahoning Valley Race Course racino in Austintown, which has a 50% TIF that began in tax year 2015.

Hollywood Gaming is one of six companies that have 50% tiffs in the county. The others are Ohio Utilities Protection Service, Truck World, Fed Ex Freight and Pur Foods, all in North Jackson, and Inn at Poland Way in Poland. Companies operating under 75% of TIF are Salem Hotel and Early Bird Learning Center, both in Salem, and Aqua Ohio in Struthers.

The TIFs do not have job creation targets but do have a list of infrastructure projects that are approved to be financed by TIF funds, Lown said.

“We’re definitely using the racino funding in the TIF to make sure our infrastructure is maintained,” said Austintown Trustee Robert Santos, a board member.

Such arrangements bring in development projects, which increase long-term property taxes, said Mahoning County Auditor Ralph Meacham, chairman of the committee.

Committee members also received a report on the Community Reinvestment Zone Program, which allows local governments to provide property tax exemptions to property owners who renovate existing buildings or construct new structures.

Jackson Township ended its CRA a few years ago, but four projects remain active: Hilltrux Tank Lines and Liberty Steel, which received 15-year 40% exemptions that expire in 2022; Republic Metals, which secured a 60% 15-year advantage expiring in 2024; and National Industrial Lumber Co., which has a 10-year, 60% exemption expiring in 2023.

There is “very little oversight or accountability” with the ARC program, which has no investment or job creation targets to meet, Lown said.

“With the enterprise zone program, if you don’t create jobs, if you don’t make these investments, you no longer benefit from the reduction. We can stop it,” she said. “The ARC goes on and on.”

Jackson Township has to deal with the passage of small trucks, which puts a strain on the township’s roads and budgets, Meacham said. There are discussions in the Ohio General Assembly about changing the ARCs to give local governments more control, he said.

The only other ARC in the county is Southern Park Mall in Boardman, which received a 40% exemption for 15 years that was approved in 2020 to support its recent renovation.

Meacham said he was pleased with the companies’ responsiveness in reporting their data. There is a concern when companies “go silent” and do not respond to requests for information.
“We want good actors here because we’re protecting taxpayers’ money,” he said.

The listener also found the lack of new projects “a bit surprising”. He attributed this to the COVID-19 pandemic, which halted many of the company’s expansion plans.

“These are very valuable programs for the economic development of the region,” he said. “As the economy stabilizes again, there will be more projects coming our way.”

Pictured above: Xaloy wants to hire more laborers at its Austintown plant on Victoria Road.

Copyright 2022 The Business Journal, Youngstown, Ohio.

Luxury Sports Car Rental Market Overview and In-Depth Analysis 2021-2026 with Types, Products and Key Players

0

The research report analyzes Luxury Sports Car Rental in terms of market value, trends, competitive scenario and potential growth opportunities. The Global Luxury Sports Car Rental Market report comprehensively covers the analyzed information in view of the Global Luxury Sports Car Rental Market along with its ever-changing patterns, infrastructural properties, industrial environment and all the dominant aspects of the market. The report extensively discusses market growth and influential elements including increased commercialization, sweeping demands, and latest technological advancements.

The up-to-date research report on Luxury Sports Car Rental market inspects every nook and cranny of the domain to assist businesses and stakeholders to reap maximum profits in the coming years. It also introduces the reader to various approaches to address current and upcoming challenges in the market. It specifically highlights prevailing trends, growth drivers, and revenue prospects impacting the trajectory of the industry.

Moreover, the business intelligence report sheds light on all the factors that contribute significantly to the development of each market segment. Also, it compares the past and present business scenario to predict the growth path of the market and sub-markets over the assessment period (2021-2027).

Request a sample copy of this report @ https://www.runningafrica.com/request-sample/1011

Going further, the document offers a detailed account of well-known companies in the industry, and also discusses upcoming candidates and new entrants. It also informs the reader about the consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic and reveals the opportunities that can be explored amid and after the global crisis.

Key Points from Table of Content of Luxury Sports Car Rental Market Report:

Type of product

  • Product range: Pay by the hour and pay by the hour
  • Total compensation and industry share of each product type
  • Estimated growth rate of each product land over the forecast period

Application spectrum

  • Scope : Professional rental , Leisure rental , By region , North America , United States , Canada , Europe , Germany , France , United Kingdom , Italy , Russia , Nordic countries , Rest of Europe , Asia Pacific , China , Japan , South Korea and Southeast Asia
  • Product demand and industry share of each application spectrum
  • Growth rate of each application segment over the forecast period

Regional land

  • Geographical bifurcation: North America, Europe, China, Japan, Southeast Asia, India
  • Summative sales and total revenue generated by each regional market
  • Approximations of the growth rate of regional markets over the period of analysis

Competitive arena

  • Main industry competitors: Company Hertz Avis Budget ALD Automotive Arval Sixt Europcar Localiza Unidas CAR Inc. Shouqi Zuche Goldcar Movida Fox Rent A Car Ehi Car Services
  • Calculation of the market concentration ratio
  • Comprehensive information on major organizations including their manufacturing units in areas served, product portfolios and business profiles
  • Records of sales, industry share, pricing model, and other financial metrics of the companies mentioned
  • Latest data on recent mergers, acquisitions and expansion tactics

To conclude, the report includes a detailed assessment of the Luxury Sports Car Rental market by taking a close look at its various segments. It also includes an industry supply chain review, recognizing downstream customers, distribution channels and key upstream suppliers, to help companies successfully market their products and services.

Key Highlights of the Luxury Sports Car Rental Market Report:

  • North America, Europe, China, Japan, Southeast Asia, India market size (sales, revenue and growth rate) of Luxury Sports Car Rental market industry.
  • Global major manufacturers’ operating situation (sales, revenue, growth rate and gross margin) of Luxury Sports Car Rental market industry.
  • Global major countries market size (sales, revenue and growth rate) of Luxury Sports Car Rental market industry.
  • Different types and applications of Luxury Sports Car Rental market industry, market share of each type and application by revenue.
  • Global market size (sales, revenue) forecast by regions and countries from 2021 to 2027 of Luxury Sports Car Rental Market industry
  • Upstream raw materials and manufacturing equipment, industry chain analysis of Luxury Sports Car Rental market industry.
  • Luxury Sports Car Rental Market industry SWOT analysis.
  • New Project Investment Feasibility Analysis of Luxury Sports Car Rental Market industry.
  • Key market trends impacting the growth of the Global Luxury Sports Car Rental Market industry.

Some of the key questions answered in this report:

  • Detailed overview of Global Luxury Sports Car Rental Market will help deliver clients and businesses making strategies.
  • Factors influencing the booming demand and latest trend going on in the market
  • What is the market concentration? Is it fragmented or very concentrated?
  • What trends, challenges and barriers will impact the development and sizing of the Global Luxury Sports Car Rental market?
  • SWOT analysis of each defined key player with their profile and Porter’s Five Forces tool mechanism to complete it.
  • What growth momentum or acceleration market carries during the forecast period?
  • Which region could tap the highest market share in the coming era?
  • What focused approach and restraints is holding the global luxury sports car rental market?

Customization request on this report @ https://www.runningafrica.com/request-for-customization/1011

Startup hopes to provide non-emergency medical transportation in North Escambia: NorthEscambia.com

0

A start-up company plans to offer non-emergency medical services and other transportation services in parts of the North Escambia area.

Metro Rapid Transport plans to operate 18 hours a day, six days a week, in accordance with its business plan and to be based in the “northern Pensacola area”.

According to the state, Metro Rapid Transportation, LLC has a primary address at 10251 Highway 97 in Walnut Hill, a building (pictured at bottom of page) that was used in the past for the Davisville Country Store, other businesses in retail and a restaurant.

This week, owner Trina James-Tanner contacted the Century City Council seeking 1,000 square foot office space and a place to park vehicles safely at the Century business center owned by town on Pond Street. She told the board she hoped to be in space by early April.

No dollar amounts were discussed at the board meeting. The council voted to have their solicitor create a lease at a pleasing rent. The board could review the deal at its next meeting, which is set for April 5.

The proposed fares for the service are $2.50 “in town” or $5 round trip. For “out of town” rides, it will cost $45 for the first 30 miles ($90 round tip) plus 20 cents per additional mile, according to the company’s undated business plan submitted to the city.

Metro Transit estimates that nearly $4.2 million is needed to establish and maintain service for three years. The plan says they were able to generate about $8,000 in home equity from the owner, are applying for state funding, and are working to establish a line of credit with the Navy Federal Credit Union. .

Photos from NorthEscambia.com, click to enlarge.

Big Wall Street rally slows as oil climbs back above $100 – Press Enterprise

0

By STAN CHOE

NEW YORK (AP) — Wall Street’s big two-day rally stalled on Thursday as oil prices climbed back above $100 a barrel and increased pressure on inflation again.

The S&P 500 oscillated between small gains and losses in early trading, having jumped more than 2% on each of the previous two days for its best consecutive performance in nearly two years. It was 0.1% higher at 10:02 a.m. Eastern Time. The Dow Jones Industrial Average rose 21 points, or 0.1%, to 34,084, and the Nasdaq composite rose 0.3%.

These are the latest swings in markets as investors struggle to handicap what will happen to the economy and global inflation already high due to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, higher interest rates highs from central banks around the world and renewed concerns about COVID-19 in various hotspots. .

A barrel of U.S. crude jumped 7.1% to $101.90, while Brent, the international standard, jumped 7.7% to $105.59 a barrel. These movements have become the norm recently, as prices have crashed due to uncertainties regarding both oil supply and demand. A barrel of US crude fell from $130 at the start of last week to nearly $94 on Wednesday.

Snatches of news about the state of negotiations between Russia and Ukraine have caused many sharp reversals. Similarly, there have been recent concerns about economic shutdowns in China due to the surge in COVID-19 infections, which could affect energy demand.

On Thursday, the Chinese government said businesses in Shenzhen, a major business hub, will be allowed to reopen as efforts to contain coronavirus outbreaks progress. Their earlier shutdowns had rattled financial markets. This followed a promise made on Wednesday to “invigorate the economy” with market-friendly policies.

The Hang Seng stock index in Hong Kong, neighboring Shenzhen, jumped 7% to continue its frantic run. Earlier this week, it went from a 5% decline to a 5.7% plunge to a 9.1% rise.

All of the wild moves come amid uncertainty about whether the economy is headed for a painful combination of stagnant growth and persistently high inflation.

Behind it all, the Federal Reserve and other central banks are trying to slow the economy enough to quell high inflation, but not so much as to cause a recession. The Bank of England was one of the most aggressive and on Thursday raised its key rate for the third time since December. A day earlier, the Fed raised its key rate for the first time since 2018.

It’s a delicate dance, and the surge in US stock prices on Wednesday seems to indicate that some investors see it succeeding.

“Far from stifling growth, the start of the Fed’s tightening cycle appears to have been warmly welcomed,” ING’s Chris Turner and Francesco Pesole said in a report. “Investors applaud measures to deal with high inflation.”

A flurry of better-than-expected reports on the US economy on Thursday may also have helped. Fewer workers filed for unemployment last week and builders broke more homes last month than economists expected. A third report, meanwhile, showed manufacturing in the mid-Atlantic region was stronger than expected. That potentially allayed some of the concerns of an earlier report that showed the weakest activity in New York state since the pandemic began.

Treasury yields were mixed. The 10-year Treasury yield fell to 2.17% from 2.19% on Wednesday night.

___

AP Business Writer Joe McDonald contributed.

Wall Street opens higher after Chinese markets surge – Press Enterprise

0

NEW YORK (AP) — Wall Street adds to its gains early Wednesday as markets begin to hope there might be better news on the horizon about inflation, the war in Ukraine and other worries that have destabilized investors. The S&P 500 rose 1.5% and the Nasdaq 1.7%. Chinese markets soared overnight after Beijing promised to help that country’s ailing real estate sector and its internet companies. Ukraine’s president made a direct appeal for help to US lawmakers in a speech. Later today, the Federal Reserve is expected to raise interest rates for the first time since 2018.

THIS IS A BREAKING NEWS UPDATE. AP’s previous story follows below.

NEW YORK (AP) — U.S. markets are poised to follow global stocks higher on Wednesday after Chinese leaders pledged increased support for a slowing Chinese economy, as investors awaited the outcome of a Federal Reserve meeting.

Dow Jones industrial futures rose 1.2% and S&P 500 futures gained 1.3% after Hong Kong’s benchmark jumped 9% overnight .

A variety of factors contributed to the latest rally, including comments from Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy suggesting there was still reason to be optimistic the talks could still yield a deal with the Russian government.

Yet Russia stepped up its bombardment of the Ukrainian capital and launched new assaults on the port city of Mariupol, making bloody advances on the ground on Wednesday as Zelenskyy prepared to issue a direct appeal for more help in a rare speech by a foreign leader in the United States. Congress.

France’s CAC 40 jumped 3.5%, while Germany’s DAX gained 3.2% and Britain’s FTSE 100 rose 1.4%.

At its policy meeting later on Wednesday, the Fed is expected to raise its short-term policy rate by 0.25 percentage points. This would be the first increase since 2018, pulling it off its all-time high of near zero, and likely the start of a series of increases.

The Fed is trying to slow the economy enough to stem the high inflation that is sweeping the country while avoiding triggering a recession.

Inflation is already at its highest level in generations, and the most recent figures do not include the spike in oil prices after Russia invaded Ukraine. The move comes as central banks around the world prepare to end support for the global economy following the outbreak of the pandemic.

“The reference to ‘rearranging deck chairs on the Titanic’ is not meant to invoke despair. Rather, it is meant to convey a sense of the inevitability of the upcoming Fed tightening cycle,” said Tan Boon Heng of Mizuho Bank in Singapore.

The surge in Hong Kong’s Hang Seng index was a respite from recent selloffs by Chinese tech companies and other pressures that had taken it to six-year lows.

At a Cabinet meeting on Wednesday, officials promised to “reinvigorate the economy” with “support measures” for struggling real estate and other steps, the official Xinhua news agency reported.

At a meeting chaired by Vice Premier Liu He, President Xi Jinping’s top economic adviser, Cabinet officials called on government agencies to release other “market-friendly” policies, Xinhua said.

He also said talks between Chinese and U.S. regulators on resolving a dispute over rules governing foreign companies listed on U.S. markets had progressed.

The Hang Seng gained 9.1% to 20,087.50. The Shanghai Composite Index added 3.5% to 3,170.71.

Shares of e-commerce giant Alibaba Group Holding jumped 23.6%. Tencent Holdings, operator of popular messaging service WeChat, jumped 23% and live streaming site Kuaishou Technology added 31.4%.

Japan’s benchmark Nikkei 225 rose 1.6% to end at 25,762.01. Australia’s S&P/ASX 200 gained 1.1% to 7,175.20. The South Korean Kospi gained 1.4% to 2,659.23.

Renewed concerns about COVID-19 in some regions along with a long list of other concerns have caused wild hour-to-hour swings in the markets over the past few weeks. The war in Ukraine has pushed up the prices of oil, wheat and other commodities that the region produces. This increases the threat that already high inflation will persist and combine with a potentially stagnant economy.

Benchmark U.S. crude rose 49 cents to $96.93 a barrel in electronic trading on the New York Mercantile Exchange.

A barrel of US crude fell 6.4% to $96.44 on Tuesday. It had briefly topped $130 last week when concerns about supply disruptions due to the war in Ukraine were at their height.

Brent crude, the international price standard, rose 11 cents to $100.02 a barrel.

In other developments, nickel trading was halted again on the London Metal Exchange on Wednesday after briefly recovering from a week-long suspension when the price of the metal soared to over $100,000 a day. tonne. The exchange said it was investigating a “system error” that resulted in a few trades being made below the lower price limit introduced to curb volatility.

Russia is the world’s third largest producer of nickel. Its price and that of many other commodities rose on speculation of possible supply disruptions as Russia faces widening economic sanctions following its invasion of Ukraine.

In currency trading, the US dollar stood at 118.29 Japanese yen, little changed from 118.31 yen. The Euro traded at $1.1002, down from $1.0955 previously.

Starbucks shares rose more than 5% in premarket trading after chairman and chief executive Kevin Johnson announced he would retire next month. The company’s former CEO and founder, Howard Schultz, will replace him on an interim basis.

___

AP Business Writer Joe McDonald in Beijing contributed.

Tesla hikes car prices by thousands as raw material costs soar

0

Tesla, the world’s largest producer of electric cars, has hiked the price of its vehicles by thousands of dollars in the past two weeks alone as the price of raw materials like metal exploded.

List prices of several new Tesla models climbed on Tuesday, according to the company’s website, from March 1 prices. Tesla CEO Elon Musk earlier explained why prices were rising, saying in a Tweeter Sunday that the company “sees significant recent inflationary pressure in raw materials and logistics”.

Tesla’s Model X now costs $114,900, a jump of over $10,000. Model S price increased $5,000 to $99,990; the Model 3 Performance price of $3,000, at $61,990; and the $4,000 Model Y priced at $62,990.

Across the business, Tesla’s most recent price increases are between 3% and 5% in the United States and China, Credit Suisse analyst Dan Levy said in a research note. Although it is unclear exactly when the price increases took place, Reuters reported Tesla raised prices twice in just a few days. Tesla did not respond to a request for comment on its price increases on Tuesday.

Car prices – gas and electric – are skyrocketing as inflation drives up the price of everything from food and rent to clothing and appliances.

Consumer prices in February increased at an annual rate of 7.9%the US Department of Labor said last week – the fastest pace of inflation since 1982. But the average price of a new car is up 12% from a year ago, according to the Labor Department reports. A typical new car now costs $46,404according to Kelley Blue Book.

(Used car prices have risen 41% over the past year as demand far outstrips supply. The average price of a used car is around $29,000according to Edmunds.)

Auto industry experts predicted new vehicle price hikes would come soon after seeing aluminum, nickel and palladium prices soar in recent weeks as the invasion of Ukraine by Russia on February 24 seemed increasingly imminent. S&P Global Mobility analysts told CBS MoneyWatch they expect the price of a Mercedes EQS to rise to as high as $11,000 due to rising metal prices.

Aluminum, nickel and palladium are used to make catalytic converters, air conditioner condensers and other essential automotive parts. Nickel is used to make batteries found in Tesla’s Model Y, for example.

the Russia–Ukraine War drives up metal prices further as more US and European companies sever ties with Russian metal producers.

DA Davidson Serves as Exclusive Advisor to EarnUp in Series C Funding

0

NEW YORK–(BUSINESS WIRE)–DA Davidson & Co. announced today that it has served as the exclusive strategic and financial advisor to EarnUp for its oversubscribed Series C financing. This round includes new strategic investors LendingTree Inc (NASDAQ:TREE) and KeyBank Inc (NYSE:KEY) in addition to top institutional investors Bain Capital Ventures, SignalFire, Blumberg Capital and Flourish Ventures.

Based in San Francisco, CA, EarnUp is an award-winning, consumer-focused payments technology platform that intelligently automates loan payment scheduling. With a mission to create a financial system that can work for everyone, EarnUp is reinventing payment and data flows in the mortgage and consumer debt ecosystems.

“EarnUp’s values ​​are exemplified by this latest round of funding. We fearlessly challenge a flawed financial system and create an environment of exceptional people and partnerships,” said Nadim Homsany, co-founder and CEO of EarnUp. “The addition of strategic investments from LendingTree and KeyBank shows that EarnUp is moving in an intentional direction that will positively impact the mortgage and consumer debt sectors.”

Currently, the company serves lenders, services, and borrowers across the United States and manages over $10 billion in loan repayments. With this investment, EarnUp plans to improve and accelerate enterprise product development to further help mortgage companies reduce risk and streamline business operations in a compassionate way while improving the overall financial health of mortgages. borrowers and ensuring that they have access to the best credit products available according to their financial situation. upright.

“The team at DA Davidson has been invaluable in helping us achieve this successful fundraising,” added Homsany. “Their deep domain expertise and strong understanding of the mortgage and payment ecosystems and their engagement throughout the process enabled us to select the right partners and achieve a positive outcome for all shareholders.”

“EarnUp is a distinctly unique and exceptional platform,” said Aalap B. Merchant, Managing Director and Co-Head of Technology Investment Banking at DA Davidson. “Nadim and his team are raising the benchmark by focusing uncompromisingly on innovative solutions that benefit both the borrower and the business. Now, with strategic investors like LendingTree and KeyBank, we look forward to the company’s continued growth and success.

This transaction underscores the continued success of DA Davidson’s Technology Investment Banking practice, which completed 57 transactions worth approximately $11.4 billion in 2021. DA Davidson’s Investment Banking division is a leading full-service offering comprehensive financial advisory and capital markets expertise. The group has extensive transaction experience serving middle market clients worldwide across four verticals: consumer, diversified industries, financial institutions and technology.

Together with its European strategic partner, MCF Corporate Finance, DA Davidson initiates and executes transatlantic M&A transactions under the common brand of DA Davidson MCF International.

About DA Davidson Companies

DA Davidson Companies is an employee-owned financial services company providing a range of financial services and advice to individuals, businesses, institutions and municipalities nationwide. Founded in 1935 with headquarters in Great Falls, Montana and regional headquarters in Denver, Los Angeles, New York, Omaha and Seattle, the company has approximately 1,475 employees and offices in 28 states.

Subsidiaries include: DA Davidson & Co., a full-service investment firm providing wealth management, investment banking, equity and fixed income capital markets services and advice; Davidson Investment Advisors, a professional asset management firm; DA Davidson Trust Company, a trust and wealth management company; and Davidson Fixed Income Management, a registered investment adviser that provides fixed income portfolios and advisory services.

For information, visit dadavidson.com.

Consortium including Elliott in advanced talks to buy Nielsen Holdings

0

A consortium of private equity firms, including Elliott Management Corp., is in advanced talks to buy TV ratings firm Nielsen Holdings NLSN 30.50%

PLC for about $15 billion including debt, according to people familiar with the matter.

Financing talks with a number of banks are progressing and a takeover deal could be completed within weeks, the sources said. There is no guarantee there will be a deal as the talks could still break down.

If there was one, it would be considerable. Nielsen had a market value of $6.2 billion as of Monday morning and what is known as an enterprise value of more than $11 billion, given its heavy debt load of more than $5 billion.

Other details, including the potential price per share, could not be learned. Shares of Nielsen rose more than 30% on Monday to $22.85 a share after The Wall Street Journal reported on the talks.

For years, Nielsen has been synonymous with American television ratings metrics, which provide audience estimates that networks use to sell ad time and reassure advertisers that they got it for themselves. what they paid. But its grip has loosened as streaming gains traction and traditional broadcast and cable television lose viewers. Although the New York-based company has introduced measures for streaming in recent years, it is one of many players in this field.

Nielsen shares did not perform well as a result. Closing Friday at $17.51, they are down from a high of over $55 in 2016. They had been on a downward trend for several years when the onset of the pandemic in early 2020 made them fall. Although they have regained ground, they are still trading just below where they were before Covid-19.

Elliott has held a stake in Nielsen since 2018, when she asked the company to explore a sale. The following year, Nielsen said it would divest part of its business to create two separate public companies: Global Connect, a market analytics operation that measures retailer and consumer behavior, and the core business of media.

In April 2020, Elliott reached a settlement agreement with Nielsen in which the company agreed to add a director and form a finance committee to the board that would oversee strategic plans, including the separation. Elliott had an economic interest of approximately 13% in Nielsen at the time.

Global Connect was sold last year to private equity firm Advent International Corp. for nearly $3 billion and is now known as NielsenIQ.

Elliott has been increasingly active in private equity, with its private equity arm, Evergreen Coast Capital Corp., in January agreeing with a partner to buy cloud computing company Citrix Systems. Inc.

for $16.5 billion including debt. It was the latest in a recent string of big leveraged buyouts as private equity firms seek to deploy the mountains of cash they have accumulated.

Nielsen had previously been acquired in 2006 by a group of private equity firms that included Blackstone Inc.,

Carlyle Group Inc.,

KKR & Co. and Thomas H. Lee Partners LP. It went public again in 2011.

If a deal were to be reached, it would come as overall merger volume slowed due to market volatility and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Global smelting activity is down about 30% this year from the same period in 2021, with about $776 billion in announced deals, according to Dealogic.

Write to Dana Cimilluca at [email protected] and Cara Lombardo at [email protected]

Copyright ©2022 Dow Jones & Company, Inc. All rights reserved. 87990cbe856818d5eddac44c7b1cdeb8

AirDNA Announces Acquisition Partnership with Alpine Investors

0

DENVER and SAN FRANCISCO, March 14, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — AirDNAone of the world’s leading providers of short-term rental (STR) data and predictive analytics software, today announced its strategic partnership with Alpine investors (“Alpine”), a people-focused private equity firm. Terms of the private transaction were not disclosed.

AirDNA is a long-time pioneer in third-party STR data, and its reputation for superior accuracy is recognized by its data partners and the world’s top tourism and real estate professionals. With Alpine’s support, AirDNA will be able to improve its data solutions, developing even more sophisticated tools across multiple industries, including hospitality and real estate, through its open-source intelligence platform. -service (MarketMinder) and its enterprise data packages.

denverThe AirDNA technology start-up was founded by Scott Shatford in 2014 to give hosts and investors the market insights they needed to thrive. Today, their suite of software and reports equips more than 85,000 all-time customers in 65 countries with solutions for making data-driven decisions in this rapidly growing industry that has generated approximately $113 billion in 2021.

“From humble beginnings as four people in a garage, AirDNA has remained true to its mission to unlock opportunities through short-term rental data. We pride ourselves on providing insight to hosts and also being powerful enough for business,” Shatford said. “Alpine immediately recognized the power of our platform. Alpine’s expertise in building software and data businesses, combined with its values-driven model, makes it the ideal partner.”

As part of this partnership, AirDNA will host Demi Horvat as COO to take the company to the next level with his vast expertise: Demi joins Alpine’s CEO Program, an internal talent program that recruits, develops and places emerging leaders in its portfolio companies. Scott Shatford will continue as CEO of AirDNA to lead global product strategy.

“The STR industry has disrupted the broader accommodation and real estate sectors, and it’s exciting to be in a field where change is creating so many opportunities for growth and innovation. AirDNA has a proven track record of success,” Horvat said. “I’m thrilled to join a company that aligns so closely with my values, and I’m thrilled to help build the market-leading software they already offer.”

“Our first priority will be to listen to the AirDNA team and customers as we invest in expanding this company’s engineering and customer-facing capabilities,” said Marc Strauch, partner at Alpine. “We are thrilled to welcome AirDNA to the Alpine community and help expand their impact to meet the needs of the rapidly changing STR industry.”

For AirDNA, GLC Advisors served as financial advisors, and LLP scale served as legal counsel. For Alpine, Morrison Foerster served as legal counsel.

About AirDNA

AirDNA helps hosts, property managers and investors succeed in the short-term vacation rental market by turning rental data into actionable analytics. the denverhas tracked the daily performance of 10 million vacation rentals across 120,000 global markets since 2014 to provide real-time market insights. Their range of online and exportable reports provide a solution for anyone in the industry to analyze trends, rental prices, identify new investment opportunities and benchmark performance.

About Alpine Investors

Alpine Investors is a people-focused private equity firm committed to building sustainable businesses by working with, learning from and developing exceptional people. Alpine specializes in investing in companies in the software and services sector. Its PeopleFirst strategy includes a CEO program that enables Alpine to provide leadership in situations where additional or new management is needed after the transaction. Alpine is currently investing in its $2.25 billion eighth fund. For more information, visit http://www.alpineinvestors.com.

contacts:

AirDNA:
Kristina Sprindyte, Director of Communications
[email protected]
+1 (720) 372-2318

Alpine investors:
Audrey HarrisMarketing Director
[email protected]

SOURCEAirDNA

Anuzis: Price control does not work

0

Housing, car and food prices are rising faster than at any time in four decades. In response to this record inflation, policymakers considered a series of reforms, including raising interest rates. Why doesn’t Congress put price limits on every car, house, and gallon of milk sold in the United States?

Because it’s a ridiculous idea, of course. Price controls invariably lead to shortages and a downward economic spiral.

Public officials from all political persuasions generally recognize this fact, except in the case of prescription drugs. For some reason, lawmakers are more determined than ever to impose price controls on drugs. If successful, new cutting-edge treatments will become scarce.

The main problem with price controls is that they distort the forces of supply and demand. Under normal market conditions, buyers and sellers interact freely, generating a constant flow of information about their preferences, ultimately arriving at a price that both find acceptable. This price, in turn, influences how much consumers buy and how much sellers make available.

Now imagine that the federal authorities decide that paper towels are too expensive and cap their price below the market price.

Consumers would buy more paper towels than normal because they could afford them. But manufacturers would produce fewer rolls because the product would no longer be as profitable. The result would be a shortage: no one would be able to find paper towels to buy.

Some major cities impose price controls on rental housing, which has led to severe shortages and notoriously long wait times. In rent-controlled Stockholm, the average wait for an apartment is nine years.

But lawmakers from both parties continue to propose legislation that would artificially limit what pharmaceutical companies can charge for drugs. The latest version of this idea is part of the Democrats’ Build Back Better spending program.

The bill would give Medicare the power to lower the prices of popular drugs. But that would distort the prescription drug market.

The end result would be a dramatic decrease in the production of new drugs. After all, it costs an average of $2.6 billion to invent a new drug and bring it to market. If pharmaceutical companies are guaranteed to lose money, investors would flee the pharmaceutical sector and medical innovation would stagnate.

The effect on our future health would be considerable. New analysis from the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office found that controlling drug prices could lead to a 10% reduction in new drugs entering the market over the next three decades. This translates to 40 fewer drugs reaching patients in need.

Some estimates are even larger. University of Chicago economist Tomas Philipson predicted that under a drug pricing proposal similar to that included in Build Back Better, up to 342 fewer drugs would be approved by 2039.

Certainly, Americans pay too much at the pharmacy. That is why, instead of resorting to price controls, legislators should go after the companies truly responsible for high drug costs, namely the pharmaceutical industry intermediaries known as pharmacy benefit managers, or PBM.

Insurance companies use these opaque entities to obtain discounts and rebates from drug manufacturers. In 2020, PBMs achieved approximately $187 billion in savings. Such massive price reductions could be used to save patients money over the pharmacy counter – but instead, PBMs and insurers are keeping the vast majority of funds for themselves. Requiring greater transparency and accountability from these intermediaries could lower the price of medicines for patients.


Saul Anuzis is president of 60 Plus, the American Association of Older People. This column was provided by InsideSources.

News from Frankfurt: Wage Increases for State Employees – Harlan Enterprise

0

The state senate formally made changes to the most significant budget bill, the biennial executive’s budget, which is House Bill 1. HB 1 alone spends $26.3 billion of taxpayers’ hard-earned money. Senate priorities are reflected in the Senate Substitute Committee drafted by senators.

The House and Senate will begin budget negotiations in a conference committee, likely to be held next week. The two chambers select members to enter budget negotiations over their differences so that the final product can be agreed upon.

Senate Alternate 1 to HB 1 reflects the Senate Majority’s firm understanding that every penny given to Frankfurt came from an investment of time and energy by every Kentucky taxpayer.

Highlights of the Senate budget include:
Salary increases for state employees
• A $4,500 increase in the first year of the budget for government employees, which equates to a 10% increase for employees in positions earning $45,000. The state finds many positions more difficult to fill and retain without an increase in the cost of living over time. The second year will also include a similar amount of increase, but will be dependent on a staff cabinet study that will focus on work environment, merit, locality and job impacts.

• These considerations will also be applied in increases for the Kentucky State Police. Each soldier will receive a minimum salary increase of $15,000.

• Social workers will receive an increase of $4,800 in the first year, then a 10% increase in the second year. These increases are in addition to the 10% increase they received effective December 16, 2021 by Governor’s Order.

An important part of this Senate budget, and a reflection of the caseload for social workers, is to provide an alternative work program for those who have worked at least four years with the state. This will provide another work opportunity which will help to combat employee burnout, heavy workload and emotional exhaustion in the profession.

• Boosts the State’s Rainy Days Fund, also known as the Fiscal Reserve Trust Fund, to $1.756 billion.

• Leaves a conservative balance of $1.3 billion after the biennium, providing the state with fiscal flexibility

• The Senate budget accomplishes all of this while including the House tax refund plan for Kentucky workers, $500 for single filers and $1,000 for households.
Investments in education

• Per-pupil increases seek funding to $4,100 in year one (instead of $4,000) and up to $4,200 in year two and provide funding for school construction and maintenance. Previously allocated federal dollars became ineligible for school infrastructure funding following the Biden administration’s policy shift after Kentucky already allocated those funds last year.

• Increases state reimbursement of county jail inmate per diems by $4, reducing the burden on local jails that house state inmates.

I will keep you posted as the budget negotiations lead to something more concrete. Please know that Senate District 29 remains my priority as we strive to use the taxpayer dollars you have entrusted to your Senators wisely.

In addition to these important budgetary efforts, I would like to highlight a number of other important bills.

Senate Bill 216 relies on electoral integrity for clean elections. SB 216 expands the Attorney General’s office’s independent investigation into potential election irregularities to include no less than 12 Kentucky counties. It implements measures to prevent voter fraud by removing credit or debit cards as a viable form of voter identification and prohibits a voting system from being connected to any network, including the Internet, or any external device.

Additionally, it requires all voting machines to use paper ballots by Jan. 1, 2024, and removes Kentucky’s secretary of state as chair of the State Board of Elections. After the breach of trust, the former secretary of state was rightly removed from his role as chairman of the board.

Senate Bill 205 is Kentucky’s answer to big banks and investment firms refusing loans and investments in fossil fuel companies. They promote “green” investments and political agendas. The coal industry has been a vital part of Kentucky’s economy for over 100 years and has provided affordable energy and good jobs for countless citizens of our Commonwealth.

This concerted effort to financially starve the fossil fuel industry contributes significantly to high fuel and energy costs, causing extreme financial hardship for hard-working Kentuckians.

SB 205 makes it clear that Kentucky stands with our fossil fuel companies and the Kentuckians who work every day to produce the resources that fuel our nation.

The bill requires the Kentucky State Treasurer to maintain a list of financial companies and banks that boycott the fossil fuel industry and to share that list with Kentucky government agencies that make substantial financial investments, such as than state pension funds.

These government agencies are required to suppress investments in financial companies that refuse to stop boycotting. Kentucky will not invest public funds in financial companies that have reported lending to the coal industry.

Kentucky will not invest in financial companies that have declared war on our coal and fossil fuel industry by adopting a political philosophy that will continue to drive up fuel and energy costs and put our reliable electric grid at risk. . You should check and see if your local bank is on this list.

We still have two weeks in session, and I will continue to work to get funds in our counties, as many roads worked as possible.
As always, it is an honor to represent you in Frankfurt. If you have any questions or comments about these or any other public policy issues, please contact me toll-free at 1-800-372-7181 or email me at [email protected] gov.

Sen. Johnnie Turner (R-Harlan) represents the 29th District, which includes Bell, Floyd, Harlan, Knott and Letcher counties. Senator Turner is deputy chair of the Standing Senate Committee on Natural Resources and Energy. He is also a member of the Standing Senate Committees on Transportation and the Judiciary.

Temporary Heater Rental Market Volume, 2026 Status, Growth, Opportunities – Construction Heaters Inc, OnSite HVAC Rentals, Andrews Sykes, Carrier Rental Systems, Sunbelt Rentals and Priority Rental

0

The report is a holistic view of the global Temporary Heating Rental Market, available long-term investment opportunities, and growth areas. In this regard, the report has conducted primary and secondary research methods as well as recorded individual experiences of industry leaders. The information on the global temporary heating rental market is provided by industry players and experts in the field of the global temporary heating rental market, including manufacturers, trade associations, government agencies, large corporations and other keyword industry stakeholders. The growth strategies implemented by incumbents and start-ups of the global Temporary Heating Rental market to stay ahead of the competitive landscape of the industry are detailed in the report. This report on the global temporary heating rental market covers several important topics for the temporary heating rental industry.

The Temporary Heating Rental market report profiles the following companies:

Sunbelt Rentals
Priority rental
Construction heaters inc.
Carrier rental systems
Andrew Sykes
On-site HVAC rentals
Aggreko
Cahill Heating
Certek Heating Solutions
Equipment Source Inc.
Herc Rentals
Resolute Industrial (Mobile Air)
The Caterpillar Dealer Network
United Rentals

Request a sample report: https://www.orbisresearch.com/contacts/request-sample/6248565?utm_source=PriLP

The type of temporary heating rental market includes:

Electric heating
Direct fire heating

Applications of the temporary heating rental market:

Construction site
Residential
Others

The corporate influencers driving the global Temporary Heater Rental market and impacting business strategy planning & execution and corporate viability are studied in detail. Other topics discussed in this report are the evolving role of clusters in the global Temporary Heater Rental market, manufacturing scenario, regulatory challenges, and research and development (R&D) trends. The report is a holistic view of the global Temporary Heating Rental market and the strategies that competitors are implementing to provide innovative products and services in different markets. The benefits of moving to the global platform and significant growth opportunities are presented in this report.

Highlights of the Temporary Heating Rental Market Report:

• The report provides valuable insights on existing and potential investors as well as opportunities available in the global Temporary Heater Rental Market.
• The report studies the key industry trends, opportunities, and challenges that market players may face in the coming years.
• The role of key players in increasing the competitiveness of the market is described in the report.
• End user analysis is provided in the report and based on which market strategies are defined. Further, the market is studied at regional and country level.
• The report presents the drivers of the global temporary heating rental market.
• The report provides tailor-made solutions to market players that help them overcome market challenges and sustain the ever-changing business environment.
• An in-depth understanding of local business environment in the countries operating in the global Temporary Heating Rental market is provided in the report.
• The report studies the competitiveness framework of the Global Temporary Heat Rental Market, including supply chain and demand analysis, cost competitiveness, business climate, intellectual and political climate.

Investigate before accessing the report at: https://www.orbisresearch.com/contacts/enquiry-before-buying/6248565?utm_source=PriLP

Why but this report on the temporary heating rental market?

• The report presents the economic and commercial situation of the temporary heating rental manufacturing companies across the world.
• Major trends affecting the industry along with the detailed examination of the sales channels on different segments of the Temporary Heating Rental market, employment trends, international business and related trade statistics, financial status of the states financials of manufacturers, future predictions based on current data are given in the report.
• Customized report and analysis of key products of the global Temporary Heating Rental Market for every state or region are offered in the report.
• The current market situation of the Temporary Heating Rental industry in the selected countries and other important topics relevant to the countries and the market are detailed in the study.

About Us:

Orbis Research (orbisresearch.com) is a one-stop-shop for all your market research needs. We have an extensive database of reports from leading publishers and authors around the world. We specialize in delivering customized reports according to our clients’ requirements. We have complete information about our publishers and therefore are sure of the accuracy of the industries and verticals of their specialization. This helps our clients map their needs and we produce the perfect market research required for our clients.

Contact us:

Hector Costello
Senior Manager – Client Engagements
Central Highway 4144N,
Suite 600, Dallas,
Texas – 75204, USA
Telephone number: United States: +1 (972)-362-8199 | IND: +91 895 659 5155
Email ID: [email protected]

Buy the full report at: https://www.orbisresearch.com/contact/purchase-single-user/6248565?utm_source=PriLP

On Consumerism: Think Slowly and Carefully Before You Lend | Weekend Magazine

0

A friend wrote to me once from a homeless shelter. She got into a tax jam because she loaned all her money to a guy who never paid her back, and then she lost her job.

My friend struggled to understand what had happened. From his point of view, she was just a victim of bad luck.

The damage was done, but I tried to prevent a future recurrence. I wrote:

“Dear Dee,

“Your decision to lend a friend nearly $700 showed great goodwill but little wisdom.

“Rule #1: Never lend money (or co-sign a loan) unless you are prepared to deal with the situation if for some reason the money is not repaid.

“Rule #2: Never lend all your savings to anyone. No exceptions. Looks like the $700 was all you had.

“Having cash on hand right now doesn’t mean you have cash to spare. Even though it’s in your hands, the next few months of rent and other expenses are already lining up to take your money away.

“You wrote that you ‘had lots of money’ when you extended the loan. In retrospect, you didn’t. You are now in a shelter because the money you lent was needed for your own future expenses.

“Money can fly out the window very quickly if you allow it. Unless you’re a Supreme Court judge, you don’t have job security.

“I don’t think a real friend would have taken your money.”

Dee then lamented that her dear friend Theresa was also an unfortunate victim of circumstance. Theresa had lent her car to a male friend who never returned it. In the end, Theresa wondered whether to report the car as stolen.

I wrote to Dee: “Your friend Theresa lent her car to a thief. How well did she know this man? And for how long ? Will she lend her car to anyone? Has she eliminated this thief from her life, or does she still think highly of him? Remember that the owner of a vehicle or home will always bear some legal responsibility for illegal activities that take place inside.

What is true. I once read that a grandmother lent her car to her reckless and irresponsible teenage grandson. She was successfully sued for all she was worth when the grandson used the car to commit a crime.

Twice in my life I have lent my car to others. Once for two days, once for three. And both times I got the car back with no problem. I knew who I was lending to. And I loaned the car out only to help trusted people who needed the wheels to do their job, while their own cars were being repaired.

In 1984, I lent my car to a colleague named Bob Abramowicz, after he unsuccessfully pleaded with the boss for money to rent a car. Bob was a salesman who spent most of his day on the road in his car. We were colleagues who got along well, but not really friends. But I felt he was trustworthy and responsible.

Bob never asked to borrow my car. But when I heard the argument from my perch in the newspaper office – and heard the boss say that if Bob didn’t make his rounds he’d be fired – I quietly pushed Bob aside and offered him my car until his is fixed.

Before accepting, a super surprised Bob asked me if I didn’t need the car myself. (That was another point in his favour.) I explained that I had started working at the newspaper before owning a car, that I always knew how to get around by bus and that I didn’t mind to go back to the buses for a few days to help him keep his job.

He returned the car at the end of the week spotlessly clean and with a full tank of gas.

I would never have lent the car to someone who needed it for personal use. Only to cling to their work. And only if I trusted them.

The second time, a decade later, for someone who drove back and forth every day delivering snapshots from a film factory to pharmacies and photo shops and picking up film that had been dropped off for development .

But even careful fund managers sometimes learn the hard way. Once a colleague from a theater troupe needed a lot of dental work and the dentist was offered a big discount if cash payment was made in advance.

I had money aside, my colleague didn’t. So I lent it. At one point during the refund process (which was pre-paid), we disagreed by one over the amount of $100 installments that were refunded.

Neither of us was trying to deceive the other. In the end, I realized the friendship was worth over $100, so I followed my colleague’s numbers.

If I was asked for a similar loan today, I would include documentation in each repayment, showing all parties where the loan stood.

To lend to anyone who borrows is to get in trouble. Do you know the person applying for a loan well? If it’s someone you’ve been dating for a month, it’s too early to consider that person a friend — and way too early to judge whether they’re a good loan risk.

Arthur Vidro is one of Eagle Times’ recurring financial columnists.

Suspect in ATM bombing on Edisto Island faces child pornography charges | News

0

A woman arrested in the Christmas Day ATM bombing on Edisto Island last month faces new charges after sexually explicit images of children were found on his phone, according to authorities.

Charleston County Sheriff’s Deputies arrested Kelsie Lynn Ammons on March 10 on three counts of third-degree sexual exploitation of a minor.

She was being held on $30,000 bond on March 11 at the Charleston County Jail.






Kelsie Ammons. Charleston County Sheriff’s Office / Supplied


Ammons, 35, from the Round O community near Cottageville, was previously arrested on February 10 on allegations that she helped her brother David Earl Ammons II during the attempted robbery of an ATM at the Enterprise Bank of South Carolina on Edisto Island.

Kelsie Ammons provided a statement to detectives after her arrest in the bombing case, according to newly filed court records, and consented to having her phone searched.

During the search, detectives found three sexually explicit photos of children on the device, records show. Two children appear to be between 9 and 12 years old, while the other child appears to be between 12 and 14 years old, according to documents released on March 11.

Two of the photos show sexually explicit activity, according to the records.

Andrew Knapp, spokesman for the Charleston County Sheriff’s Office, said March 11 that the matter was still under investigation.

David Earl Ammons II, 38, was arrested on January 19 on allegations that he planted a pipe bomb on the morning of December 25 outside the bank’s ATM.

The bomb smoked for about 40 seconds before exploding, exploding the kiosk that contained the ticket machine.

SC Forestry Commission worker arrested, accused of starting wildfires at Berkeley Co.

The bomb was not powerful enough to pierce the ATM and Ammons, who was wearing a heavy disguise, fled the bank empty-handed, authorities said.

Law enforcement officials allege Kelsie Ammons was her brother’s getaway driver. The woman was seen driving a vehicle used in the crime that morning, Knapp said, and her cellphone records showed her phone was being used on Edisto Island at the time of the incident. explosion.

David Earl Ammons II is charged with second degree burglary, safecracking and use of a destructive device. He remains incarcerated without bail.

Kelsie Ammons was charged with making a bomb threat or conspiring to do so, a crime punishable by 15 years in prison.

She was released from jail in the case on Feb. 14 after posting $40,000 bond, according to jail records.


Authorities release video showing Christmas bomb attempt to rob ATM on Edisto Island

To reach Steve Garrison at 843-607-1052. Follow him on Twitter @SteveGarrisonDT.